diff --git a/Marlin/Configuration.h b/Marlin/Configuration.h
index 6651017412..38975c6b4c 100644
--- a/Marlin/Configuration.h
+++ b/Marlin/Configuration.h
@@ -1,3 +1,5 @@
+
+//#define BondtechBMG
//#define FilamentSensorStd
//#define FilamentSensorLerdge
@@ -413,13 +415,13 @@
// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 290
+#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 305
#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 110
+#define BED_MAXTEMP 125
//===========================================================================
//============================= PID Settings ================================
@@ -686,8 +688,11 @@
* Override with M92
* X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
*/
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100.3 }
-
+#if ENABLED(BondtechBMG)
+ #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 415.0 }
+#else
+ #define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 100.3 }
+#endif
/**
* Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
* Override with M203
@@ -956,7 +961,11 @@
// @section extruder
// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#if ENABLED(BondtechBMG)
+ #define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#else
+ #define INVERT_E0_DIR true
+#endif
#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
index a4c1355b52..b5b63dc5d1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL.h
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t freque
#define TIMER_OCR_0 OCR0A
#define TIMER_COUNTER_0 TCNT0
-#define _CAT(a, ...) a ## __VA_ARGS__
+#define _CAT(a,V...) a##V
#define HAL_timer_set_compare(timer, compare) (_CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer) = compare)
#define HAL_timer_get_compare(timer) _CAT(TIMER_OCR_, timer)
#define HAL_timer_get_count(timer) _CAT(TIMER_COUNTER_, timer)
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ FORCE_INLINE void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t freque
#define HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TIMER_NUM)
/* 18 cycles maximum latency */
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR \
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() \
extern "C" void TIMER1_COMPA_vect (void) __attribute__ ((signal, naked, used, externally_visible)); \
extern "C" void TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom (void) asm ("TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom") __attribute__ ((used, externally_visible, noinline)); \
void TIMER1_COMPA_vect (void) { \
@@ -270,7 +270,7 @@ void TIMER1_COMPA_vect (void) { \
void TIMER1_COMPA_vect_bottom(void)
/* 14 cycles maximum latency */
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR \
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() \
extern "C" void TIMER0_COMPB_vect (void) __attribute__ ((signal, naked, used, externally_visible)); \
extern "C" void TIMER0_COMPB_vect_bottom(void) asm ("TIMER0_COMPB_vect_bottom") __attribute__ ((used, externally_visible, noinline)); \
void TIMER0_COMPB_vect (void) { \
@@ -372,3 +372,22 @@ inline void HAL_adc_init(void) {
// AVR compatibility
#define strtof strtod
+
+/**
+ * set_pwm_frequency
+ * Sets the frequency of the timer corresponding to the provided pin
+ * as close as possible to the provided desired frequency. Internally
+ * calculates the required waveform generation mode, prescaler and
+ * resolution values required and sets the timer registers accordingly.
+ * NOTE that the frequency is applied to all pins on the timer (Ex OC3A, OC3B and OC3B)
+ * NOTE that there are limitations, particularly if using TIMER2. (see Configuration_adv.h -> FAST FAN PWM Settings)
+ */
+void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired);
+
+/**
+ * set_pwm_duty
+ * Sets the PWM duty cycle of the provided pin to the provided value
+ * Optionally allows inverting the duty cycle [default = false]
+ * Optionally allows changing the maximum size of the provided value to enable finer PWM duty control [default = 255]
+ */
+void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size=255, const bool invert=false);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
index 31d2f25b42..a3fe161251 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/HAL_spi_AVR.cpp
@@ -27,8 +27,6 @@
/**
* Description: HAL for AVR - SPI functions
- *
- * For __AVR__
*/
#ifdef __AVR__
@@ -68,10 +66,12 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
}
-//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#if DISABLED(SOFTWARE_SPI)
- // functions for hardware SPI
+
//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ // Hardware SPI
+ //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
// make sure SPCR rate is in expected bits
#if (SPR0 != 0 || SPR1 != 1)
#error "unexpected SPCR bits"
@@ -95,14 +95,13 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
SPSR = spiRate & 1 || spiRate == 6 ? 0 : _BV(SPI2X);
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** SPI receive a byte */
uint8_t spiRec(void) {
SPDR = 0xFF;
while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
return SPDR;
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** SPI read data */
void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
if (nbyte-- == 0) return;
@@ -115,13 +114,13 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
buf[nbyte] = SPDR;
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** SPI send a byte */
void spiSend(uint8_t b) {
SPDR = b;
while (!TEST(SPSR, SPIF)) { /* Intentionally left empty */ }
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** SPI send block */
void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
SPDR = token;
@@ -191,25 +190,21 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#else // SOFTWARE_SPI
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#else
+
/** nop to tune soft SPI timing */
#define nop asm volatile ("\tnop\n")
/** Set SPI rate */
void spiInit(uint8_t spiRate) {
- // nothing to do
- UNUSED(spiRate);
+ UNUSED(spiRate); // nothing to do
}
/** Begin SPI transaction, set clock, bit order, data mode */
void spiBeginTransaction(uint32_t spiClock, uint8_t bitOrder, uint8_t dataMode) {
- // nothing to do
- UNUSED(spiBeginTransaction);
+ UNUSED(spiBeginTransaction); // nothing to do
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
/** Soft SPI receive byte */
uint8_t spiRec() {
uint8_t data = 0;
@@ -221,8 +216,7 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
- // adjust so SCK is nice
- nop;
+ nop; // adjust so SCK is nice
nop;
data <<= 1;
@@ -231,48 +225,45 @@ void spiBegin (void) {
WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
}
- // enable interrupts
+
sei();
return data;
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** Soft SPI read data */
void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
buf[i] = spiRec();
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** Soft SPI send byte */
void spiSend(uint8_t data) {
// no interrupts during byte send - about 8µs
cli();
for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 8; i++) {
WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
-
WRITE(MOSI_PIN, data & 0x80);
-
data <<= 1;
-
WRITE(SCK_PIN, HIGH);
}
- // hold SCK high for a few ns
- nop;
+
+ nop; // hold SCK high for a few ns
nop;
nop;
nop;
WRITE(SCK_PIN, LOW);
- // enable interrupts
+
sei();
}
- //------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
/** Soft SPI send block */
void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
spiSend(token);
for (uint16_t i = 0; i < 512; i++)
spiSend(buf[i]);
}
-#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI
+#endif // SOFTWARE_SPI
#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
index 5eb5098bae..9c34a3d51e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/SanityCheck.h
@@ -35,6 +35,13 @@
#endif
#endif
+/**
+ * Checks for FAST PWM
+ */
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN) && (ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP) && defined(TCCR2))
+ #error "USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP does not apply to devices with a single output TIMER2"
+#endif
+
/**
* Sanity checks for Spindle / Laser
*/
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b38a4acea2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fast_pwm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,250 @@
+#ifdef __AVR__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+/**
+ * get_pwm_timer
+ * Grabs timer information and registers of the provided pin
+ * returns Timer struct containing this information
+ * Used by set_pwm_frequency, set_pwm_duty
+ *
+ */
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+#include "HAL.h"
+
+ struct Timer {
+ volatile uint8_t* TCCRnQ[3]; // max 3 TCCR registers per timer
+ volatile uint16_t* OCRnQ[3]; // max 3 OCR registers per timer
+ volatile uint16_t* ICRn; // max 1 ICR register per timer
+ uint8_t n; // the timer number [0->5]
+ uint8_t q; // the timer output [0->2] (A->C)
+ };
+
+ Timer get_pwm_timer(pin_t pin) {
+ uint8_t q = 0;
+ switch (digitalPinToTimer(pin)) {
+ // Protect reserved timers (TIMER0 & TIMER1)
+ #ifdef TCCR0A
+ #if !AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
+ case TIMER0A:
+ #endif
+ case TIMER0B:
+ #endif
+ #ifdef TCCR1A
+ case TIMER1A: case TIMER1B:
+ #endif
+ break;
+ #if defined(TCCR2) || defined(TCCR2A)
+ #ifdef TCCR2
+ case TIMER2: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2, NULL, NULL},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2, NULL, NULL},
+ /*ICRn*/ NULL,
+ /*n, q*/ 2, 0
+ };
+ }
+ #elif defined TCCR2A
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ case TIMER2A: break; // protect TIMER2A
+ case TIMER2B: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2A, &TCCR2B, NULL},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2A, (uint16_t*)&OCR2B, NULL},
+ /*ICRn*/ NULL,
+ /*n, q*/ 2, 1
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+ #else
+ case TIMER2B: ++q;
+ case TIMER2A: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR2A, &TCCR2B, NULL},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { (uint16_t*)&OCR2A, (uint16_t*)&OCR2B, NULL},
+ /*ICRn*/ NULL,
+ 2, q
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #endif
+ #ifdef TCCR3A
+ case TIMER3C: ++q;
+ case TIMER3B: ++q;
+ case TIMER3A: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR3A, &TCCR3B, &TCCR3C},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR3A, &OCR3B, &OCR3C},
+ /*ICRn*/ &ICR3,
+ /*n, q*/ 3, q
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #ifdef TCCR4A
+ case TIMER4C: ++q;
+ case TIMER4B: ++q;
+ case TIMER4A: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR4A, &TCCR4B, &TCCR4C},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR4A, &OCR4B, &OCR4C},
+ /*ICRn*/ &ICR4,
+ /*n, q*/ 4, q
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+ #endif
+ #ifdef TCCR5A
+ case TIMER5C: ++q;
+ case TIMER5B: ++q;
+ case TIMER5A: {
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { &TCCR5A, &TCCR5B, &TCCR5C},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { &OCR5A, &OCR5B, &OCR5C },
+ /*ICRn*/ &ICR5,
+ /*n, q*/ 5, q
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+ #endif
+ }
+ Timer timer = {
+ /*TCCRnQ*/ { NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ /*OCRnQ*/ { NULL, NULL, NULL},
+ /*ICRn*/ NULL,
+ 0, 0
+ };
+ return timer;
+ }
+
+ void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) {
+ Timer timer = get_pwm_timer(pin);
+ if (timer.n == 0) return; // Don't proceed if protected timer or not recognised
+ uint16_t size;
+ if (timer.n == 2) size = 255; else size = 65535;
+
+ uint16_t res = 255; // resolution (TOP value)
+ uint8_t j = 0; // prescaler index
+ uint8_t wgm = 1; // waveform generation mode
+
+ // Calculating the prescaler and resolution to use to achieve closest frequency
+ if (f_desired != 0) {
+ int f = (F_CPU) / (2 * 1024 * size) + 1; // Initialize frequency as lowest (non-zero) achievable
+ uint16_t prescaler[] = { 0, 1, 8, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/32, 64, /*TIMER2 ONLY*/128, 256, 1024 };
+
+ // loop over prescaler values
+ for (uint8_t i = 1; i < 8; i++) {
+ uint16_t res_temp_fast = 255, res_temp_phase_correct = 255;
+ if (timer.n == 2) {
+ // No resolution calculation for TIMER2 unless enabled USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ const uint16_t rtf = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * f_desired);
+ res_temp_fast = rtf - 1;
+ res_temp_phase_correct = rtf / 2;
+ #endif
+ }
+ else {
+ // Skip TIMER2 specific prescalers when not TIMER2
+ if (i == 3 || i == 5) continue;
+ const uint16_t rtf = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * f_desired);
+ res_temp_fast = rtf - 1;
+ res_temp_phase_correct = rtf / 2;
+ }
+
+ LIMIT(res_temp_fast, 1u, size);
+ LIMIT(res_temp_phase_correct, 1u, size);
+ // Calculate frequencies of test prescaler and resolution values
+ const int f_temp_fast = (F_CPU) / (prescaler[i] * (1 + res_temp_fast)),
+ f_temp_phase_correct = (F_CPU) / (2 * prescaler[i] * res_temp_phase_correct),
+ f_diff = ABS(f - f_desired),
+ f_fast_diff = ABS(f_temp_fast - f_desired),
+ f_phase_diff = ABS(f_temp_phase_correct - f_desired);
+
+ // If FAST values are closest to desired f
+ if (f_fast_diff < f_diff && f_fast_diff <= f_phase_diff) {
+ // Remember this combination
+ f = f_temp_fast;
+ res = res_temp_fast;
+ j = i;
+ // Set the Wave Generation Mode to FAST PWM
+ if (timer.n == 2) {
+ wgm = (
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ WGM2_FAST_PWM_OCR2A
+ #else
+ WGM2_FAST_PWM
+ #endif
+ );
+ }
+ else wgm = WGM_FAST_PWM_ICRn;
+ }
+ // If PHASE CORRECT values are closes to desired f
+ else if (f_phase_diff < f_diff) {
+ f = f_temp_phase_correct;
+ res = res_temp_phase_correct;
+ j = i;
+ // Set the Wave Generation Mode to PWM PHASE CORRECT
+ if (timer.n == 2) {
+ wgm = (
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ WGM2_PWM_PC_OCR2A
+ #else
+ WGM2_PWM_PC
+ #endif
+ );
+ }
+ else wgm = WGM_PWM_PC_ICRn;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ _SET_WGMnQ(timer.TCCRnQ, wgm);
+ _SET_CSn(timer.TCCRnQ, j);
+
+ if (timer.n == 2) {
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ _SET_OCRnQ(timer.OCRnQ, 0, res); // Set OCR2A value (TOP) = res
+ #endif
+ }
+ else
+ _SET_ICRn(timer.ICRn, res); // Set ICRn value (TOP) = res
+ }
+
+ void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255*/, const bool invert/*=false*/) {
+ // If v is 0 or v_size (max), digitalWrite to LOW or HIGH.
+ // Note that digitalWrite also disables pwm output for us (sets COM bit to 0)
+ if (v == 0)
+ digitalWrite(pin, invert);
+ else if (v == v_size)
+ digitalWrite(pin, !invert);
+ else {
+ Timer timer = get_pwm_timer(pin);
+ if (timer.n == 0) return; // Don't proceed if protected timer or not recognised
+ // Set compare output mode to CLEAR -> SET or SET -> CLEAR (if inverted)
+ _SET_COMnQ(timer.TCCRnQ, (timer.q
+ #ifdef TCCR2
+ + (timer.q == 2) // COM20 is on bit 4 of TCCR2, thus requires q + 1 in the macro
+ #endif
+ ), COM_CLEAR_SET + invert
+ );
+
+ uint16_t top;
+ if (timer.n == 2) { // if TIMER2
+ top = (
+ #if ENABLED(USE_OCR2A_AS_TOP)
+ *timer.OCRnQ[0] // top = OCR2A
+ #else
+ 255 // top = 0xFF (max)
+ #endif
+ );
+ }
+ else
+ top = *timer.ICRn; // top = ICRn
+
+ _SET_OCRnQ(timer.OCRnQ, timer.q, v * float(top / v_size)); // Scale 8/16-bit v to top value
+ }
+ }
+
+#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN
+#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
index 38408d7b60..1e3c44a4f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_1280.h
@@ -24,9 +24,9 @@
/**
* Pin mapping for the 1280 and 2560
*
- * Hardware Pin : 02 03 06 07 01 05 15 16 17 18 23 24 25 26 64 63 13 12 46 45 44 43 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 50 70 52 51 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 22 21 20 19 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 04 08 09 10 11 14 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 47 48 49 61 62 65 66 67 68 69 79 80 81 98 99 100
- * Port : E0 E1 E4 E5 G5 E3 H3 H4 H5 H6 B4 B5 B6 B7 J1 J0 H1 H0 D3 D2 D1 D0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0 D7 G2 G1 G0 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L0 B3 B2 B1 B0 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 K0 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 E2 E6 E7 xx xx H2 H7 G3 G4 xx xx xx xx xx D4 D5 D6 xx xx J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 xx xx xx xx xx
- * Logical Pin : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx xx
+ * Hardware Pin : 02 03 06 07 01 05 15 16 17 18 23 24 25 26 64 63 13 12 46 45 44 43 78 77 76 75 74 73 72 71 60 59 58 57 56 55 54 53 50 70 52 51 42 41 40 39 38 37 36 35 22 21 20 19 97 96 95 94 93 92 91 90 89 88 87 86 85 84 83 82 | 04 08 09 10 11 14 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 47 48 49 61 62 65 66 67 68 69 79 80 81 98 99 100
+ * Port : E0 E1 E4 E5 G5 E3 H3 H4 H5 H6 B4 B5 B6 B7 J1 J0 H1 H0 D3 D2 D1 D0 A0 A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 C7 C6 C5 C4 C3 C2 C1 C0 D7 G2 G1 G0 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1 L0 B3 B2 B1 B0 F0 F1 F2 F3 F4 F5 F6 F7 K0 K1 K2 K3 K4 K5 K6 K7 | E2 E6 E7 xx xx H2 H7 G3 G4 xx xx xx xx xx D4 D5 D6 xx xx J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 xx xx xx xx xx
+ * Logical Pin : 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 | 78 79 80 xx xx 84 85 71 70 xx xx xx xx xx 81 82 83 xx xx 72 72 75 76 77 74 xx xx xx xx xx
*/
#include "fastio_AVR.h"
@@ -487,6 +487,9 @@
#define DIO69_DDR DDRK
#define DIO69_PWM NULL
+//#define FASTIO_EXT_START 70
+//#define FASTIO_EXT_END 85
+
#define DIO70_PIN PING4
#define DIO70_RPORT PING
#define DIO70_WPORT PORTG
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..63fbe4d969
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Fast I/O for extended pins
+ */
+
+#ifdef __AVR__
+
+#include "fastio_AVR.h"
+
+#ifdef FASTIO_EXT_START
+
+#include
+
+#define _IS_EXT(P) WITHIN(P, FASTIO_EXT_START, FASTIO_EXT_END)
+
+void extDigitalWrite(const int8_t pin, const uint8_t state) {
+ #define _WCASE(N) case N: WRITE(N, state); break
+ switch (pin) {
+ default: digitalWrite(pin, state);
+ #if _IS_EXT(70)
+ _WCASE(70);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(71)
+ _WCASE(71);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(72)
+ _WCASE(72);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(73)
+ _WCASE(73);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(74)
+ _WCASE(74);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(75)
+ _WCASE(75);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(76)
+ _WCASE(76);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(77)
+ _WCASE(77);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(78)
+ _WCASE(78);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(79)
+ _WCASE(79);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(80)
+ _WCASE(80);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(81)
+ _WCASE(81);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(82)
+ _WCASE(82);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(83)
+ _WCASE(83);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(84)
+ _WCASE(84);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(85)
+ _WCASE(85);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(86)
+ _WCASE(86);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(87)
+ _WCASE(87);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(88)
+ _WCASE(88);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(89)
+ _WCASE(89);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(90)
+ _WCASE(90);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(91)
+ _WCASE(91);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(92)
+ _WCASE(92);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(93)
+ _WCASE(93);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(94)
+ _WCASE(94);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(95)
+ _WCASE(95);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(96)
+ _WCASE(96);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(97)
+ _WCASE(97);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(98)
+ _WCASE(98);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(99)
+ _WCASE(99);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(100)
+ _WCASE(100);
+ #endif
+ }
+}
+
+uint8_t extDigitalRead(const int8_t pin) {
+ #define _RCASE(N) case N: return READ(N)
+ switch (pin) {
+ default: return digitalRead(pin);
+ #if _IS_EXT(70)
+ _RCASE(70);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(71)
+ _RCASE(71);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(72)
+ _RCASE(72);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(73)
+ _RCASE(73);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(74)
+ _RCASE(74);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(75)
+ _RCASE(75);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(76)
+ _RCASE(76);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(77)
+ _RCASE(77);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(78)
+ _RCASE(78);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(79)
+ _RCASE(79);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(80)
+ _RCASE(80);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(81)
+ _RCASE(81);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(82)
+ _RCASE(82);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(83)
+ _RCASE(83);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(84)
+ _RCASE(84);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(85)
+ _RCASE(85);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(86)
+ _RCASE(86);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(87)
+ _RCASE(87);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(88)
+ _RCASE(88);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(89)
+ _RCASE(89);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(90)
+ _RCASE(90);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(91)
+ _RCASE(91);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(92)
+ _RCASE(92);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(93)
+ _RCASE(93);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(94)
+ _RCASE(94);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(95)
+ _RCASE(95);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(96)
+ _RCASE(96);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(97)
+ _RCASE(97);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(98)
+ _RCASE(98);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(99)
+ _RCASE(99);
+ #endif
+ #if _IS_EXT(100)
+ _RCASE(100);
+ #endif
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // FASTIO_EXT_START
+#endif // __AVR__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
index 1e1e4108fa..a843f1ae75 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/fastio_AVR.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#include
#include "../../core/macros.h"
-#define AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
+#define AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_AT90USB1287__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB1286P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB646P__) || defined(__AVR_AT90USB647__))
#define AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega644__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644P__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega644PA__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega1284P__))
#define AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega1280__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2560__))
#define AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY (defined(__AVR_ATmega1281__) || defined(__AVR_ATmega2561__))
@@ -81,9 +81,18 @@
#define _SET_INPUT(IO) CBI(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) SBI(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-#define _GET_INPUT(IO) !TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-#define _GET_OUTPUT(IO) TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
-#define _GET_TIMER(IO) DIO ## IO ## _PWM
+#define _IS_INPUT(IO) !TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
+#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) TEST(DIO ## IO ## _DDR, DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
+#define _HAS_TIMER(IO) DIO ## IO ## _PWM
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#ifdef FASTIO_EXT_START
+ void extDigitalWrite(const int8_t pin, const uint8_t state);
+ uint8_t extDigitalRead(const int8_t pin);
+#else
+ #define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+ #define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#endif
#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
@@ -93,9 +102,11 @@
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _WRITE(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) _GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) _GET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO) _GET_TIMER(IO)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO) _HAS_TIMER(IO)
#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
@@ -123,6 +134,18 @@ enum WaveGenMode : char {
WGM_FAST_PWM_OCRnA // 15 COM OCnA
};
+// Wavefore Generation Modes (Timer 2 only)
+enum WaveGenMode2 : char {
+ WGM2_NORMAL, // 0
+ WGM2_PWM_PC, // 1
+ WGM2_CTC_OCR2A, // 2
+ WGM2_FAST_PWM, // 3
+ WGM2_reserved_1, // 4
+ WGM2_PWM_PC_OCR2A, // 5
+ WGM2_reserved_2, // 6
+ WGM2_FAST_PWM_OCR2A, // 7
+};
+
// Compare Modes
enum CompareMode : char {
COM_NORMAL, // 0
@@ -177,6 +200,11 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char {
TCCR##T##B = (TCCR##T##B & ~(0x3 << WGM##T##2)) | (((int(V) >> 2) & 0x3) << WGM##T##2); \
}while(0)
#define SET_WGM(T,V) _SET_WGM(T,WGM_##V)
+// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency):
+#define _SET_WGMnQ(TCCRnQ, V) do{ \
+ *(TCCRnQ)[0] = (*(TCCRnQ)[0] & ~(0x3 << 0)) | (( int(V) & 0x3) << 0); \
+ *(TCCRnQ)[1] = (*(TCCRnQ)[1] & ~(0x3 << 3)) | (((int(V) >> 2) & 0x3) << 3); \
+ }while(0)
// Set Clock Select bits
// Ex: SET_CS3(PRESCALER_64);
@@ -202,6 +230,10 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char {
#define SET_CS4(V) _SET_CS4(CS_##V)
#define SET_CS5(V) _SET_CS5(CS_##V)
#define SET_CS(T,V) SET_CS##T(V)
+// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency)
+#define _SET_CSn(TCCRnQ, V) do{ \
+ (*(TCCRnQ)[1] = (*(TCCRnQ[1]) & ~(0x7 << 0)) | ((int(V) & 0x7) << 0)); \
+ }while(0)
// Set Compare Mode bits
// Ex: SET_COMS(4,CLEAR_SET,CLEAR_SET,CLEAR_SET);
@@ -211,6 +243,22 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char {
#define SET_COMB(T,V) SET_COM(T,B,V)
#define SET_COMC(T,V) SET_COM(T,C,V)
#define SET_COMS(T,V1,V2,V3) do{ SET_COMA(T,V1); SET_COMB(T,V2); SET_COMC(T,V3); }while(0)
+// Runtime (see set_pwm_duty)
+#define _SET_COMnQ(TCCRnQ, Q, V) do{ \
+ (*(TCCRnQ)[0] = (*(TCCRnQ)[0] & ~(0x3 << (6-2*(Q)))) | (int(V) << (6-2*(Q)))); \
+ }while(0)
+
+// Set OCRnQ register
+// Runtime (see set_pwm_duty):
+#define _SET_OCRnQ(OCRnQ, Q, V) do{ \
+ (*(OCRnQ)[(Q)] = (0x0000) | (int(V) & 0xFFFF)); \
+ }while(0)
+
+// Set ICRn register (one per timer)
+// Runtime (see set_pwm_frequency)
+#define _SET_ICRn(ICRn, V) do{ \
+ (*(ICRn) = (0x0000) | (int(V) & 0xFFFF)); \
+ }while(0)
// Set Noise Canceler bit
// Ex: SET_ICNC(2,1)
@@ -227,86 +275,83 @@ enum ClockSource2 : char {
#define SET_FOCB(T,V) SET_FOC(T,B,V)
#define SET_FOCC(T,V) SET_FOC(T,C,V)
-
/**
* PWM availability macros
*/
// Determine which harware PWMs are already in use
#if PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(p) (p == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN || p == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN || P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN)
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(p) (p == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || p == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P) (P == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN || P == CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN)
#endif
-#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN) || PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) || PIN_EXISTS(FAN2)
+#if ANY_PIN(FAN, FAN1, FAN2)
#if PIN_EXISTS(FAN2)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(p) (p == FAN_PIN || p == FAN1_PIN || p == FAN2_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN || P == FAN2_PIN)
#elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1)
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(p) (p == FAN_PIN || p == FAN1_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN || P == FAN1_PIN)
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(p) (p == FAN_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) (P == FAN_PIN)
#endif
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) false
#endif
#if HAS_MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM
#if PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(p) (p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z || p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
+ #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_XY)
#elif PIN_EXISTS(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(p) (p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
+ #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E || P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z)
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(p) (p == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E)
+ #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) (P == MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E)
#endif
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) false
#endif
#ifdef NUM_SERVOS
#if AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) (p == 5 || (NUM_SERVOS > 12 && p == 6) || (NUM_SERVOS > 24 && p == 46)) // PWMS 3A, 4A & 5A
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 5 || (NUM_SERVOS > 12 && P == 6) || (NUM_SERVOS > 24 && P == 46)) // PWMS 3A, 4A & 5A
#elif AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) (p == 5) // PWM3A
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 5) // PWM3A
#elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
#elif AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) (p == 16) // PWM3A
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) (P == 16) // PWM3A
#elif AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
#endif
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) false
#endif
#if ENABLED(BARICUDA)
#if HAS_HEATER_1 && HAS_HEATER_2
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(p) (p == HEATER_1_PIN || p == HEATER_2_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) (P == HEATER_1_PIN || P == HEATER_2_PIN)
#elif HAS_HEATER_1
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(p) (p == HEATER_1_PIN)
+ #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) (P == HEATER_1_PIN)
#endif
#else
- #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(p) false
+ #define PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) false
#endif
-#define PWM_CHK(p) (PWM_CHK_HEATER(p) || PWM_CHK_SERVO(p) || PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(p)\
- || PWM_CHK_FAN_A(p) || PWM_CHK_FAN_B(p))
+#define PWM_CHK(P) (PWM_CHK_HEATER(P) || PWM_CHK_SERVO(P) || PWM_CHK_MOTOR_CURRENT(P) || PWM_CHK_FAN_A(P) || PWM_CHK_FAN_B(P))
// define which hardware PWMs are available for the current CPU
// all timer 1 PWMS deleted from this list because they are never available
#if AVR_ATmega2560_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PINS(p) ((p >= 2 && p <= 10) || p == 13 || p == 44 || p == 45 || p == 46)
+ #define PWM_PIN(P) ((P >= 2 && P <= 10) || P == 13 || P == 44 || P == 45 || P == 46)
#elif AVR_ATmega2561_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PINS(p) ((p >= 2 && p <= 6) || p == 9)
+ #define PWM_PIN(P) ((P >= 2 && P <= 6) || P == 9)
#elif AVR_ATmega1284_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PINS(p) (p == 3 || p == 4 || p == 14 || p == 15)
+ #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 3 || P == 4 || P == 14 || P == 15)
#elif AVR_AT90USB1286_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PINS(p) (p == 0 || p == 1 || p == 14 || p == 15 || p == 16 || p == 24)
+ #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 0 || P == 1 || P == 14 || P == 15 || P == 16 || P == 24)
#elif AVR_ATmega328_FAMILY
- #define PWM_PINS(p) (p == 3 || p == 5 || p == 6 || p == 11)
+ #define PWM_PIN(P) (P == 3 || P == 5 || P == 6 || P == 11)
#else
#error "unknown CPU"
#endif
-// finally - the macro that tells us if a pin is an available hardware PWM
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) (PWM_PINS(p) && !PWM_CHK(p))
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) (PWM_PIN(P) && !PWM_CHK(P))
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index 25feab3124..4c2f9ea4f1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) || ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
index 3aedaffddd..e97d694bb0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/pinsDebug_Teensyduino.h
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ const uint8_t PROGMEM digital_pin_to_port_PGM[] = {
// digitalPinToBitMask(pin) is OK
-#define digitalRead_mod(p) digitalRead(p) // Teensyduino's version of digitalRead doesn't
- // disable the PWMs so we can use it as is
+#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p) // Teensyduino's version of digitalRead doesn't
+ // disable the PWMs so we can use it as is
// portModeRegister(pin) is OK
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
index 96ccf013f9..e3d2194bf7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_AVR/servo_AVR.cpp
@@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ static inline void handle_interrupts(timer16_Sequence_t timer, volatile uint16_t
*TCNTn = 0; // channel set to -1 indicated that refresh interval completed so reset the timer
else {
if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive)
- digitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, LOW); // pulse this channel low if activated
+ extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, LOW); // pulse this channel low if activated
}
Channel[timer]++; // increment to the next channel
if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && Channel[timer] < SERVOS_PER_TIMER) {
*OCRnA = *TCNTn + SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).ticks;
if (SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive) // check if activated
- digitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, HIGH); // it's an active channel so pulse it high
+ extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, HIGH); // it's an active channel so pulse it high
}
else {
// finished all channels so wait for the refresh period to expire before starting over
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation_Due.cpp
index e560570148..21f1a8c9d4 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/EepromEmulation_Due.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM)
#include
@@ -997,5 +997,5 @@ void eeprom_flush(void) {
ee_Flush();
}
-#endif // ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (!I2C_EEPROM && !SPI_EEPROM)
#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_AVR
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cfb064097e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * The PWM module is only used to generate interrupts at specified times. It
+ * is NOT used to directly toggle pins. The ISR writes to the pin assigned to
+ * that interrupt.
+ *
+ * All PWMs use the same repetition rate. The G2 needs about 10KHz min in order to
+ * not have obvious ripple on the Vref signals.
+ *
+ * The data structures are setup to minimize the computation done by the ISR which
+ * minimizes ISR execution time. Execution times are 0.8 to 1.1 microseconds.
+ *
+ * FIve PWM interrupt sources are used. Channel 0 sets the base period. All Vref
+ * signals are set active when this counter overflows and resets to zero. The compare
+ * values in channels 1-4 are set to give the desired duty cycle for that Vref pin.
+ * When counter 0 matches the compare value then that channel generates an interrupt.
+ * The ISR checks the source of the interrupt and sets the corresponding pin inactive.
+ *
+ * Some jitter in the Vref signal is OK so the interrupt priority is left at its default value.
+ */
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2)
+
+#include "G2_PWM.h"
+
+volatile uint32_t *SODR_A = &PIOA->PIO_SODR,
+ *SODR_B = &PIOB->PIO_SODR,
+ *CODR_A = &PIOA->PIO_CODR,
+ *CODR_B = &PIOB->PIO_CODR;
+
+PWM_map ISR_table[NUM_PWMS] = PWM_MAP_INIT;
+
+void Stepper::digipot_init() {
+
+ OUT_WRITE(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN, 0); // init pins
+ OUT_WRITE(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN, 0);
+ OUT_WRITE(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN, 0);
+ OUT_WRITE(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN, 0);
+
+ #define WPKEY (0x50574D << 8) // “PWM” in ASCII
+ #define WPCMD_DIS_SW 0 // command to disable Write Protect SW
+ #define WPRG_ALL (PWM_WPCR_WPRG0 | PWM_WPCR_WPRG1 | PWM_WPCR_WPRG2 | PWM_WPCR_WPRG3 | PWM_WPCR_WPRG4 | PWM_WPCR_WPRG5) // all Write Protect Groups
+
+ #define PWM_CLOCK_F F_CPU / 1000000UL // set clock to 1MHz
+
+ PMC->PMC_PCER1 = PMC_PCER1_PID36; // enable PWM controller clock (disabled on power up)
+
+ PWM->PWM_WPCR = WPKEY | WPRG_ALL | WPCMD_DIS_SW; // enable setting of all PWM registers
+ PWM->PWM_CLK = PWM_CLOCK_F; // enable CLK_A and set it to 1MHz, leave CLK_B disabled
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[0].PWM_CMR = 0b1011; // set channel 0 to Clock A input & to left aligned
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[1].PWM_CMR = 0b1011; // set channel 1 to Clock A input & to left aligned
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[2].PWM_CMR = 0b1011; // set channel 2 to Clock A input & to left aligned
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[3].PWM_CMR = 0b1011; // set channel 3 to Clock A input & to left aligned
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[4].PWM_CMR = 0b1011; // set channel 4 to Clock A input & to left aligned
+
+ PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[0].PWM_CPRD = PWM_PERIOD_US; // set channel 0 Period
+
+ PWM->PWM_IER2 = PWM_IER1_CHID0; // generate interrupt when counter0 overflows
+ PWM->PWM_IER2 = PWM_IER2_CMPM0 | PWM_IER2_CMPM1 | PWM_IER2_CMPM2 | PWM_IER2_CMPM3 | PWM_IER2_CMPM4; // generate interrupt on compare event
+
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[1].PWM_CMPV = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(motor_current_setting[0])); // interrupt when counter0 == CMPV - used to set Motor 1 PWM inactive
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[2].PWM_CMPV = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(motor_current_setting[0])); // interrupt when counter0 == CMPV - used to set Motor 2 PWM inactive
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[3].PWM_CMPV = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(motor_current_setting[1])); // interrupt when counter0 == CMPV - used to set Motor 3 PWM inactive
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[4].PWM_CMPV = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(motor_current_setting[2])); // interrupt when counter0 == CMPV - used to set Motor 4 PWM inactive
+
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[1].PWM_CMPM = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[2].PWM_CMPM = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[3].PWM_CMPM = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[4].PWM_CMPM = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+
+ PWM->PWM_SCM = PWM_SCM_UPDM_MODE0 | PWM_SCM_SYNC0 | PWM_SCM_SYNC1 | PWM_SCM_SYNC2 | PWM_SCM_SYNC3 | PWM_SCM_SYNC4; // sync 1-4 with 0, use mode 0 for updates
+
+ PWM->PWM_ENA = PWM_ENA_CHID0 | PWM_ENA_CHID1 | PWM_ENA_CHID2 | PWM_ENA_CHID3 | PWM_ENA_CHID4; // enable the channels used by G2
+ PWM->PWM_IER1 = PWM_IER1_CHID0 | PWM_IER1_CHID1 | PWM_IER1_CHID2 | PWM_IER1_CHID3 | PWM_IER1_CHID4; // enable interrupts for the channels used by G2
+
+ NVIC_EnableIRQ(PWM_IRQn); // Enable interrupt handler
+ NVIC_SetPriority(PWM_IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(0, 10, 0)); // normal priority for PWM module (can stand some jitter on the Vref signals)
+}
+
+void Stepper::digipot_current(const uint8_t driver, const int16_t current) {
+
+ if (!(PWM->PWM_CH_NUM[0].PWM_CPRD == PWM_PERIOD_US)) digipot_init(); // Init PWM system if needed
+
+ switch (driver) {
+ case 0: PWM->PWM_CMP[1].PWM_CMPVUPD = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(current)); // update X & Y
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[2].PWM_CMPVUPD = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(current));
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[1].PWM_CMPMUPD = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[2].PWM_CMPMUPD = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_SCUC = PWM_SCUC_UPDULOCK; // tell the PWM controller to update the values on the next cycle
+ break;
+ case 1: PWM->PWM_CMP[3].PWM_CMPVUPD = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(current)); // update Z
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[3].PWM_CMPMUPD = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_SCUC = PWM_SCUC_UPDULOCK; // tell the PWM controller to update the values on the next cycle
+ break;
+ default:PWM->PWM_CMP[4].PWM_CMPVUPD = 0x010000000LL | G2_VREF_COUNT(G2_VREF(current)); // update E
+ PWM->PWM_CMP[4].PWM_CMPMUPD = 0x0001; // enable compare event
+ PWM->PWM_SCUC = PWM_SCUC_UPDULOCK; // tell the PWM controller to update the values on the next cycle
+ break;
+ }
+}
+
+volatile uint32_t PWM_ISR1_STATUS, PWM_ISR2_STATUS;
+
+void PWM_Handler() {
+ PWM_ISR1_STATUS = PWM->PWM_ISR1;
+ PWM_ISR2_STATUS = PWM->PWM_ISR2;
+ if (PWM_ISR1_STATUS & PWM_IER1_CHID0) { // CHAN_0 interrupt
+ *ISR_table[0].set_register = ISR_table[0].write_mask; // set X to active
+ *ISR_table[1].set_register = ISR_table[1].write_mask; // set Y to active
+ *ISR_table[2].set_register = ISR_table[2].write_mask; // set Z to active
+ *ISR_table[3].set_register = ISR_table[3].write_mask; // set E to active
+ }
+ else {
+ if (PWM_ISR2_STATUS & PWM_IER2_CMPM1) *ISR_table[0].clr_register = ISR_table[0].write_mask; // set X to inactive
+ if (PWM_ISR2_STATUS & PWM_IER2_CMPM2) *ISR_table[1].clr_register = ISR_table[1].write_mask; // set Y to inactive
+ if (PWM_ISR2_STATUS & PWM_IER2_CMPM3) *ISR_table[2].clr_register = ISR_table[2].write_mask; // set Z to inactive
+ if (PWM_ISR2_STATUS & PWM_IER2_CMPM4) *ISR_table[3].clr_register = ISR_table[3].write_mask; // set E to inactive
+ }
+ return;
+}
+
+#endif // PRINTRBOARD_G2
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5cbeaceba9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_PWM.h
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * This module is stripped down version of the LPC1768_PWM.h file from
+ * PR #7500. It is hardwired for the PRINTRBOARD_G2 Motor Current needs.
+ */
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+#include "../../module/stepper.h"
+//C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\module\stepper.h
+//C:\Users\bobku\Documents\GitHub\Marlin-Bob-2\Marlin\src\HAL\HAL_DUE\G2_PWM.h
+
+#define PWM_PERIOD_US 100 // base repetition rate in micro seconds
+
+typedef struct { // holds the data needed by the ISR to control the Vref pin
+ volatile uint32_t* set_register;
+ volatile uint32_t* clr_register;
+ uint32_t write_mask;
+} PWM_map;
+
+#define G2_VREF(I) (uint32_t)(I * 5 * 0.15) // desired Vref * 1000 (scaled so don't loose accuracy in next step)
+
+#define G2_VREF_COUNT(Q) (uint32_t)map(constrain(Q, 500, 3.3 * 1000), 0, 3.3 * 1000, 0, PWM_PERIOD_US) // under 500 the results are very non-linear
+
+extern volatile uint32_t *SODR_A, *SODR_B, *CODR_A, *CODR_B;
+
+#define _PIN(IO) (DIO ## IO ## _PIN)
+
+#define PWM_MAP_INIT_ROW(IO,ZZ) { ZZ == 'A' ? SODR_A : SODR_B, ZZ == 'A' ? CODR_A : CODR_B, 1 << _PIN(IO) }
+
+
+#define PWM_MAP_INIT { PWM_MAP_INIT_ROW(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_X_PIN, 'B'), \
+ PWM_MAP_INIT_ROW(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Y_PIN, 'B'), \
+ PWM_MAP_INIT_ROW(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_Z_PIN, 'B'), \
+ PWM_MAP_INIT_ROW(MOTOR_CURRENT_PWM_E_PIN, 'A'), \
+ };
+
+#define NUM_PWMS 4
+
+extern PWM_map ISR_table[NUM_PWMS];
+
+extern uint32_t motor_current_setting[3];
+
+#define IR_BIT(p) (WITHIN(p, 0, 3) ? (p) : (p) + 4)
+#define COPY_ACTIVE_TABLE() do{ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < 6 ; i++) work_table[i] = active_table[i]; }while(0)
+
+#define PWM_MR0 19999 // base repetition rate minus one count - 20mS
+#define PWM_PR 24 // prescaler value - prescaler divide by 24 + 1 - 1 MHz output
+#define PWM_PCLKSEL0 0x00 // select clock source for prescaler - defaults to 25MHz on power up
+ // 0: 25MHz, 1: 100MHz, 2: 50MHz, 3: 12.5MHZ to PWM1 prescaler
+#define MR0_MARGIN 200 // if channel value too close to MR0 the system locks up
+
+extern bool PWM_table_swap; // flag to tell the ISR that the tables have been swapped
+
+#define HAL_G2_PWM_ISR void PWM_Handler()
+
+extern volatile uint32_t PWM_ISR1_STATUS, PWM_ISR2_STATUS;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a7f432846e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/G2_pins.h
@@ -0,0 +1,278 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+
+/**
+ * This file contains the custom port/pin definitions for the PRINTRBOARD_G2
+ * motherboard. This motherboard uses the SAM3X8C which is a subset of the
+ * SAM3X8E used in the DUE board. It uses port/pin pairs that are not
+ * available using the DUE definitions.
+ *
+ * The first part is a copy of the pin descriptions in the
+ * "variants\arduino_due_x\variant.cpp" file but with pins 34-41 replaced by
+ * the G2 pins.
+ *
+ * The second part is the FASTIO port/pin definitions.
+ *
+ * THESE PINS CAN ONLY BE ACCESSED VIA FASTIO COMMANDS.
+ */
+
+/*
+ Copyright (c) 2011 Arduino. All right reserved.
+
+ This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+ This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
+ See the GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+
+ You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+*/
+
+typedef struct _G2_PinDescription {
+ Pio* pPort;
+ uint32_t ulPin;
+ uint32_t ulPeripheralId;
+ EPioType ulPinType;
+ uint32_t ulPinConfiguration;
+ uint32_t ulPinAttribute;
+ EAnalogChannel ulAnalogChannel; /* Analog pin in the Arduino context (label on the board) */
+ EAnalogChannel ulADCChannelNumber; /* ADC Channel number in the SAM device */
+ EPWMChannel ulPWMChannel;
+ ETCChannel ulTCChannel;
+} G2_PinDescription;
+
+/**
+ * This section is a copy of the pin descriptions in the "variants\arduino_due_x\variant.cpp" file
+ * with pins 34-41 replaced by the G2 pins.
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Pins descriptions
+ */
+const G2_PinDescription G2_g_APinDescription[] = {
+ // 0 .. 53 - Digital pins
+ // ----------------------
+ // 0/1 - UART (Serial)
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA8A_URXD, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // URXD
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA9A_UTXD, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // UTXD
+
+ // 2
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB25B_TIOA0, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC0_CHA0 }, // TIOA0
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC28B_TIOA7, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHA7 }, // TIOA7
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC26B_TIOB6, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHB6 }, // TIOB6
+
+ // 5
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC25B_TIOA6, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHA6 }, // TIOA6
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC24B_PWML7, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_PWM), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, PWM_CH7, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PWML7
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC23B_PWML6, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_PWM), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, PWM_CH6, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PWML6
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC22B_PWML5, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_PWM), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, PWM_CH5, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PWML5
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC21B_PWML4, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_PWM), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, PWM_CH4, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PWML4
+ // 10
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC29B_TIOB7, ID_PIOC, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHB7 }, // TIOB7
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD7B_TIOA8, ID_PIOD, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHA8 }, // TIOA8
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD8B_TIOB8, ID_PIOD, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC2_CHB8 }, // TIOB8
+
+ // 13 - AMBER LED
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB27B_TIOB0, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_TIMER), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, TC0_CHB0 }, // TIOB0
+
+ // 14/15 - USART3 (Serial3)
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD4B_TXD3, ID_PIOD, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TXD3
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD5B_RXD3, ID_PIOD, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // RXD3
+
+ // 16/17 - USART1 (Serial2)
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA13A_TXD1, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TXD1
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA12A_RXD1, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // RXD1
+
+ // 18/19 - USART0 (Serial1)
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA11A_TXD0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TXD0
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA10A_RXD0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // RXD0
+
+ // 20/21 - TWI1
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB12A_TWD1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TWD1 - SDA0
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB13A_TWCK1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TWCK1 - SCL0
+
+ // 22
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB26, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 22
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA14, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 23
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA15, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 24
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD0, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 25
+
+ // 26
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD1, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 26
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD2, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 27
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD3, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 28
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD6, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 29
+
+ // 30
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD9, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 30
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA7, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 31
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD10, ID_PIOD, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 32
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC1, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 33
+
+ // 34
+
+ // start of custom pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA29, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 34 Y_STEP_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB1, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 35 Y_DIR_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB0, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 36 Y_ENABLE_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB22, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 37 E0_ENABLE_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB11, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 38 E0_MS1_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB10, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 39 E0_MS3_PIN
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA5, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 40 HEATER_0_PIN
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB24, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 41 HEATER_BED_PIN
+ // end of custom pins
+
+ // 42
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA19, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 42
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA20, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 43
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC19, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 44
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC18, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 45
+
+ // 46
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC17, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 46
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC16, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 47
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC15, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 48
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC14, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 49
+
+ // 50
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC13, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 50
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC12, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 51
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB21, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 52
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB14, ID_PIOB, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // PIN 53
+
+
+ // 54 .. 65 - Analog pins
+ // ----------------------
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA16X1_AD7, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC0, ADC7, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD0
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA24X1_AD6, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC1, ADC6, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD1
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA23X1_AD5, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC2, ADC5, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD2
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA22X1_AD4, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC3, ADC4, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD3
+ // 58
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA6X1_AD3, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC4, ADC3, NOT_ON_PWM, TC0_CHB2 }, // AD4
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA4X1_AD2, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC5, ADC2, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD5
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA3X1_AD1, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC6, ADC1, NOT_ON_PWM, TC0_CHB1 }, // AD6
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA2X1_AD0, ID_PIOA, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC7, ADC0, NOT_ON_PWM, TC0_CHA1 }, // AD7
+ // 62
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB17X1_AD10, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC8, ADC10, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD8
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB18X1_AD11, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC9, ADC11, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD9
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB19X1_AD12, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC10, ADC12, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD10
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB20X1_AD13, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC11, ADC13, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // AD11
+
+ // 66/67 - DAC0/DAC1
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB15X1_DAC0, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC12, DA0, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // DAC0
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB16X1_DAC1, ID_PIOB, PIO_INPUT, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_ANALOG, ADC13, DA1, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // DAC1
+
+ // 68/69 - CANRX0/CANTX0
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA1A_CANRX0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, ADC14, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // CANRX
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA0A_CANTX0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, ADC15, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // CANTX
+
+ // 70/71 - TWI0
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA17A_TWD0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TWD0 - SDA1
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA18A_TWCK0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // TWCK0 - SCL1
+
+ // 72/73 - LEDs
+ { PIOC, PIO_PC30, ID_PIOC, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // LED AMBER RXL
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA21, ID_PIOA, PIO_OUTPUT_0, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // LED AMBER TXL
+
+ // 74/75/76 - SPI
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA25A_SPI0_MISO,ID_PIOA,PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // MISO
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA26A_SPI0_MOSI,ID_PIOA,PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // MOSI
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA27A_SPI0_SPCK,ID_PIOA,PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // SPCK
+
+ // 77 - SPI CS0
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA28A_SPI0_NPCS0,ID_PIOA,PIO_PERIPH_A,PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // NPCS0
+
+ // 78 - SPI CS3 (unconnected)
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB23B_SPI0_NPCS3,ID_PIOB,PIO_PERIPH_B,PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // NPCS3
+
+ // 79 .. 84 - "All pins" masks
+
+ // 79 - TWI0 all pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA17A_TWD0|PIO_PA18A_TWCK0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 80 - TWI1 all pins
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB12A_TWD1|PIO_PB13A_TWCK1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 81 - UART (Serial) all pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA8A_URXD|PIO_PA9A_UTXD, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 82 - USART0 (Serial1) all pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA11A_TXD0|PIO_PA10A_RXD0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 83 - USART1 (Serial2) all pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA13A_TXD1|PIO_PA12A_RXD1, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 84 - USART3 (Serial3) all pins
+ { PIOD, PIO_PD4B_TXD3|PIO_PD5B_RXD3, ID_PIOD, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+
+ // 85 - USB
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB11A_UOTGID|PIO_PB10A_UOTGVBOF, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL,NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // ID - VBOF
+
+ // 86 - SPI CS2
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB21B_SPI0_NPCS2, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_B, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // NPCS2
+
+ // 87 - SPI CS1
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA29A_SPI0_NPCS1, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // NPCS1
+
+ // 88/89 - CANRX1/CANTX1 (same physical pin for 66/53)
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB15A_CANRX1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // CANRX1
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB14A_CANTX1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }, // CANTX1
+
+ // 90 .. 91 - "All CAN pins" masks
+ // 90 - CAN0 all pins
+ { PIOA, PIO_PA1A_CANRX0|PIO_PA0A_CANTX0, ID_PIOA, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+ // 91 - CAN1 all pins
+ { PIOB, PIO_PB15A_CANRX1|PIO_PB14A_CANTX1, ID_PIOB, PIO_PERIPH_A, PIO_DEFAULT, (PIN_ATTR_DIGITAL|PIN_ATTR_COMBO), NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER },
+
+ // END
+ { NULL, 0, 0, PIO_NOT_A_PIN, PIO_DEFAULT, 0, NO_ADC, NO_ADC, NOT_ON_PWM, NOT_ON_TIMER }
+};
+
+// This section replaces the FASTIO definitions of pins 34-41
+
+#define DIO34_PIN 29
+#define DIO34_WPORT PIOA // only available via FASTIO // 34 PA29 - Y_STEP_PIN
+
+#define DIO35_PIN 1
+#define DIO35_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 35 PAB1 - Y_DIR_PIN
+
+#define DIO36_PIN 0
+#define DIO36_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 36 PB0 - Y_ENABLE_PIN
+
+#define DIO37_PIN 22
+#define DIO37_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 37 PB22 - E0_ENABLE_PIN
+
+#define DIO38_PIN 11
+#define DIO38_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 38 PB11 - E0_MS1_PIN
+
+#define DIO39_PIN 10
+#define DIO39_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 39 PB10 - E0_MS3_PIN
+
+#define DIO40_PIN 5
+#define DIO40_WPORT PIOA // only available via FASTIO // 40 PA5 - HEATER_0_PIN
+
+#define DIO41_PIN 24
+#define DIO41_WPORT PIOB // only available via FASTIO // 41 PB24 - HEATER_BED_PIN
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
index 4814f0ff6c..d430e6b649 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL.h
@@ -112,10 +112,8 @@ uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void); // get reset reason
// Write single byte to specified SPI channel
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b);
-
// Write buffer to specified SPI channel
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n);
-
// Read single byte from specified SPI channel
uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
index c866ae9d7b..a1934886f9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_spi_Due.cpp
@@ -656,8 +656,8 @@
// Read from SPI into buffer
void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte-- == 0) return;
-
+ if (!nbyte) return;
+ --nbyte;
for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
//WHILE_TX(0);
SPI0->SPI_TDR = 0x000000FF | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
@@ -669,7 +669,7 @@
}
// Write single byte to SPI
- void spiSend(byte b) {
+ void spiSend(const byte b) {
// write byte with address and end transmission flag
SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)b | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN) | SPI_TDR_LASTXFER;
WHILE_TX(0);
@@ -678,16 +678,17 @@
//DELAY_US(1U);
}
- void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
- if (n == 0) return;
- for (size_t i = 0; i < n - 1; i++) {
+ void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
+ if (!nbyte) return;
+ --nbyte;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)buf[i] | SPI_PCS(SPI_CHAN);
WHILE_TX(0);
WHILE_RX(0);
SPI0->SPI_RDR;
//DELAY_US(1U);
}
- spiSend(buf[n - 1]);
+ spiSend(buf[nbyte]);
}
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b) {
@@ -698,15 +699,16 @@
FLUSH_RX();
}
- void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
- if (n == 0) return;
- for (int i = 0; i < (int)n - 1; i++) {
+ void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
+ if (!nbyte) return;
+ --nbyte;
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) {
WHILE_TX(0);
SPI0->SPI_TDR = (uint32_t)buf[i] | SPI_PCS(chan);
WHILE_RX(0);
FLUSH_RX();
}
- spiSend(chan, buf[n - 1]);
+ spiSend(chan, buf[nbyte]);
}
// Write from buffer to SPI
@@ -775,17 +777,15 @@
uint8_t spiRec() { return (uint8_t)spiTransfer(0xFF); }
void spiRead(uint8_t* buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte)
- for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- buf[i] = spiTransfer(0xFF);
+ for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
+ buf[i] = spiTransfer(0xFF);
}
void spiSend(uint8_t data) { spiTransfer(data); }
void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte)
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- spiTransfer(buf[i]);
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
+ spiTransfer(buf[i]);
}
void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
index aba3b3270a..9d2233d914 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.cpp
@@ -63,8 +63,8 @@
const tTimerConfig TimerConfig [NUM_HARDWARE_TIMERS] = {
{ TC0, 0, TC0_IRQn, 3}, // 0 - [servo timer5]
{ TC0, 1, TC1_IRQn, 0}, // 1
- { TC0, 2, TC2_IRQn, 0}, // 2
- { TC1, 0, TC3_IRQn, 2}, // 3 - stepper
+ { TC0, 2, TC2_IRQn, 2}, // 2 - stepper
+ { TC1, 0, TC3_IRQn, 0}, // 3
{ TC1, 1, TC4_IRQn, 15}, // 4 - temperature
{ TC1, 2, TC5_IRQn, 3}, // 5 - [servo timer3]
{ TC2, 0, TC6_IRQn, 14}, // 6 - tone
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
index 7e88835500..a2676e0875 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/HAL_timers_Due.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((F_CPU) / 2) // frequency of timers peripherals
-#define STEP_TIMER_NUM 3 // index of timer to use for stepper
+#define STEP_TIMER_NUM 2 // index of timer to use for stepper
#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 4 // index of timer to use for temperature
#define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM
#define TONE_TIMER_NUM 6 // index of timer to use for beeper tones
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR void TC3_Handler()
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR void TC4_Handler()
-#define HAL_TONE_TIMER_ISR void TC6_Handler()
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC2_Handler()
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void TC4_Handler()
+#define HAL_TONE_TIMER_ISR() void TC6_Handler()
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
index 4f6b4915fa..7b1100dd9d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.cpp
@@ -114,8 +114,8 @@ bool MarlinSerialUSB::available(void) {
(usb_task_cdc_isenabled() && udi_cdc_is_rx_ready());
}
-void MarlinSerialUSB::flush(void) {
-}
+void MarlinSerialUSB::flush(void) { }
+void MarlinSerialUSB::flushTX(void) { }
void MarlinSerialUSB::write(const uint8_t c) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
index 65f829e2a1..5025b82284 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/MarlinSerialUSB_Due.h
@@ -46,6 +46,7 @@ public:
static int peek(void);
static int read(void);
static void flush(void);
+ static void flushTX(void);
static bool available(void);
static void write(const uint8_t c);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
index a399bbf13d..30a5d72b25 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/SanityCheck.h
@@ -50,3 +50,7 @@
#error "DUE software SPI is required but is incompatible with TMC2130 hardware SPI. Enable TMC_USE_SW_SPI to fix."
#endif
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
index 13a858a429..848d263b70 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Servo_Due.cpp
@@ -77,13 +77,13 @@ void Servo_Handler(timer16_Sequence_t timer, Tc *tc, uint8_t channel) {
if (Channel[timer] < 0)
tc->TC_CHANNEL[channel].TC_CCR |= TC_CCR_SWTRG; // channel set to -1 indicated that refresh interval completed so reset the timer
else if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive)
- digitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, LOW); // pulse this channel low if activated
+ extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, LOW); // pulse this channel low if activated
Channel[timer]++; // increment to the next channel
if (SERVO_INDEX(timer, Channel[timer]) < ServoCount && Channel[timer] < SERVOS_PER_TIMER) {
tc->TC_CHANNEL[channel].TC_RA = tc->TC_CHANNEL[channel].TC_CV + SERVO(timer,Channel[timer]).ticks;
if (SERVO(timer,Channel[timer]).Pin.isActive) // check if activated
- digitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, HIGH); // its an active channel so pulse it high
+ extDigitalWrite(SERVO(timer, Channel[timer]).Pin.nbr, HIGH); // its an active channel so pulse it high
}
else {
// finished all channels so wait for the refresh period to expire before starting over
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
index aa4d7a0126..292be1401f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/Tone.cpp
@@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ void tone(const pin_t _pin, const unsigned int frequency, const unsigned long du
void noTone(const pin_t _pin) {
HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TONE_TIMER_NUM);
- digitalWrite(_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(_pin, LOW);
}
-HAL_TONE_TIMER_ISR {
+HAL_TONE_TIMER_ISR() {
static uint8_t pin_state = 0;
HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TONE_TIMER_NUM);
if (toggles) {
toggles--;
- digitalWrite(tone_pin, (pin_state ^= 1));
+ extDigitalWrite(tone_pin, (pin_state ^= 1));
}
else noTone(tone_pin); // turn off interrupt
}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
index 18bf55e6c2..542469f65e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/fastio_Due.h
@@ -45,7 +45,8 @@
// Due has 12 PWMs assigned to logical pins 2-13.
// 6, 7, 8 & 9 come from the PWM controller. The others come from the timers.
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) WITHIN(p, 2, 13)
+#define PWM_PIN(P) WITHIN(P, 2, 13)
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
#ifndef MASK
#define MASK(PIN) (1 << PIN)
@@ -65,7 +66,7 @@
// Write to a pin
#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V) do { \
volatile Pio* port = digitalPinToPort(IO); \
- uint32_t mask = digitalPinToBitMask(IO); \
+ const uint32_t mask = digitalPinToBitMask(IO); \
if (V) port->PIO_SODR = mask; \
else port->PIO_CODR = mask; \
} while(0)
@@ -73,7 +74,7 @@
// Write to a pin
#define _WRITE(IO,V) do { \
volatile Pio* port = (DIO ## IO ## _WPORT); \
- uint32_t mask = MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
+ const uint32_t mask = MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
if (V) port->PIO_SODR = mask; \
else port->PIO_CODR = mask; \
} while(0)
@@ -81,48 +82,113 @@
// Toggle a pin
#define _TOGGLE(IO) _WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
-// Set pin as input
-#define _SET_INPUT(IO) do{ \
- pmc_enable_periph_clk(g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
- PIO_Configure(digitalPinToPort(IO), PIO_INPUT, digitalPinToBitMask(IO), 0); \
-}while(0)
+#if MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2)
-// Set pin as output
-#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ \
- pmc_enable_periph_clk(g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
- PIO_Configure(digitalPinToPort(IO), _READ(IO) ? PIO_OUTPUT_1 : PIO_OUTPUT_0, digitalPinToBitMask(IO), g_APinDescription[IO].ulPinConfiguration); \
- g_pinStatus[IO] = (g_pinStatus[IO] & 0xF0) | PIN_STATUS_DIGITAL_OUTPUT;\
-}while(0)
+ #include "G2_pins.h"
+
+ // Set pin as input
+ #define _SET_INPUT(IO) do{ \
+ pmc_enable_periph_clk(G2_g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
+ PIO_Configure((DIO ## IO ## _WPORT), PIO_INPUT, MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN), 0); \
+ }while(0)
+
+ // Set pin as output
+ #define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ \
+ uint32_t mask = MASK(G2_g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
+ if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & mask) != (mask)) PMC->PMC_PCER0 = mask; \
+ volatile Pio* port = (DIO ## IO ## _WPORT); \
+ mask = MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
+ if (_READ(IO)) port->PIO_SODR = mask; \
+ else port->PIO_CODR = mask; \
+ port->PIO_IDR = mask; \
+ const uint32_t pin_config = G2_g_APinDescription[IO].ulPinConfiguration; \
+ if (pin_config & PIO_PULLUP) port->PIO_PUER = mask; \
+ else port->PIO_PUDR = mask; \
+ if (pin_config & PIO_OPENDRAIN) port->PIO_MDER = mask; \
+ else port->PIO_MDDR = mask; \
+ port->PIO_PER = mask; \
+ port->PIO_OER = mask; \
+ g_pinStatus[IO] = (g_pinStatus[IO] & 0xF0) | PIN_STATUS_DIGITAL_OUTPUT; \
+ }while(0)
+
+ /**
+ * Set pin as output with comments
+ * #define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ \
+ * uint32_t mask = MASK(G2_g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
+ * if ((PMC->PMC_PCSR0 & mask ) != (mask)) PMC->PMC_PCER0 = mask; \ // enable PIO clock if not already enabled
+ *
+ * volatile Pio* port = (DIO ## IO ## _WPORT); \
+ * const uint32_t mask = MASK(DIO ## IO ## _PIN); \
+ * if (_READ(IO)) port->PIO_SODR = mask; \ // set output to match input BEFORE setting direction or will glitch the output
+ * else port->PIO_CODR = mask; \
+ *
+ * port->PIO_IDR = mask; \ // disable interrupt
+ *
+ * uint32_t pin_config = G2_g_APinDescription[IO].ulPinConfiguration; \
+ * if (pin_config & PIO_PULLUP) pPio->PIO_PUER = mask; \ // enable pullup if necessary
+ * else pPio->PIO_PUDR = mask; \
+ *
+ * if (pin_config & PIO_OPENDRAIN) port->PIO_MDER = mask; \ // Enable multi-drive if necessary
+ * else port->PIO_MDDR = mask; \
+ *
+ * port->PIO_PER = mask; \
+ * port->PIO_OER = mask; \ // set to output
+ *
+ * g_pinStatus[IO] = (g_pinStatus[IO] & 0xF0) | PIN_STATUS_DIGITAL_OUTPUT; \
+ * }while(0)
+ */
+
+#else
+
+ // Set pin as input
+ #define _SET_INPUT(IO) do{ \
+ pmc_enable_periph_clk(g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
+ PIO_Configure(digitalPinToPort(IO), PIO_INPUT, digitalPinToBitMask(IO), 0); \
+ }while(0)
+
+ // Set pin as output
+ #define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ \
+ pmc_enable_periph_clk(g_APinDescription[IO].ulPeripheralId); \
+ PIO_Configure(digitalPinToPort(IO), _READ(IO) ? PIO_OUTPUT_1 : PIO_OUTPUT_0, digitalPinToBitMask(IO), g_APinDescription[IO].ulPinConfiguration); \
+ g_pinStatus[IO] = (g_pinStatus[IO] & 0xF0) | PIN_STATUS_DIGITAL_OUTPUT; \
+ }while(0)
+#endif
// Set pin as input with pullup mode
-#define _PULLUP(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
+#define _PULLUP(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
// Read a pin (wrapper)
-#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
+#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
// Write to a pin (wrapper)
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
-#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
+#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
+#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
// Toggle a pin (wrapper)
-#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
+#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
// Set pin as input (wrapper)
-#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
+#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
// Set pin as input with pullup (wrapper)
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
// Set pin as output (wrapper) - reads the pin and sets the output to that value
-#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+// Set pin as PWM
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
// Check if pin is an input
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) !(digitalPinToPort(IO)->PIO_OSR & digitalPinToBitMask(IO))
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) ((digitalPinToPort(IO)->PIO_OSR & digitalPinToBitMask(IO)) == 0)
// Check if pin is an output
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) !!(digitalPinToPort(IO)->PIO_OSR & digitalPinToBitMask(IO))
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) ((digitalPinToPort(IO)->PIO_OSR & digitalPinToBitMask(IO)) != 0)
// Check if pin is a timer - Must be a constexpr
-#define GET_TIMER(IO) ((IO) >= 2 && (IO) <= 13)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO) ((IO) >= 2 && (IO) <= 13)
// Shorthand
-#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) { SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }
+#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) { SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
/**
* Ports and functions
@@ -243,29 +309,33 @@
#define DIO33_PIN 1
#define DIO33_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO34_PIN 2
-#define DIO34_WPORT PIOC
+#if !MB(PRINTRBOARD_G2) // normal DUE pin mapping
-#define DIO35_PIN 3
-#define DIO35_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO34_PIN 2
+ #define DIO34_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO36_PIN 4
-#define DIO36_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO35_PIN 3
+ #define DIO35_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO37_PIN 5
-#define DIO37_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO36_PIN 4
+ #define DIO36_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO38_PIN 6
-#define DIO38_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO37_PIN 5
+ #define DIO37_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO39_PIN 7
-#define DIO39_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO38_PIN 6
+ #define DIO38_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO40_PIN 8
-#define DIO40_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO39_PIN 7
+ #define DIO39_WPORT PIOC
-#define DIO41_PIN 9
-#define DIO41_WPORT PIOC
+ #define DIO40_PIN 8
+ #define DIO40_WPORT PIOC
+
+ #define DIO41_PIN 9
+ #define DIO41_WPORT PIOC
+
+#endif // !PRINTRBOARD_G2
#define DIO42_PIN 19
#define DIO42_WPORT PIOA
@@ -418,6 +488,7 @@
#define DIO91_WPORT PIOB
#if ARDUINO_SAM_ARCHIM
+
#define DIO92_PIN 11
#define DIO92_WPORT PIOC
@@ -468,7 +539,9 @@
#define DIO108_PIN 9
#define DIO108_WPORT PIOB
-#else
+
+#else // !ARDUINO_SAM_ARCHIM
+
#define DIO92_PIN 5
#define DIO92_WPORT PIOA
@@ -495,4 +568,5 @@
#define DIO100_PIN 11
#define DIO100_WPORT PIOC
-#endif
+
+#endif // !ARDUINO_SAM_ARCHIM
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
index 1a3033b509..4d788acae6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/persistent_store_eeprom.cpp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
-#if DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#if DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM)
#define E2END 0xFFF // Default to Flash emulated EEPROM size (EepromEmulation_Due.cpp)
#endif
@@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ extern void eeprom_flush(void);
bool PersistentStore::access_start() { return true; }
bool PersistentStore::access_finish() {
- #if DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+ #if DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM)
eeprom_flush();
#endif
return true;
@@ -52,6 +52,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui
// so only write bytes that have changed!
if (v != eeprom_read_byte(p)) {
eeprom_write_byte(p, v);
+ delay(2);
if (eeprom_read_byte(p) != v) {
SERIAL_ECHO_MSG(MSG_ERR_EEPROM_WRITE);
return true;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
index c6cfe2ca8b..9d86577052 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/pinsDebug.h
@@ -63,12 +63,13 @@
#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL PINS_COUNT
-#define digitalRead_mod(p) digitalRead(p) // AVR digitalRead disabled PWM before it read the pin
+#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p) // AVR digitalRead disabled PWM before it read the pin
#define PRINT_PORT(p)
#define NAME_FORMAT(p) PSTR("%-##p##s")
#define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x) do {sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);} while (0)
#define PRINT_PIN(p) do {sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%02d"), p); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);} while (0)
#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin
+#define GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(p) pin_array[p].is_digital
#define VALID_PIN(pin) (pin >= 0 && pin < (int8_t)NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL ? 1 : 0)
#define DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(p) int(p - analogInputToDigitalPin(0))
#define IS_ANALOG(P) WITHIN(P, char(analogInputToDigitalPin(0)), char(analogInputToDigitalPin(NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS - 1)))
@@ -85,10 +86,6 @@ bool GET_PINMODE(int8_t pin) { // 1: output, 0: input
|| pwm_status(pin));
}
-bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(int8_t pin) {
- uint8_t pin_status = g_pinStatus[pin] & 0xF;
- return !(pin_status == PIN_STATUS_ANALOG);
-}
void pwm_details(int32_t pin) {
if (pwm_status(pin)) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
index 52edc9711b..468e9ee45d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_DUE/usb/sd_mmc_spi_mem.cpp
@@ -65,9 +65,12 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_read_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) {
return CTRL_NO_PRESENT;
#ifdef DEBUG_MMC
+ {
char buffer[80];
sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("SDRD: %d @ 0x%08x\n"), nb_sector, addr);
- SERIAL_ECHO_P(0, buffer);
+ PORT_REDIRECT(0);
+ SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
+ }
#endif
// Start reading
@@ -99,9 +102,12 @@ Ctrl_status sd_mmc_spi_usb_write_10(uint32_t addr, uint16_t nb_sector) {
return CTRL_NO_PRESENT;
#ifdef DEBUG_MMC
+ {
char buffer[80];
sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("SDWR: %d @ 0x%08x\n"), nb_sector, addr);
- SERIAL_ECHO_P(0, buffer);
+ PORT_REDIRECT(0);
+ SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);
+ }
#endif
if (!card.getSd2Card().writeStart(addr, nb_sector))
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
index 1ef2798553..76b961b7b9 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.cpp
@@ -34,7 +34,14 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #include "ota.h"
+ #include
+ #include "wifi.h"
+ #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT)
+ #include "ota.h"
+ #endif
+ #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT)
+ #include "web.h"
+ #endif
#endif
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -83,14 +90,21 @@ esp_adc_cal_characteristics_t characteristics;
void HAL_init(void) {
#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- OTA_init();
+ wifi_init();
+ #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT)
+ OTA_init();
+ #endif
+ #if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT)
+ web_init();
+ #endif
+ server.begin();
#endif
i2s_init();
}
void HAL_idletask(void) {
- #if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+ #if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT)
OTA_handle();
#endif
}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
index e1249c71ee..8218447305 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL.h
@@ -36,7 +36,7 @@
#include
#undef DISABLED
-#define DISABLED(b) (!_CAT(SWITCH_ENABLED_, b))
+#define DISABLED(V...) DO(DIS,&&,V)
#include "../shared/math_32bit.h"
#include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
@@ -47,15 +47,23 @@
#include "HAL_timers_ESP32.h"
+#include "WebSocketSerial.h"
+
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Defines
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
extern portMUX_TYPE spinlock;
-#define NUM_SERIAL 1
#define MYSERIAL0 Serial
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+ #define NUM_SERIAL 2
+ #define MYSERIAL1 webSocketSerial
+#else
+ #define NUM_SERIAL 1
+#endif
+
#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START portENTER_CRITICAL(&spinlock)
#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END portEXIT_CRITICAL(&spinlock)
#define ISRS_ENABLED() (spinlock.owner == portMUX_FREE_VAL)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
index 60b6dcfa84..7fbaa5222d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/HAL_timers_ESP32.h
@@ -69,8 +69,8 @@ typedef uint64_t hal_timer_t;
#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void)
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void)
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void)
extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void);
extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
index 23b3fbe026..f911d84ce0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -23,3 +23,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for ESP32. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4858ba4c3e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+
+#include "WebSocketSerial.h"
+
+extern WebSocketSerial webSocketSerial;
+
+#include "wifi.h"
+#include
+#include
+
+struct ring_buffer_r {
+ unsigned char buffer[RX_BUFFER_SIZE];
+ volatile ring_buffer_pos_t head, tail;
+};
+
+struct ring_buffer_t {
+ unsigned char buffer[256];
+ volatile uint8_t head, tail;
+};
+
+ring_buffer_r rx_buffer = { { 0 }, 0, 0 };
+ring_buffer_t tx_buffer = { { 0 }, 0, 0 };
+
+static bool _written;
+
+#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
+ static EmergencyParser::State emergency_state; // = EP_RESET
+#endif
+
+AsyncWebSocket ws("/ws"); // access at ws://[esp ip]/ws
+
+FORCE_INLINE int next_rx_index(const int i) { return (ring_buffer_pos_t)(i + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); }
+FORCE_INLINE int next_tx_index(const int i) { return (ring_buffer_pos_t)(i + 1) & (ring_buffer_pos_t)(TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); }
+
+static void addToBuffer(uint8_t * const data, const size_t len) {
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < len; i++) {
+ ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head;
+ const ring_buffer_pos_t t = rx_buffer.tail, n = next_rx_index(h);
+
+ if (n != t) { rx_buffer.buffer[h] = data[i]; h = n; }
+
+ // TODO: buffer is full, handle?
+
+ rx_buffer.head = h;
+ }
+}
+
+// Handle WebSocket event
+static void onEvent(AsyncWebSocket * server, AsyncWebSocketClient * client, AwsEventType type, void * arg, uint8_t *data, size_t len) {
+ switch (type) {
+ case WS_EVT_CONNECT: client->ping(); break; // client connected
+ case WS_EVT_DISCONNECT: // client disconnected
+ case WS_EVT_ERROR: // error was received from the other end
+ case WS_EVT_PONG: break; // pong message was received (in response to a ping request maybe)
+ case WS_EVT_DATA: { // data packet
+ AwsFrameInfo * info = (AwsFrameInfo*)arg;
+ if (info->opcode == WS_TEXT || info->message_opcode == WS_TEXT)
+ addToBuffer(data, len);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+// Public Methods
+void WebSocketSerial::begin(const long baud_setting) {
+ ws.onEvent(onEvent);
+ server.addHandler(&ws); // attach AsyncWebSocket
+}
+
+void WebSocketSerial::end() { }
+
+int WebSocketSerial::peek(void) {
+ const int v = rx_buffer.head == rx_buffer.tail ? -1 : rx_buffer.buffer[rx_buffer.tail];
+ return v;
+}
+
+int WebSocketSerial::read(void) {
+ const ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head, t = rx_buffer.tail;
+ if (h == t) return -1; // Nothing to read? Return now
+
+ const int v = rx_buffer.buffer[t];
+
+ rx_buffer.tail = (ring_buffer_pos_t)(t + 1) & (RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1); // Advance tail
+
+ return v;
+}
+
+bool WebSocketSerial::available(void) {
+ const ring_buffer_pos_t h = rx_buffer.head, t = rx_buffer.tail;
+ return (ring_buffer_pos_t)(RX_BUFFER_SIZE + h - t) & (RX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+}
+
+void WebSocketSerial::flush(void) {
+ ws.textAll("flush");
+ rx_buffer.tail = rx_buffer.head;
+}
+
+#if TX_BUFFER_SIZE
+
+ void WebSocketSerial::write(const uint8_t c) {
+ _written = true;
+
+ const uint8_t i = (tx_buffer.head + 1) & (TX_BUFFER_SIZE - 1);
+
+ // Store new char. head is always safe to move
+ tx_buffer.buffer[tx_buffer.head] = c;
+ tx_buffer.head = i;
+
+ if (c == '\n') {
+ ws.textAll(tx_buffer.buffer, tx_buffer.head);
+ tx_buffer.head = 0;
+ }
+ }
+
+ void WebSocketSerial::flushTx(void) {
+ ws.textAll("flushTx");
+ if (!_written) return;
+ }
+
+#else
+
+ //void WebSocketSerial::write(const uint8_t c) { _written = true; }
+ //void WebSocketSerial::flushTx(void) { if (!_written) return; }
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Imports from print.h
+ */
+
+void WebSocketSerial::print(char c, int base) { print((long)c, base); }
+void WebSocketSerial::print(unsigned char b, int base) { print((unsigned long)b, base); }
+void WebSocketSerial::print(int n, int base) { print((long)n, base); }
+void WebSocketSerial::print(unsigned int n, int base) { print((unsigned long)n, base); }
+void WebSocketSerial::print(long n, int base) {
+ if (base == 0)
+ write(n);
+ else if (base == 10) {
+ if (n < 0) { print('-'); n = -n; }
+ printNumber(n, 10);
+ }
+ else
+ printNumber(n, base);
+}
+
+void WebSocketSerial::print(unsigned long n, int base) {
+ if (base == 0) write(n); else printNumber(n, base);
+}
+
+void WebSocketSerial::print(double n, int digits) { printFloat(n, digits); }
+
+void WebSocketSerial::println(void) { print('\r'); print('\n'); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(const String& s) { print(s); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(const char c[]) { print(c); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(char c, int base) { print(c, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(unsigned char b, int base) { print(b, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(int n, int base) { print(n, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(unsigned int n, int base) { print(n, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(long n, int base) { print(n, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(unsigned long n, int base) { print(n, base); println(); }
+void WebSocketSerial::println(double n, int digits) { print(n, digits); println(); }
+
+// Private Methods
+
+void WebSocketSerial::printNumber(unsigned long n, uint8_t base) {
+ if (n) {
+ unsigned char buf[8 * sizeof(long)]; // Enough space for base 2
+ int8_t i = 0;
+ while (n) {
+ buf[i++] = n % base;
+ n /= base;
+ }
+ while (i--)
+ print((char)(buf[i] + (buf[i] < 10 ? '0' : 'A' - 10)));
+ }
+ else
+ print('0');
+}
+
+void WebSocketSerial::printFloat(double number, uint8_t digits) {
+ // Handle negative numbers
+ if (number < 0.0) { print('-'); number = -number; }
+
+ // Round correctly so that print(1.999, 2) prints as "2.00"
+ // Use a lookup table for performance
+ constexpr double rounds[] = { 0.5, 0.05, 0.005, 0.0005, 0.00005, 0.000005, 0.0000005, 0.00000005 };
+ number += rounds[digits];
+
+ //number += pow(10, -(digits + 1)); // slower single-line equivalent
+
+ // Extract the integer part of the number and print it
+ unsigned long int_part = (unsigned long)number;
+ print(int_part);
+
+ // Print the decimal point, but only if there are digits beyond
+ double remainder = number - (double)int_part;
+ if (digits) {
+ print('.');
+ // Extract digits from the remainder one at a time
+ while (digits--) {
+ remainder *= 10.0;
+ const int toPrint = int(remainder);
+ print(toPrint);
+ remainder -= toPrint;
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // WIFISUPPORT
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..43c8044107
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/WebSocketSerial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#include
+
+#define DEC 10
+#define HEX 16
+#define OCT 8
+#define BIN 2
+
+#ifndef RX_BUFFER_SIZE
+ #define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 128
+#endif
+#ifndef TX_BUFFER_SIZE
+ #define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 32
+#endif
+#if TX_BUFFER_SIZE <= 0
+ #error "TX_BUFFER_SIZE is required for the WebSocket."
+#endif
+
+#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE > 256
+ typedef uint16_t ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#else
+ typedef uint8_t ring_buffer_pos_t;
+#endif
+
+class WebSocketSerial {
+public:
+ WebSocketSerial() {};
+ static void begin(const long);
+ static void end();
+ static int peek(void);
+ static int read(void);
+ static void flush(void);
+ static void flushTx(void);
+ static bool available(void);
+ static void write(const uint8_t c);
+
+ #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX)
+ FORCE_INLINE static uint32_t dropped() { return 0; }
+ #endif
+
+ #if ENABLED(SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED)
+ FORCE_INLINE static int rxMaxEnqueued() { return 0; }
+ #endif
+
+ FORCE_INLINE static void write(const char* str) { while (*str) write(*str++); }
+ FORCE_INLINE static void write(const uint8_t* buffer, size_t size) { while (size--) write(*buffer++); }
+ FORCE_INLINE static void print(const String& s) { for (int i = 0; i < (int)s.length(); i++) write(s[i]); }
+ FORCE_INLINE static void print(const char* str) { write(str); }
+
+ static void print(char, int = 0);
+ static void print(unsigned char, int = 0);
+ static void print(int, int = DEC);
+ static void print(unsigned int, int = DEC);
+ static void print(long, int = DEC);
+ static void print(unsigned long, int = DEC);
+ static void print(double, int = 2);
+
+ static void println(const String& s);
+ static void println(const char[]);
+ static void println(char, int = 0);
+ static void println(unsigned char, int = 0);
+ static void println(int, int = DEC);
+ static void println(unsigned int, int = DEC);
+ static void println(long, int = DEC);
+ static void println(unsigned long, int = DEC);
+ static void println(double, int = 2);
+ static void println(void);
+ operator bool() { return true; }
+
+private:
+ static void printNumber(unsigned long, const uint8_t);
+ static void printFloat(double, uint8_t);
+};
+
+extern WebSocketSerial webSocketSerial;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
index abf7ba5f9b..08a09201b6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/fastio_ESP32.h
@@ -28,30 +28,41 @@
*/
// Set pin as input
-#define _SET_INPUT(IO) pinMode(IO, INPUT)
+#define _SET_INPUT(IO) pinMode(IO, INPUT)
// Set pin as output
-#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) pinMode(IO, OUTPUT)
+#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) pinMode(IO, OUTPUT)
// Set pin as input with pullup mode
-#define _PULLUP(IO, v) pinMode(IO, v ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
+#define _PULLUP(IO, v) pinMode(IO, v ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
// Read a pin wrapper
-#define READ(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define READ(IO) digitalRead(IO)
// Write to a pin wrapper
-#define WRITE(IO, v) (TEST(IO, 7) ? i2s_write(IO & 0x7F, v) : digitalWrite(IO, v))
+#define WRITE(IO, v) (TEST(IO, 7) ? i2s_write(IO & 0x7F, v) : digitalWrite(IO, v))
// Set pin as input wrapper
-#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
+#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
// Set pin as input with pullup wrapper
-#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
+#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
// Set pin as output wrapper
-#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO, LOW); }while(0)
+#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); }while(0)
-#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+// Set pin as PWM
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+
+// Set pin as output and init
+#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ _SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+
+#define PWM_PIN(P) true
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
//
// Ports and functions
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
index 52129ac92b..40ec1ab875 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/ota.cpp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+#if ENABLED(OTASUPPORT)
#include
#include
@@ -30,15 +30,6 @@
#include "driver/timer.h"
void OTA_init() {
- WiFi.mode(WIFI_STA);
- WiFi.begin(WIFI_SSID, WIFI_PWD);
-
- while (WiFi.waitForConnectResult() != WL_CONNECTED) {
- Serial.println("Connection Failed! Rebooting...");
- delay(5000);
- ESP.restart();
- }
-
ArduinoOTA
.onStart([]() {
timer_pause(TIMER_GROUP_0, TIMER_0);
@@ -76,6 +67,6 @@ void OTA_handle() {
ArduinoOTA.handle();
}
-#endif // WIFISUPPORT
+#endif // OTASUPPORT
#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a3a6cce729
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(WEBSUPPORT)
+
+#include "../../core/serial.h"
+
+#include "FS.h"
+#include "SPIFFS.h"
+#include "wifi.h"
+
+AsyncEventSource events("/events"); // event source (Server-Sent events)
+
+void onNotFound(AsyncWebServerRequest *request){
+ request->send(404);
+}
+
+void web_init() {
+ server.addHandler(&events); // attach AsyncEventSource
+ if (SPIFFS.begin()) {
+ server.serveStatic("/", SPIFFS, "/www").setDefaultFile("index.html");
+ server.onNotFound(onNotFound);
+ }
+ else
+ SERIAL_ECHO_MSG("SPIFFS Mount Failed");
+}
+
+#endif // WEBSUPPORT
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f8796e7d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/web.h
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+void web_init();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7afc7a87a8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ */
+
+#ifdef ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include "wifi.h"
+
+AsyncWebServer server(80);
+
+#ifndef WIFI_HOSTNAME
+ #define WIFI_HOSTNAME DEFAULT_WIFI_HOSTNAME
+#endif
+
+void wifi_init() {
+ WiFi.mode(WIFI_STA);
+ WiFi.begin(WIFI_SSID, WIFI_PWD);
+
+ while (WiFi.waitForConnectResult() != WL_CONNECTED) {
+ delay(5000);
+ ESP.restart();
+ }
+
+ delay(10);
+
+ // Loop forever (watchdog kill) on failure
+ if (!MDNS.begin(WIFI_HOSTNAME)) for(;;) delay(5000);
+
+ MDNS.addService("http", "tcp", 80);
+}
+
+#endif // WIFISUPPORT
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ef35cf14ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_ESP32/wifi.h
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2016 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+
+extern AsyncWebServer server;
+
+#define DEFAULT_WIFI_HOSTNAME "marlin"
+
+void wifi_init();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..3d2dd5cd82
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+#include "../shared/Delay.h"
+
+HalSerial usb_serial;
+
+// U8glib required functions
+extern "C" void u8g_xMicroDelay(uint16_t val) {
+ DELAY_US(val);
+}
+extern "C" void u8g_MicroDelay(void) {
+ u8g_xMicroDelay(1);
+}
+extern "C" void u8g_10MicroDelay(void) {
+ u8g_xMicroDelay(10);
+}
+extern "C" void u8g_Delay(uint16_t val) {
+ delay(val);
+}
+//************************//
+
+// return free heap space
+int freeMemory() {
+ return 0;
+}
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// ADC
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+void HAL_adc_init(void) {
+
+}
+
+void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int ch) {
+
+}
+
+uint8_t active_ch = 0;
+void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t ch) {
+ active_ch = ch;
+}
+
+bool HAL_adc_finished(void) {
+ return true;
+}
+
+uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(void) {
+ pin_t pin = analogInputToDigitalPin(active_ch);
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return 0;
+ uint16_t data = ((Gpio::get(pin) >> 2) & 0x3FF);
+ return data; // return 10bit value as Marlin expects
+}
+
+void HAL_pwm_init(void) {
+
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1057fae995
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL.h
@@ -0,0 +1,109 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#define CPU_32_BIT
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Includes
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define F_CPU 100000000
+#define SystemCoreClock F_CPU
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#undef min
+#undef max
+
+#include
+
+void _printf (const char *format, ...);
+void _putc(uint8_t c);
+uint8_t _getc();
+
+//extern "C" volatile uint32_t _millis;
+
+//arduino: Print.h
+#define DEC 10
+#define HEX 16
+#define OCT 8
+#define BIN 2
+//arduino: binary.h (weird defines)
+#define B01 1
+#define B10 2
+
+#include "hardware/Clock.h"
+
+#include
+
+#include "../shared/math_32bit.h"
+#include "../shared/HAL_SPI.h"
+#include "fastio.h"
+#include "watchdog.h"
+#include "HAL_timers.h"
+#include "serial.h"
+
+extern HalSerial usb_serial;
+#define MYSERIAL0 usb_serial
+#define NUM_SERIAL 1
+
+#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(600)
+#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(750)
+#define ST7920_DELAY_3 DELAY_NS(750)
+
+//
+// Interrupts
+//
+#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START
+#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END
+#define ISRS_ENABLED()
+#define ENABLE_ISRS()
+#define DISABLE_ISRS()
+
+//Utility functions
+int freeMemory(void);
+
+// SPI: Extended functions which take a channel number (hardware SPI only)
+/** Write single byte to specified SPI channel */
+void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b);
+/** Write buffer to specified SPI channel */
+void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n);
+/** Read single byte from specified SPI channel */
+uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan);
+
+// ADC
+#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) HAL_adc_enable_channel(pin)
+#define HAL_START_ADC(pin) HAL_adc_start_conversion(pin)
+#define HAL_READ_ADC() HAL_adc_get_result()
+#define HAL_ADC_READY() true
+
+void HAL_adc_init(void);
+void HAL_adc_enable_channel(int pin);
+void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin);
+uint16_t HAL_adc_get_result(void);
+
+/* ---------------- Delay in cycles */
+FORCE_INLINE static void DELAY_CYCLES(uint64_t x) {
+ Clock::delayCycles(x);
+}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..f7b46725af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ * Copyright (c) 2015-2016 Nico Tonnhofer wurstnase.reprap@gmail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "hardware/Timer.h"
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+#include "HAL_timers.h"
+
+/**
+ * Use POSIX signals to attempt to emulate Interrupts
+ * This has many limitations and is not fit for the purpose
+ */
+
+HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR();
+HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR();
+
+Timer timers[2];
+
+void HAL_timer_init(void) {
+ timers[0].init(0, STEPPER_TIMER_RATE, TIMER0_IRQHandler);
+ timers[1].init(1, TEMP_TIMER_RATE, TIMER1_IRQHandler);
+}
+
+void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency) {
+ timers[timer_num].start(frequency);
+}
+
+void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) {
+ timers[timer_num].enable();
+}
+
+void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num) {
+ timers[timer_num].disable();
+}
+
+bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num) {
+ return timers[timer_num].enabled();
+}
+
+void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t compare) {
+ timers[timer_num].setCompare(compare);
+}
+
+hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num) {
+ return timers[timer_num].getCompare();
+}
+
+hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num) {
+ return timers[timer_num].getCount();
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9505fc568a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/HAL_timers.h
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ * Copyright (c) 2016 Bob Cousins bobcousins42@googlemail.com
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * HAL timers for Linux X86_64
+ */
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Includes
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#include
+
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+// Defines
+// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#define FORCE_INLINE __attribute__((always_inline)) inline
+
+typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
+#define HAL_TIMER_TYPE_MAX 0xFFFFFFFF
+
+#define HAL_TIMER_RATE ((SystemCoreClock) / 4) // frequency of timers peripherals
+
+#define STEP_TIMER_NUM 0 // Timer Index for Stepper
+#define TEMP_TIMER_NUM 1 // Timer Index for Temperature
+#define PULSE_TIMER_NUM STEP_TIMER_NUM
+
+#define TEMP_TIMER_RATE 1000000
+#define TEMP_TIMER_FREQUENCY 1000 // temperature interrupt frequency
+
+#define STEPPER_TIMER_RATE HAL_TIMER_RATE // frequency of stepper timer (HAL_TIMER_RATE / STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE)
+#define STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US ((STEPPER_TIMER_RATE) / 1000000) // stepper timer ticks per µs
+#define STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE (CYCLES_PER_MICROSECOND / STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US)
+
+#define PULSE_TIMER_RATE STEPPER_TIMER_RATE // frequency of pulse timer
+#define PULSE_TIMER_PRESCALE STEPPER_TIMER_PRESCALE
+#define PULSE_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US STEPPER_TIMER_TICKS_PER_US
+
+#define ENABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
+#define DISABLE_STEPPER_DRIVER_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
+#define STEPPER_ISR_ENABLED() HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
+
+#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
+#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
+
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void TIMER0_IRQHandler(void)
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void TIMER1_IRQHandler(void)
+
+// PWM timer
+#define HAL_PWM_TIMER
+#define HAL_PWM_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void TIMER3_IRQHandler(void)
+#define HAL_PWM_TIMER_IRQn
+
+
+void HAL_timer_init(void);
+void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency);
+
+void HAL_timer_set_compare(const uint8_t timer_num, const hal_timer_t compare);
+hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_compare(const uint8_t timer_num);
+hal_timer_t HAL_timer_get_count(const uint8_t timer_num);
+FORCE_INLINE static void HAL_timer_restrain(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint16_t interval_ticks) {
+ const hal_timer_t mincmp = HAL_timer_get_count(timer_num) + interval_ticks;
+ if (HAL_timer_get_compare(timer_num) < mincmp) HAL_timer_set_compare(timer_num, mincmp);
+}
+
+void HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num);
+void HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(const uint8_t timer_num);
+bool HAL_timer_interrupt_enabled(const uint8_t timer_num);
+
+#define HAL_timer_isr_prologue(TIMER_NUM)
+#define HAL_timer_isr_epilogue(TIMER_NUM)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fd4c53241a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/SanityCheck.h
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Test X86_64 configuration values for errors at compile-time.
+ */
+
+#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+ #if !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE requires SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_PIN."
+ #elif SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE && !PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_DIR)
+ #error "SPINDLE_DIR_PIN not defined."
+ #elif ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && PIN_EXISTS(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM)
+ #if !PWM_PIN(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN)
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN not assigned to a PWM pin."
+ #elif !(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 4 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 6 || SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == 11)
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN must use SERVO0, SERVO1 or SERVO3 connector"
+ #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY < 1
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY must be greater than 0."
+ #elif SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY < 1
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY must be greater than 0."
+ #elif !defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT)
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT missing."
+ #elif !defined(SPEED_POWER_SLOPE) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MIN) || !defined(SPEED_POWER_MAX)
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM equation constant(s) missing."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(CASE_LIGHT) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CASE_LIGHT_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CASE_LIGHT_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(E0_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(E1_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(E2_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(E3_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(E4_AUTO_FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN1) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN1_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN1_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(FAN2) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == FAN2_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used FAN2_PIN."
+ #elif PIN_EXISTS(CONTROLLERFAN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN == CONTROLLERFAN_PIN
+ #error "SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN is used by CONTROLLERFAN_PIN."
+ #endif
+ #endif
+#endif // SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..408c96153d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/arduino.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+#include "hardware/Clock.h"
+#include "../shared/Delay.h"
+
+// Interrupts
+void cli(void) { } // Disable
+void sei(void) { } // Enable
+
+// Time functions
+void _delay_ms(const int delay_ms) {
+ delay(delay_ms);
+}
+
+uint32_t millis() {
+ return (uint32_t)Clock::millis();
+}
+
+// This is required for some Arduino libraries we are using
+void delayMicroseconds(uint32_t us) {
+ Clock::delayMicros(us);
+}
+
+extern "C" void delay(const int msec) {
+ Clock::delayMillis(msec);
+}
+
+// IO functions
+// As defined by Arduino INPUT(0x0), OUTPUT(0x1), INPUT_PULLUP(0x2)
+void pinMode(const pin_t pin, const uint8_t mode) {
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return;
+ Gpio::setMode(pin, mode);
+}
+
+void digitalWrite(pin_t pin, uint8_t pin_status) {
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return;
+ Gpio::set(pin, pin_status);
+}
+
+bool digitalRead(pin_t pin) {
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return false;
+ return Gpio::get(pin);
+}
+
+void analogWrite(pin_t pin, int pwm_value) { // 1 - 254: pwm_value, 0: LOW, 255: HIGH
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return;
+ Gpio::set(pin, pwm_value);
+}
+
+uint16_t analogRead(pin_t adc_pin) {
+ if (!VALID_PIN(DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(adc_pin))) return 0;
+ return Gpio::get(DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(adc_pin));
+}
+
+// **************************
+// Persistent Config Storage
+// **************************
+
+void eeprom_write_byte(unsigned char *pos, unsigned char value) {
+
+}
+
+unsigned char eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t * pos) { return '\0'; }
+
+void eeprom_read_block(void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n) { }
+
+void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n) { }
+
+char *dtostrf (double __val, signed char __width, unsigned char __prec, char *__s) {
+ char format_string[20];
+ snprintf(format_string, 20, "%%%d.%df", __width, __prec);
+ sprintf(__s, format_string, __val);
+ return __s;
+}
+
+int32_t random(int32_t max) {
+ return rand() % max;
+}
+
+int32_t random(int32_t min, int32_t max) {
+ return min + rand() % (max - min);
+}
+
+void randomSeed(uint32_t value) {
+ srand(value);
+}
+
+int map(uint16_t x, uint16_t in_min, uint16_t in_max, uint16_t out_min, uint16_t out_max) {
+ return (x - in_min) * (out_max - out_min) / (in_max - in_min) + out_min;
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8eae771a4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/fastio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * Fast I/O Routines for X86_64
+ */
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) Gpio::setDir(IO, 1)
+#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) Gpio::setDir(IO, 0)
+
+#define SET_MODE(IO, mode) Gpio::setMode(IO, mode)
+
+#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) Gpio::set(IO)
+#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) Gpio::clear(IO)
+
+#define READ_PIN(IO) Gpio::get(IO)
+#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) Gpio::set(IO, V)
+
+/**
+ * Magic I/O routines
+ *
+ * Now you can simply SET_OUTPUT(STEP); WRITE(STEP, HIGH); WRITE(STEP, LOW);
+ *
+ * Why double up on these macros? see http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/Stringification.html
+ */
+
+/// Read a pin
+#define _READ(IO) READ_PIN(IO)
+
+/// Write to a pin
+#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+
+#define _WRITE(IO,V) WRITE_PIN(IO,V)
+
+/// toggle a pin
+#define _TOGGLE(IO) _WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
+
+/// set pin as input
+#define _SET_INPUT(IO) SET_DIR_INPUT(IO)
+
+/// set pin as output
+#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO)
+
+/// set pin as input with pullup mode
+#define _PULLUP(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
+
+/// set pin as input with pulldown mode
+#define _PULLDOWN(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT)
+
+// hg42: all pins can be input or output (I hope)
+// hg42: undefined pins create compile error (IO, is no pin)
+// hg42: currently not used, but was used by pinsDebug
+
+/// check if pin is an input
+#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (LPC1768_PIN_PIN(IO) >= 0)
+
+/// check if pin is an output
+#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (LPC1768_PIN_PIN(IO) >= 0)
+
+// hg42: HAS_TIMER is used only to check if it's a PWM pin
+// hg42: we cannot use USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM because it uses a function that cannot be used statically
+// hg42: instead use PWM bit from the #define
+
+/// check if pin is a timer
+#define _HAS_TIMER(IO) true // could be LPC1768_PIN_PWM(IO), but there
+// hg42: could be this:
+// #define _HAS_TIMER(IO) LPC1768_PIN_PWM(IO)
+// but this is an incomplete check (12 pins are PWMable, but only 6 can be used at the same time)
+
+/// Read a pin wrapper
+#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
+
+/// Write to a pin wrapper
+#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
+#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
+
+/// toggle a pin wrapper
+#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
+
+/// set pin as input wrapper
+#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
+/// set pin as input with pullup wrapper
+#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
+/// set pin as input with pulldown wrapper
+#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLDOWN(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
+/// set pin as output wrapper - reads the pin and sets the output to that value
+#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ _WRITE(IO, _READ(IO)); _SET_OUTPUT(IO); }while(0)
+// set pin as PWM
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+
+/// check if pin is an input wrapper
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
+/// check if pin is an output wrapper
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
+
+/// check if pin is a timer (wrapper)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO) _HAS_TIMER(IO)
+
+// Shorthand
+#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..961f5c5d98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+#include "Clock.h"
+
+std::chrono::nanoseconds Clock::startup = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now().time_since_epoch();
+uint32_t Clock::frequency = F_CPU;
+double Clock::time_multiplier = 1.0;
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e3dafe250a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Clock.h
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+#include
+
+class Clock {
+public:
+ static uint64_t ticks(uint32_t frequency = Clock::frequency) {
+ return (Clock::nanos() - Clock::startup.count()) / (1000000000ULL / frequency);
+ }
+
+ static uint64_t nanosToTicks(uint64_t ns, uint32_t frequency = Clock::frequency) {
+ return ns / (1000000000ULL / frequency);
+ }
+
+ // Time acceleration compensated
+ static uint64_t ticksToNanos(uint64_t tick, uint32_t frequency = Clock::frequency) {
+ return (tick * (1000000000ULL / frequency)) / Clock::time_multiplier;
+ }
+
+ static void setFrequency(uint32_t freq) {
+ Clock::frequency = freq;
+ }
+
+ // Time Acceleration compensated
+ static uint64_t nanos() {
+ auto now = std::chrono::high_resolution_clock::now().time_since_epoch();
+ return (now.count() - Clock::startup.count()) * Clock::time_multiplier;
+ }
+
+ static uint64_t micros() {
+ return Clock::nanos() / 1000;
+ }
+
+ static uint64_t millis() {
+ return Clock::micros() / 1000;
+ }
+
+ static double seconds() {
+ return Clock::nanos() / 1000000000.0;
+ }
+
+ static void delayCycles(uint64_t cycles) {
+ std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::nanoseconds( (1000000000L / frequency) * cycles) / Clock::time_multiplier );
+ }
+
+ static void delayMicros(uint64_t micros) {
+ std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::microseconds( micros ) / Clock::time_multiplier);
+ }
+
+ static void delayMillis(uint64_t millis) {
+ std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::milliseconds( millis ) / Clock::time_multiplier);
+ }
+
+ static void delaySeconds(double secs) {
+ std::this_thread::sleep_for(std::chrono::duration(secs * 1000) / Clock::time_multiplier);
+ }
+
+ // Will reduce timer resolution increasing likelihood of overflows
+ static void setTimeMultiplier(double tm) {
+ Clock::time_multiplier = tm;
+ }
+
+private:
+ static std::chrono::nanoseconds startup;
+ static uint32_t frequency;
+ static double time_multiplier;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0aeeb9c674
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "Gpio.h"
+
+pin_data Gpio::pin_map[Gpio::pin_count+1] = {};
+IOLogger* Gpio::logger = nullptr;
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a53ad029c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Gpio.h
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Clock.h"
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+#include
+
+typedef int16_t pin_type;
+
+struct GpioEvent {
+ enum Type {
+ NOP,
+ FALL,
+ RISE,
+ SET_VALUE,
+ SETM,
+ SETD
+ };
+ uint64_t timestamp;
+ pin_type pin_id;
+ GpioEvent::Type event;
+
+ GpioEvent(uint64_t timestamp, pin_type pin_id, GpioEvent::Type event){
+ this->timestamp = timestamp;
+ this->pin_id = pin_id;
+ this->event = event;
+ }
+};
+
+class IOLogger {
+public:
+ virtual ~IOLogger(){};
+ virtual void log(GpioEvent ev) = 0;
+};
+
+class Peripheral {
+public:
+ virtual ~Peripheral(){};
+ virtual void interrupt(GpioEvent ev) = 0;
+ virtual void update() = 0;
+};
+
+struct pin_data {
+ uint8_t dir;
+ uint8_t mode;
+ uint16_t value;
+ Peripheral* cb;
+};
+
+class Gpio {
+public:
+
+ static const pin_type pin_count = 255;
+ static pin_data pin_map[pin_count+1];
+
+ static bool valid_pin(pin_type pin) {
+ return pin >= 0 && pin <= pin_count;
+ }
+
+ static void set(pin_type pin) {
+ set(pin, 1);
+ }
+
+ static void set(pin_type pin, uint16_t value) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return;
+ GpioEvent::Type evt_type = value > 1 ? GpioEvent::SET_VALUE : value > pin_map[pin].value ? GpioEvent::RISE : value < pin_map[pin].value ? GpioEvent::FALL : GpioEvent::NOP;
+ pin_map[pin].value = value;
+ GpioEvent evt(Clock::nanos(), pin, evt_type);
+ if (pin_map[pin].cb != nullptr) {
+ pin_map[pin].cb->interrupt(evt);
+ }
+ if (Gpio::logger != nullptr) Gpio::logger->log(evt);
+ }
+
+ static uint16_t get(pin_type pin) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return 0;
+ return pin_map[pin].value;
+ }
+
+ static void clear(pin_type pin) {
+ set(pin, 0);
+ }
+
+ static void setMode(pin_type pin, uint8_t value) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return;
+ pin_map[pin].mode = value;
+ GpioEvent evt(Clock::nanos(), pin, GpioEvent::Type::SETM);
+ if (pin_map[pin].cb != nullptr) pin_map[pin].cb->interrupt(evt);
+ if (Gpio::logger != nullptr) Gpio::logger->log(evt);
+ }
+
+ static uint8_t getMode(pin_type pin) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return 0;
+ return pin_map[pin].mode;
+ }
+
+ static void setDir(pin_type pin, uint8_t value) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return;
+ pin_map[pin].dir = value;
+ GpioEvent evt(Clock::nanos(), pin, GpioEvent::Type::SETD);
+ if (pin_map[pin].cb != nullptr) pin_map[pin].cb->interrupt(evt);
+ if (Gpio::logger != nullptr) Gpio::logger->log(evt);
+ }
+
+ static uint8_t getDir(pin_type pin) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return 0;
+ return pin_map[pin].dir;
+ }
+
+ static void attachPeripheral(pin_type pin, Peripheral* per) {
+ if (!valid_pin(pin)) return;
+ pin_map[pin].cb = per;
+ }
+
+ static void attachLogger(IOLogger* logger) {
+ Gpio::logger = logger;
+ }
+
+private:
+ static IOLogger* logger;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e2f94c356
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "Clock.h"
+#include
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#include "Heater.h"
+
+Heater::Heater(pin_t heater, pin_t adc) {
+ heater_state = 0;
+ room_temp_raw = 150;
+ last = Clock::micros();
+ heater_pin = heater;
+ adc_pin = adc;
+ heat = 0.0;
+}
+
+Heater::~Heater() {
+}
+
+void Heater::update() {
+ // crude pwm read and cruder heat simulation
+ auto now = Clock::micros();
+ double delta = (now - last);
+ if (delta > 1000 ) {
+ heater_state = pwmcap.update(0xFFFF * Gpio::pin_map[heater_pin].value);
+ last = now;
+ heat += (heater_state - heat) * (delta / 1000000000.0);
+
+ if (heat < room_temp_raw) heat = room_temp_raw;
+ Gpio::pin_map[analogInputToDigitalPin(adc_pin)].value = 0xFFFF - (uint16_t)heat;
+ }
+}
+
+void Heater::interrupt(GpioEvent ev) {
+ // ununsed
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..90e9da21df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Heater.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "Gpio.h"
+
+struct LowpassFilter {
+ uint64_t data_delay = 0;
+ uint16_t update(uint16_t value) {
+ data_delay = data_delay - (data_delay >> 6) + value;
+ return (uint16_t)(data_delay >> 6);
+ }
+};
+
+class Heater: public Peripheral {
+public:
+ Heater(pin_t heater, pin_t adc);
+ virtual ~Heater();
+ void interrupt(GpioEvent ev);
+ void update();
+
+ pin_t heater_pin, adc_pin;
+ uint16_t room_temp_raw;
+ uint16_t heater_state;
+ LowpassFilter pwmcap;
+ double heat;
+ uint64_t last;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8fc2dc95c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,50 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "IOLoggerCSV.h"
+
+IOLoggerCSV::IOLoggerCSV(std::string filename) {
+ file.open(filename);
+}
+
+IOLoggerCSV::~IOLoggerCSV() {
+ file.close();
+}
+
+void IOLoggerCSV::log(GpioEvent ev) {
+ std::lock_guard lock(vector_lock);
+ events.push_back(ev); //minimal impact to signal handler
+}
+
+void IOLoggerCSV::flush() {
+ { std::lock_guard lock(vector_lock);
+ while (!events.empty()) {
+ file << events.front().timestamp << ", "<< events.front().pin_id << ", " << events.front().event << std::endl;
+ events.pop_front();
+ }
+ }
+ file.flush();
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..61cce9c106
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include "Gpio.h"
+
+class IOLoggerCSV: public IOLogger {
+public:
+ IOLoggerCSV(std::string filename);
+ virtual ~IOLoggerCSV();
+ void flush();
+ void log(GpioEvent ev);
+
+private:
+ std::ofstream file;
+ std::list events;
+ std::mutex vector_lock;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c50390d736
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include
+#include
+#include "Clock.h"
+#include "LinearAxis.h"
+
+LinearAxis::LinearAxis(pin_type enable, pin_type dir, pin_type step, pin_type end_min, pin_type end_max) {
+ enable_pin = enable;
+ dir_pin = dir;
+ step_pin = step;
+ min_pin = end_min;
+ max_pin = end_max;
+
+ min_position = 50;
+ max_position = (200*80) + min_position;
+ position = rand() % ((max_position - 40) - min_position) + (min_position + 20);
+ last_update = Clock::nanos();
+
+ Gpio::attachPeripheral(step_pin, this);
+
+}
+
+LinearAxis::~LinearAxis() {
+
+}
+
+void LinearAxis::update() {
+
+}
+
+void LinearAxis::interrupt(GpioEvent ev) {
+ if (ev.pin_id == step_pin && !Gpio::pin_map[enable_pin].value){
+ if (ev.event == GpioEvent::RISE) {
+ last_update = ev.timestamp;
+ position += -1 + 2 * Gpio::pin_map[dir_pin].value;
+ Gpio::pin_map[min_pin].value = (position < min_position);
+ //Gpio::pin_map[max_pin].value = (position > max_position);
+ //if (position < min_position) printf("axis(%d) endstop : pos: %d, mm: %f, min: %d\n", step_pin, position, position / 80.0, Gpio::pin_map[min_pin].value);
+ }
+ }
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0e3b4b7503
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/LinearAxis.h
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+#include "Gpio.h"
+
+class LinearAxis: public Peripheral {
+public:
+ LinearAxis(pin_type enable, pin_type dir, pin_type step, pin_type end_min, pin_type end_max);
+ virtual ~LinearAxis();
+ void update();
+ void interrupt(GpioEvent ev);
+
+ pin_type enable_pin;
+ pin_type dir_pin;
+ pin_type step_pin;
+ pin_type min_pin;
+ pin_type max_pin;
+
+ int32_t position;
+ int32_t min_position;
+ int32_t max_position;
+ uint64_t last_update;
+
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..10f725ae68
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "Timer.h"
+#include
+
+Timer::Timer() {
+ active = false;
+ compare = 0;
+ frequency = 0;
+ overruns = 0;
+ timerid = 0;
+ cbfn = nullptr;
+ period = 0;
+ start_time = 0;
+ avg_error = 0;
+}
+
+Timer::~Timer() {
+ timer_delete(timerid);
+}
+
+void Timer::init(uint32_t sig_id, uint32_t sim_freq, callback_fn* fn) {
+ struct sigaction sa;
+ struct sigevent sev;
+
+ frequency = sim_freq;
+ cbfn = fn;
+
+ sa.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO;
+ sa.sa_sigaction = Timer::handler;
+ sigemptyset(&sa.sa_mask);
+ if (sigaction(SIGRTMIN, &sa, NULL) == -1) {
+ return; // todo: handle error
+ }
+
+ sigemptyset(&mask);
+ sigaddset(&mask, SIGRTMIN);
+
+ disable();
+
+ sev.sigev_notify = SIGEV_SIGNAL;
+ sev.sigev_signo = SIGRTMIN;
+ sev.sigev_value.sival_ptr = (void*)this;
+ if (timer_create(CLOCK_REALTIME, &sev, &timerid) == -1) {
+ return; // todo: handle error
+ }
+}
+
+void Timer::start(uint32_t frequency) {
+ setCompare(this->frequency / frequency);
+ //printf("timer(%ld) started\n", getID());
+}
+
+void Timer::enable() {
+ if (sigprocmask(SIG_UNBLOCK, &mask, NULL) == -1) {
+ return; // todo: handle error
+ }
+ active = true;
+ //printf("timer(%ld) enabled\n", getID());
+}
+
+void Timer::disable() {
+ if (sigprocmask(SIG_SETMASK, &mask, NULL) == -1) {
+ return; // todo: handle error
+ }
+ active = false;
+}
+
+void Timer::setCompare(uint32_t compare) {
+ uint32_t nsec_offset = 0;
+ if (active) {
+ nsec_offset = Clock::nanos() - this->start_time; // calculate how long the timer would have been running for
+ nsec_offset = nsec_offset < 1000 ? nsec_offset : 0; // constrain, this shouldn't be needed but apparently Marlin enables interrupts on the stepper timer before initialising it, todo: investigate ?bug?
+ }
+ this->compare = compare;
+ uint64_t ns = Clock::ticksToNanos(compare, frequency) - nsec_offset;
+ struct itimerspec its;
+ its.it_value.tv_sec = ns / 1000000000;
+ its.it_value.tv_nsec = ns % 1000000000;
+ its.it_interval.tv_sec = its.it_value.tv_sec;
+ its.it_interval.tv_nsec = its.it_value.tv_nsec;
+
+ if (timer_settime(timerid, 0, &its, NULL) == -1) {
+ printf("timer(%ld) failed, compare: %d(%ld)\n", getID(), compare, its.it_value.tv_nsec);
+ return; // todo: handle error
+ }
+ //printf("timer(%ld) started, compare: %d(%d)\n", getID(), compare, its.it_value.tv_nsec);
+ this->period = its.it_value.tv_nsec;
+ this->start_time = Clock::nanos();
+}
+
+uint32_t Timer::getCount() {
+ return Clock::nanosToTicks(Clock::nanos() - this->start_time, frequency);
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6aadbcbcb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/hardware/Timer.h
@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "Clock.h"
+
+class Timer {
+public:
+ Timer();
+ virtual ~Timer();
+
+ typedef void (callback_fn)();
+
+ void init(uint32_t sig_id, uint32_t sim_freq, callback_fn* fn);
+ void start(uint32_t frequency);
+ void enable();
+ bool enabled() {return active;}
+ void disable();
+ void setCompare(uint32_t compare);
+ uint32_t getCount();
+ uint32_t getCompare() {return compare;}
+ uint32_t getOverruns() {return overruns;}
+ uint32_t getAvgError() {return avg_error;}
+
+ intptr_t getID() {
+ return (*(intptr_t*)timerid);
+ }
+
+ static void handler(int sig, siginfo_t *si, void *uc){
+ Timer* _this = (Timer*)si->si_value.sival_ptr;
+ _this->avg_error += (Clock::nanos() - _this->start_time) - _this->period; //high_resolution_clock is also limited in precision, but best we have
+ _this->avg_error /= 2; //very crude precision analysis (actually within +-500ns usually)
+ _this->start_time = Clock::nanos(); // wrap
+ _this->cbfn();
+ _this->overruns += timer_getoverrun(_this->timerid); // even at 50Khz this doesn't stay zero, again demonstrating the limitations
+ // using a realtime linux kernel would help somewhat
+ }
+
+private:
+ bool active;
+ uint32_t compare;
+ uint32_t frequency;
+ uint32_t overruns;
+ timer_t timerid;
+ sigset_t mask;
+ callback_fn* cbfn;
+ uint64_t period;
+ uint64_t avg_error;
+ uint64_t start_time;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..60f14cc44f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/Arduino.h
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include
+#include
+#include
+#include
+
+#include
+
+#define HIGH 0x01
+#define LOW 0x00
+
+#define INPUT 0x00
+#define OUTPUT 0x01
+#define INPUT_PULLUP 0x02
+#define INPUT_PULLDOWN 0x03
+
+#define LSBFIRST 0
+#define MSBFIRST 1
+
+#define CHANGE 0x02
+#define FALLING 0x03
+#define RISING 0x04
+
+#define E2END 0xFFF // EEPROM end address
+
+typedef uint8_t byte;
+#define PROGMEM
+#define PSTR(v) (v)
+#define PGM_P const char *
+
+// Used for libraries, preprocessor, and constants
+#define min(a,b) ((a)<(b)?(a):(b))
+#define max(a,b) ((a)>(b)?(a):(b))
+#define abs(x) ((x)>0?(x):-(x))
+
+#ifndef isnan
+ #define isnan std::isnan
+#endif
+#ifndef isinf
+ #define isinf std::isinf
+#endif
+
+#define sq(v) ((v) * (v))
+#define square(v) sq(v)
+#define constrain(value, arg_min, arg_max) ((value) < (arg_min) ? (arg_min) :((value) > (arg_max) ? (arg_max) : (value)))
+
+//Interrupts
+void cli(void); // Disable
+void sei(void); // Enable
+void attachInterrupt(uint32_t pin, void (*callback)(void), uint32_t mode);
+void detachInterrupt(uint32_t pin);
+extern "C" void GpioEnableInt(uint32_t port, uint32_t pin, uint32_t mode);
+extern "C" void GpioDisableInt(uint32_t port, uint32_t pin);
+
+// Program Memory
+#define pgm_read_ptr(addr) (*((void**)(addr)))
+#define pgm_read_byte_near(addr) (*((uint8_t*)(addr)))
+#define pgm_read_float_near(addr) (*((float*)(addr)))
+#define pgm_read_word_near(addr) (*((uint16_t*)(addr)))
+#define pgm_read_dword_near(addr) (*((uint32_t*)(addr)))
+#define pgm_read_byte(addr) pgm_read_byte_near(addr)
+#define pgm_read_float(addr) pgm_read_float_near(addr)
+#define pgm_read_word(addr) pgm_read_word_near(addr)
+#define pgm_read_dword(addr) pgm_read_dword_near(addr)
+
+using std::memcpy;
+#define memcpy_P memcpy
+#define sprintf_P sprintf
+#define strstr_P strstr
+#define strncpy_P strncpy
+#define vsnprintf_P vsnprintf
+#define strcpy_P strcpy
+#define snprintf_P snprintf
+#define strlen_P strlen
+
+// Time functions
+extern "C" {
+ void delay(const int milis);
+}
+void _delay_ms(const int delay);
+void delayMicroseconds(unsigned long);
+uint32_t millis();
+
+//IO functions
+void pinMode(const pin_t, const uint8_t);
+void digitalWrite(pin_t, uint8_t);
+bool digitalRead(pin_t);
+void analogWrite(pin_t, int);
+uint16_t analogRead(pin_t);
+
+// EEPROM
+void eeprom_write_byte(unsigned char *pos, unsigned char value);
+unsigned char eeprom_read_byte(unsigned char *pos);
+void eeprom_read_block (void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
+void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
+
+int32_t random(int32_t);
+int32_t random(int32_t, int32_t);
+void randomSeed(uint32_t);
+
+char *dtostrf (double __val, signed char __width, unsigned char __prec, char *__s);
+
+int map(uint16_t x, uint16_t in_min, uint16_t in_max, uint16_t out_min, uint16_t out_max);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..dca18a676b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include
+
+#include "../../../gcode/parser.h"
+
+uint8_t analog_offset = NUM_DIGITAL_PINS - NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS;
+
+// Get the digital pin for an analog index
+pin_t analogInputToDigitalPin(const int8_t p) {
+ return (WITHIN(p, 0, NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS) ? analog_offset + p : P_NC);
+}
+
+// Return the index of a pin number
+int16_t GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(const pin_t pin) {
+ return pin;
+}
+
+// Test whether the pin is valid
+bool VALID_PIN(const pin_t p) {
+ return WITHIN(p, 0, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS);
+}
+
+// Get the analog index for a digital pin
+int8_t DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(const pin_t p) {
+ return (WITHIN(p, analog_offset, NUM_DIGITAL_PINS) ? p - analog_offset : P_NC);
+}
+
+// Test whether the pin is PWM
+bool PWM_PIN(const pin_t p) {
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Test whether the pin is interruptable
+bool INTERRUPT_PIN(const pin_t p) {
+ return false;
+}
+
+// Get the pin number at the given index
+pin_t GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(const int16_t ind) {
+ return ind;
+}
+
+int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval) {
+ return parser.intval(code, dval);
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..effc464c73
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/pinmapping.h
@@ -0,0 +1,59 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#include
+#include "../hardware/Gpio.h"
+
+typedef pin_type pin_t;
+
+#define P_NC -1
+constexpr uint16_t NUM_DIGITAL_PINS = Gpio::pin_count;
+constexpr uint8_t NUM_ANALOG_INPUTS = 16;
+
+#define HAL_SENSITIVE_PINS
+
+// Get the digital pin for an analog index
+pin_t analogInputToDigitalPin(const int8_t p);
+
+// Return the index of a pin number
+int16_t GET_PIN_MAP_INDEX(const pin_t pin);
+
+// Test whether the pin is valid
+bool VALID_PIN(const pin_t p);
+
+// Get the analog index for a digital pin
+int8_t DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(const pin_t p);
+
+// Test whether the pin is PWM
+bool PWM_PIN(const pin_t p);
+
+// Test whether the pin is interruptable
+bool INTERRUPT_PIN(const pin_t p);
+
+// Get the pin number at the given index
+pin_t GET_PIN_MAP_PIN(const int16_t ind);
+
+// Parse a G-code word into a pin index
+int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9b439de985
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/include/serial.h
@@ -0,0 +1,207 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "../../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
+ #include "../../../feature/emergency_parser.h"
+#endif
+
+#include
+#include
+
+/**
+ * Generic RingBuffer
+ * T type of the buffer array
+ * S size of the buffer (must be power of 2)
+ *
+ */
+template class RingBuffer {
+public:
+ RingBuffer() { index_read = index_write = 0; }
+ uint32_t available() volatile { return index_write - index_read; }
+ uint32_t free() volatile { return buffer_size - available(); }
+ bool empty() volatile { return index_read == index_write; }
+ bool full() volatile { return available() == buffer_size; }
+ void clear() volatile { index_read = index_write = 0; }
+
+ bool peek(T *value) volatile {
+ if (value == 0 || available() == 0)
+ return false;
+ *value = buffer[mask(index_read)];
+ return true;
+ }
+
+ int read() volatile {
+ if (empty()) return -1;
+ return buffer[mask(index_read++)];
+ }
+
+ bool write(T value) volatile {
+ if (full()) return false;
+ buffer[mask(index_write++)] = value;
+ return true;
+ }
+
+private:
+ uint32_t mask(uint32_t val) volatile {
+ return buffer_mask & val;
+ }
+
+ static const uint32_t buffer_size = S;
+ static const uint32_t buffer_mask = buffer_size - 1;
+ volatile T buffer[buffer_size];
+ volatile uint32_t index_write;
+ volatile uint32_t index_read;
+};
+
+class HalSerial {
+public:
+
+ #if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
+ EmergencyParser::State emergency_state;
+ #endif
+
+ HalSerial() { host_connected = true; }
+
+ void begin(int32_t baud) {
+ }
+
+ int peek() {
+ uint8_t value;
+ return receive_buffer.peek(&value) ? value : -1;
+ }
+
+ int read() { return receive_buffer.read(); }
+
+ size_t write(char c) {
+ if (!host_connected) return 0;
+ while (!transmit_buffer.free());
+ return transmit_buffer.write(c);
+ }
+
+ operator bool() { return host_connected; }
+
+ uint16_t available() {
+ return (uint16_t)receive_buffer.available();
+ }
+
+ void flush() { receive_buffer.clear(); }
+
+ uint8_t availableForWrite(void){
+ return transmit_buffer.free() > 255 ? 255 : (uint8_t)transmit_buffer.free();
+ }
+
+ void flushTX(void){
+ if (host_connected)
+ while (transmit_buffer.available()) { /* nada */ }
+ }
+
+ void printf(const char *format, ...) {
+ static char buffer[256];
+ va_list vArgs;
+ va_start(vArgs, format);
+ int length = vsnprintf((char *) buffer, 256, (char const *) format, vArgs);
+ va_end(vArgs);
+ if (length > 0 && length < 256) {
+ if (host_connected) {
+ for (int i = 0; i < length;) {
+ if (transmit_buffer.write(buffer[i])) {
+ ++i;
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+ }
+
+ #define DEC 10
+ #define HEX 16
+ #define OCT 8
+ #define BIN 2
+
+ void print_bin(uint32_t value, uint8_t num_digits) {
+ uint32_t mask = 1 << (num_digits -1);
+ for (uint8_t i = 0; i < num_digits; i++) {
+ if (!(i % 4) && i) write(' ');
+ if (!(i % 16) && i) write(' ');
+ if (value & mask) write('1');
+ else write('0');
+ value <<= 1;
+ }
+ }
+
+ void print(const char value[]) { printf("%s" , value); }
+ void print(char value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 8);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%3o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%2X", value);
+ else if (nbase == DEC ) printf("%d", value);
+ else printf("%c" , value);
+ }
+ void print(unsigned char value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 8);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%3o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%2X", value);
+ else printf("%u" , value);
+ }
+ void print(int value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 16);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%6o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%4X", value);
+ else printf("%d", value);
+ }
+ void print(unsigned int value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 16);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%6o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%4X", value);
+ else printf("%u" , value);
+ }
+ void print(long value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 32);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%11o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%8X", value);
+ else printf("%ld" , value);
+ }
+ void print(unsigned long value, int nbase = 0) {
+ if (nbase == BIN) print_bin(value, 32);
+ else if (nbase == OCT) printf("%11o", value);
+ else if (nbase == HEX) printf("%8X", value);
+ else printf("%lu" , value);
+ }
+ void print(float value, int round = 6) { printf("%f" , value); }
+ void print(double value, int round = 6) { printf("%f" , value); }
+
+ void println(const char value[]) { printf("%s\n" , value); }
+ void println(char value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(unsigned char value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(int value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(unsigned int value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(long value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(unsigned long value, int nbase = 0) { print(value, nbase); println(); }
+ void println(float value, int round = 6) { printf("%f\n" , value); }
+ void println(double value, int round = 6) { printf("%f\n" , value); }
+ void println(void) { print('\n'); }
+
+ volatile RingBuffer receive_buffer;
+ volatile RingBuffer transmit_buffer;
+ volatile bool host_connected;
+};
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..71aab05b1e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/main.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ *
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+extern void setup();
+extern void loop();
+
+#include
+
+#include
+#include
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+#include
+#include
+#include "../shared/Delay.h"
+#include "hardware/IOLoggerCSV.h"
+#include "hardware/Heater.h"
+#include "hardware/LinearAxis.h"
+
+// simple stdout / stdin implementation for fake serial port
+void write_serial_thread() {
+ for (;;) {
+ for (std::size_t i = usb_serial.transmit_buffer.available(); i > 0; i--) {
+ fputc(usb_serial.transmit_buffer.read(), stdout);
+ }
+ std::this_thread::yield();
+ }
+}
+
+void read_serial_thread() {
+ char buffer[255] = {};
+ for (;;) {
+ std::size_t len = MIN(usb_serial.receive_buffer.free(), 254U);
+ if (fgets(buffer, len, stdin))
+ for (std::size_t i = 0; i < strlen(buffer); i++)
+ usb_serial.receive_buffer.write(buffer[i]);
+ std::this_thread::yield();
+ }
+}
+
+void simulation_loop() {
+ Heater hotend(HEATER_0_PIN, TEMP_0_PIN);
+ Heater bed(HEATER_BED_PIN, TEMP_BED_PIN);
+ LinearAxis x_axis(X_ENABLE_PIN, X_DIR_PIN, X_STEP_PIN, X_MIN_PIN, X_MAX_PIN);
+ LinearAxis y_axis(Y_ENABLE_PIN, Y_DIR_PIN, Y_STEP_PIN, Y_MIN_PIN, Y_MAX_PIN);
+ LinearAxis z_axis(Z_ENABLE_PIN, Z_DIR_PIN, Z_STEP_PIN, Z_MIN_PIN, Z_MAX_PIN);
+ LinearAxis extruder0(E0_ENABLE_PIN, E0_DIR_PIN, E0_STEP_PIN, P_NC, P_NC);
+
+ //#define GPIO_LOGGING // Full GPIO and Positional Logging
+
+ #ifdef GPIO_LOGGING
+ IOLoggerCSV logger("all_gpio_log.csv");
+ Gpio::attachLogger(&logger);
+
+ std::ofstream position_log;
+ position_log.open("axis_position_log.csv");
+
+ int32_t x,y,z;
+ #endif
+
+ for (;;) {
+
+ hotend.update();
+ bed.update();
+
+ x_axis.update();
+ y_axis.update();
+ z_axis.update();
+ extruder0.update();
+
+ #ifdef GPIO_LOGGING
+ if (x_axis.position != x || y_axis.position != y || z_axis.position != z) {
+ uint64_t update = MAX3(x_axis.last_update, y_axis.last_update, z_axis.last_update);
+ position_log << update << ", " << x_axis.position << ", " << y_axis.position << ", " << z_axis.position << std::endl;
+ position_log.flush();
+ x = x_axis.position;
+ y = y_axis.position;
+ z = z_axis.position;
+ }
+ // flush the logger
+ logger.flush();
+ #endif
+
+ std::this_thread::yield();
+ }
+}
+
+int main(void) {
+ std::thread write_serial (write_serial_thread);
+ std::thread read_serial (read_serial_thread);
+
+ #if NUM_SERIAL > 0
+ MYSERIAL0.begin(BAUDRATE);
+ SERIAL_PRINTF("x86_64 Initialised\n");
+ SERIAL_FLUSHTX();
+ #endif
+
+ Clock::setFrequency(F_CPU);
+ Clock::setTimeMultiplier(1.0); // some testing at 10x
+
+ HAL_timer_init();
+
+ std::thread simulation (simulation_loop);
+
+ DELAY_US(10000);
+
+ setup();
+ for (;;) {
+ loop();
+ std::this_thread::yield();
+ }
+
+ simulation.join();
+ write_serial.join();
+ read_serial.join();
+}
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e0b4a4f28
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/persistent_store_impl.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS)
+
+#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
+#include
+
+uint8_t buffer[E2END];
+char filename[] = "eeprom.dat";
+
+bool PersistentStore::access_start() {
+ const char eeprom_erase_value = 0xFF;
+ FILE * eeprom_file = fopen(filename, "rb");
+ if (eeprom_file == NULL) return false;
+
+ fseek(eeprom_file, 0L, SEEK_END);
+ std::size_t file_size = ftell(eeprom_file);
+
+ if (file_size < E2END) {
+ memset(buffer + file_size, eeprom_erase_value, E2END - file_size);
+ }
+ else {
+ fseek(eeprom_file, 0L, SEEK_SET);
+ fread(buffer, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(buffer), eeprom_file);
+ }
+
+ fclose(eeprom_file);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool PersistentStore::access_finish() {
+ FILE * eeprom_file = fopen(filename, "wb");
+ if (eeprom_file == NULL) return false;
+ fwrite(buffer, sizeof(uint8_t), sizeof(buffer), eeprom_file);
+ fclose(eeprom_file);
+ return true;
+}
+
+bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc) {
+ std::size_t bytes_written = 0;
+
+ for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ buffer[pos+i] = value[i];
+ bytes_written ++;
+ }
+
+ crc16(crc, value, size);
+ pos = pos + size;
+ return (bytes_written != size); // return true for any error
+}
+
+bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) {
+ std::size_t bytes_read = 0;
+ if (writing) {
+ for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ value[i] = buffer[pos+i];
+ bytes_read ++;
+ }
+ crc16(crc, value, size);
+ }
+ else {
+ uint8_t temp[size];
+ for (std::size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ temp[i] = buffer[pos+i];
+ bytes_read ++;
+ }
+ crc16(crc, temp, size);
+ }
+
+ pos = pos + size;
+ return bytes_read != size; // return true for any error
+}
+
+size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return 4096; } // 4KiB of Emulated EEPROM
+
+#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cead56c30a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/pinsDebug.h
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Support routines for X86_64
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Translation of routines & variables used by pinsDebug.h
+ */
+
+#define NUMBER_PINS_TOTAL NUM_DIGITAL_PINS
+#define pwm_details(pin) pin = pin // do nothing // print PWM details
+#define pwm_status(pin) false //Print a pin's PWM status. Return true if it's currently a PWM pin.
+#define IS_ANALOG(P) (DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) >= 0 ? 1 : 0)
+#define digitalRead_mod(p) digitalRead(p)
+#define PRINT_PORT(p)
+#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin
+#define NAME_FORMAT(p) PSTR("%-##p##s")
+#define PRINT_ARRAY_NAME(x) do {sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%-" STRINGIFY(MAX_NAME_LENGTH) "s"), pin_array[x].name); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);} while (0)
+#define PRINT_PIN(p) do {sprintf_P(buffer, PSTR("%3d "), p); SERIAL_ECHO(buffer);} while (0)
+#define MULTI_NAME_PAD 16 // space needed to be pretty if not first name assigned to a pin
+
+// active ADC function/mode/code values for PINSEL registers
+constexpr int8_t ADC_pin_mode(pin_t pin) {
+ return (-1);
+}
+
+int8_t get_pin_mode(pin_t pin) {
+ if (!VALID_PIN(pin)) return -1;
+ return 0;
+}
+
+bool GET_PINMODE(pin_t pin) {
+ int8_t pin_mode = get_pin_mode(pin);
+ if (pin_mode == -1 || pin_mode == ADC_pin_mode(pin)) // found an invalid pin or active analog pin
+ return false;
+
+ return (Gpio::getMode(pin) != 0); //input/output state
+}
+
+bool GET_ARRAY_IS_DIGITAL(pin_t pin) {
+ return (!IS_ANALOG(pin) || get_pin_mode(pin) != ADC_pin_mode(pin));
+}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c0e0a0c710
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/servo_private.h
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+/**
+ * servo.h - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers- Version 2
+ * Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Margolis. All right reserved.
+ *
+ * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+ * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
+ * version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
+ * Lesser General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
+ * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
+ * Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin St, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA
+ */
+
+/**
+ * Based on "servo.h - Interrupt driven Servo library for Arduino using 16 bit timers -
+ * Version 2 Copyright (c) 2009 Michael Margolis. All right reserved.
+ *
+ * The only modification was to update/delete macros to match the LPC176x.
+ *
+ */
+
+#include
+
+// Macros
+//values in microseconds
+#define MIN_PULSE_WIDTH 544 // the shortest pulse sent to a servo
+#define MAX_PULSE_WIDTH 2400 // the longest pulse sent to a servo
+#define DEFAULT_PULSE_WIDTH 1500 // default pulse width when servo is attached
+#define REFRESH_INTERVAL 20000 // minimum time to refresh servos in microseconds
+
+#define MAX_SERVOS 4
+
+#define INVALID_SERVO 255 // flag indicating an invalid servo index
+
+
+// Types
+
+typedef struct {
+ uint8_t nbr : 8 ; // a pin number from 0 to 254 (255 signals invalid pin)
+ uint8_t isActive : 1 ; // true if this channel is enabled, pin not pulsed if false
+} ServoPin_t;
+
+typedef struct {
+ ServoPin_t Pin;
+ unsigned int pulse_width; // pulse width in microseconds
+} ServoInfo_t;
+
+// Global variables
+
+extern uint8_t ServoCount;
+extern ServoInfo_t servo_info[MAX_SERVOS];
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..fe510ddcff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/spi_pins.h
@@ -0,0 +1,53 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#include "src/core/macros.h"
+
+#if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, DOGLCD) && (LCD_PINS_D4 == SCK_PIN || LCD_PINS_ENABLE == MOSI_PIN || DOGLCD_SCK == SCK_PIN || DOGLCD_MOSI == MOSI_PIN)
+ #define LPC_SOFTWARE_SPI // If the SD card and LCD adapter share the same SPI pins, then software SPI is currently
+ // needed due to the speed and mode requred for communicating with each device being different.
+ // This requirement can be removed if the SPI access to these devices is updated to use
+ // spiBeginTransaction.
+#endif
+
+/** onboard SD card */
+//#define SCK_PIN P0_07
+//#define MISO_PIN P0_08
+//#define MOSI_PIN P0_09
+//#define SS_PIN P0_06
+/** external */
+#ifndef SCK_PIN
+ #define SCK_PIN 50
+#endif
+#ifndef MISO_PIN
+ #define MISO_PIN 51
+#endif
+#ifndef MOSI_PIN
+ #define MOSI_PIN 52
+#endif
+#ifndef SS_PIN
+ #define SS_PIN 53
+#endif
+#ifndef SDSS
+ #define SDSS SS_PIN
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..a70eb82b98
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef __PLAT_LINUX__
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+
+#include "watchdog.h"
+
+void watchdog_init(void) {}
+
+void HAL_clear_reset_source(void) {}
+
+uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void) {
+ return RST_POWER_ON;
+}
+
+void watchdog_reset() {}
+
+#else
+ void HAL_clear_reset_source(void) {}
+ uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void) { return RST_POWER_ON; }
+#endif // USE_WATCHDOG
+
+#endif // __PLAT_LINUX__
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..26a9f499fd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LINUX/watchdog.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+#pragma once
+
+#define RST_POWER_ON 1
+#define RST_EXTERNAL 2
+#define RST_BROWN_OUT 4
+#define RST_WATCHDOG 8
+
+#define WDT_TIMEOUT 4000000 // 4 second timeout
+
+void watchdog_init(void);
+void watchdog_reset(void);
+void HAL_clear_reset_source(void);
+uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
index deb77747bb..fedca7a1ff 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.cpp
@@ -59,4 +59,8 @@ int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval) {
return ind > -2 ? ind : dval;
}
+void flashFirmware(int16_t value) {
+ NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
#endif // TARGET_LPC1768
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
index 277e503d67..0ac6db167e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL.h
@@ -154,3 +154,22 @@ int16_t PARSED_PIN_INDEX(const char code, const int16_t dval);
#define HAL_IDLETASK 1
void HAL_idletask(void);
+
+#define PLATFORM_M997_SUPPORT
+void flashFirmware(int16_t value);
+
+/**
+ * set_pwm_frequency
+ * Set the frequency of the timer corresponding to the provided pin
+ * All Hardware PWM pins run at the same frequency and all
+ * Software PWM pins run at the same frequency
+ */
+void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired);
+
+/**
+ * set_pwm_duty
+ * Set the PWM duty cycle of the provided pin to the provided value
+ * Optionally allows inverting the duty cycle [default = false]
+ * Optionally allows changing the maximum size of the provided value to enable finer PWM duty control [default = 255]
+ */
+void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size=255, const bool invert=false);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
index d2aa329a81..31dc9c4da0 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_spi.cpp
@@ -81,17 +81,15 @@
uint8_t spiRec() { return spiTransfer(0xFF); }
void spiRead(uint8_t*buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte)
- for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
- buf[i] = spiTransfer(0xFF);
+ for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
+ buf[i] = spiTransfer(0xFF);
}
void spiSend(uint8_t b) { (void)spiTransfer(b); }
- void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
- if (n)
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < n; i++)
- (void)spiTransfer(buf[i]);
+ void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++)
+ (void)spiTransfer(buf[i]);
}
void spiSendBlock(uint8_t token, const uint8_t* buf) {
@@ -178,15 +176,14 @@
void spiSend(uint8_t b) { doio(b); }
- void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
- if (n)
- for (uint16_t i = 0; i < n; i++) doio(buf[i]);
+ void spiSend(const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) doio(buf[i]);
}
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b) {
}
- void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n) {
+ void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t nbyte) {
}
// Read single byte from SPI
@@ -195,9 +192,8 @@
uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan) { return 0; }
// Read from SPI into buffer
- void spiRead(uint8_t*buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
- if (nbyte)
- for (int i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) buf[i] = doio(0xff);
+ void spiRead(uint8_t *buf, uint16_t nbyte) {
+ for (uint16_t i = 0; i < nbyte; i++) buf[i] = doio(0xFF);
}
static uint8_t spiTransfer(uint8_t b) {
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
index 8f2ee4bc16..e90cdf2488 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/HAL_timers.h
@@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR _HAL_TIMER_ISR(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR _HAL_TIMER_ISR(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() _HAL_TIMER_ISR(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() _HAL_TIMER_ISR(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
// Timer references by index
#define STEP_TIMER _HAL_TIMER(STEP_TIMER_NUM)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5e3c2ae6cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fast_pwm.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+/**
+ * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
+ * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
+ *
+ * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
+ * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
+ *
+ * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+ * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+ * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+ * (at your option) any later version.
+ *
+ * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+ * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+ * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+ * GNU General Public License for more details.
+ *
+ * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+ * along with this program. If not, see .
+ *
+ */
+
+#ifdef TARGET_LPC1768
+
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+
+#include
+
+void set_pwm_frequency(const pin_t pin, int f_desired) {
+ pwm_set_frequency(pin, f_desired);
+}
+
+void set_pwm_duty(const pin_t pin, const uint16_t v, const uint16_t v_size/*=255*/, const bool invert/*=false*/) {
+ pwm_write_ratio(pin, invert ? 1.0f - (float)v / v_size : (float)v / v_size);
+}
+
+#endif // FAST_PWM_FAN
+#endif // TARGET_LPC1768
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
index e291a703fa..49f8ec13c3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/fastio.h
@@ -35,21 +35,22 @@
#include
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(pin) TRUE // all pins are PWM capable
+#define PWM_PIN(P) true // all pins are PWM capable
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
-#define LPC_PIN(pin) gpio_pin(pin)
-#define LPC_GPIO(port) gpio_port(port)
+#define LPC_PIN(pin) gpio_pin(pin)
+#define LPC_GPIO(port) gpio_port(port)
-#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) gpio_set_input(IO)
-#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) gpio_set_output(IO)
+#define SET_DIR_INPUT(IO) gpio_set_input(IO)
+#define SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO) gpio_set_output(IO)
-#define SET_MODE(IO, mode) pinMode(IO, mode)
+#define SET_MODE(IO, mode) pinMode(IO, mode)
-#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) gpio_set(IO)
-#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) gpio_clear(IO)
+#define WRITE_PIN_SET(IO) gpio_set(IO)
+#define WRITE_PIN_CLR(IO) gpio_clear(IO)
-#define READ_PIN(IO) gpio_get(IO)
-#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) gpio_set(IO, V)
+#define READ_PIN(IO) gpio_get(IO)
+#define WRITE_PIN(IO,V) gpio_set(IO, V)
/**
* Magic I/O routines
@@ -60,64 +61,70 @@
*/
/// Read a pin
-#define _READ(IO) READ_PIN(IO)
+#define _READ(IO) READ_PIN(IO)
/// Write to a pin
-#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+#define _WRITE_VAR(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
-#define _WRITE(IO,V) WRITE_PIN(IO,V)
+#define _WRITE(IO,V) WRITE_PIN(IO,V)
/// toggle a pin
-#define _TOGGLE(IO) _WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
+#define _TOGGLE(IO) _WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
/// set pin as input
-#define _SET_INPUT(IO) SET_DIR_INPUT(IO)
+#define _SET_INPUT(IO) SET_DIR_INPUT(IO)
/// set pin as output
-#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define _SET_OUTPUT(IO) SET_DIR_OUTPUT(IO)
/// set pin as input with pullup mode
-#define _PULLUP(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
+#define _PULLUP(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLUP : INPUT)
/// set pin as input with pulldown mode
-#define _PULLDOWN(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT)
+#define _PULLDOWN(IO,V) pinMode(IO, (V) ? INPUT_PULLDOWN : INPUT)
/// check if pin is an input
-#define _GET_INPUT(IO) (!gpio_get_dir(IO))
+#define _IS_INPUT(IO) (!gpio_get_dir(IO))
/// check if pin is an output
-#define _GET_OUTPUT(IO) (gpio_get_dir(IO))
+#define _IS_OUTPUT(IO) (gpio_get_dir(IO))
/// check if pin is a timer
/// all gpio pins are pwm capable, either interrupt or hardware pwm controlled
-#define _GET_TIMER(IO) TRUE
+#define _HAS_TIMER(IO) true
/// Read a pin wrapper
-#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
+#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
/// Write to a pin wrapper
-#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
-#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
+#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) _WRITE_VAR(IO,V)
+#define WRITE(IO,V) _WRITE(IO,V)
/// toggle a pin wrapper
-#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
+#define TOGGLE(IO) _TOGGLE(IO)
/// set pin as input wrapper
-#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
+#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
/// set pin as input with pullup wrapper
-#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
+#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLUP(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
/// set pin as input with pulldown wrapper
-#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLDOWN(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
+#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) do{ _SET_INPUT(IO); _PULLDOWN(IO, HIGH); }while(0)
/// set pin as output wrapper - reads the pin and sets the output to that value
-#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ _WRITE(IO, _READ(IO)); _SET_OUTPUT(IO); }while(0)
+#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) do{ _WRITE(IO, _READ(IO)); _SET_OUTPUT(IO); }while(0)
+// set pin as PWM
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
/// check if pin is an input wrapper
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) _GET_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
/// check if pin is an output wrapper
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) _GET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
/// check if pin is a timer (wrapper)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO) _GET_TIMER(IO)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO) _HAS_TIMER(IO)
// Shorthand
-#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
index c56b029d1c..609c0c7e66 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/main.cpp
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ void HAL_init() {
// HAL idle task
void HAL_idletask(void) {
- #if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT) && ENABLED(SHARED_SD_CARD)
+ #if BOTH(SDSUPPORT, SHARED_SD_CARD)
// If Marlin is using the SD card we need to lock it to prevent access from
// a PC via USB.
// Other HALs use IS_SD_PRINTING() and IS_SD_FILE_OPEN() to check for access but
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
index 44f578a816..c3c6f67254 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_api.h
@@ -21,4 +21,4 @@
*/
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
-#define FLASH_EEPROM
+#define FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
index eab5c1fa7e..4b02544e1b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_flash.cpp
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
#include "persistent_store_api.h"
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM)
+#if ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
extern "C" {
#include "lpc17xx_iap.h"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ extern "C" {
#define EEPROM_SIZE (4096)
#define SECTOR_SIZE (32768)
#define EEPROM_SLOTS (SECTOR_SIZE/EEPROM_SIZE)
-#define EEPROM_ERASE (0xff)
+#define EEPROM_ERASE (0xFF)
#define SLOT_ADDRESS(sector, slot) (((uint8_t *)SECTOR_START(sector)) + slot * EEPROM_SIZE)
static uint8_t ram_eeprom[EEPROM_SIZE] __attribute__((aligned(4))) = {0};
@@ -74,7 +74,8 @@ bool PersistentStore::access_start() {
// sector is blank so nothing stored yet
for (int i = 0; i < EEPROM_SIZE; i++) ram_eeprom[i] = EEPROM_ERASE;
current_slot = EEPROM_SLOTS;
- } else {
+ }
+ else {
// current slot is the first non blank one
current_slot = first_nblank_loc / EEPROM_SIZE;
uint8_t *eeprom_data = SLOT_ADDRESS(EEPROM_SECTOR, current_slot);
@@ -126,6 +127,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t
size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return EEPROM_SIZE; }
-#endif // FLASH_EEPROM
+#endif // FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION
#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS
#endif // TARGET_LPC1768
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
index 1c9aea8d56..7f8bfe2f02 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
#include "persistent_store_api.h"
-#if DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM)
+#if DISABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
#include
#include
@@ -178,6 +178,6 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uin
size_t PersistentStore::capacity() { return 4096; } // 4KiB of Emulated EEPROM
-#endif // !FLASH_EEPROM
+#endif // !FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION
#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS
#endif // TARGET_LPC1768
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
index 6230faa054..83d8c27fda 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/pinsDebug.h
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#define pwm_details(pin) pin = pin // do nothing // print PWM details
#define pwm_status(pin) false //Print a pin's PWM status. Return true if it's currently a PWM pin.
#define IS_ANALOG(P) (DIGITAL_PIN_TO_ANALOG_PIN(P) >= 0 ? 1 : 0)
-#define digitalRead_mod(p) digitalRead(p)
+#define digitalRead_mod(p) extDigitalRead(p)
#define PRINT_PORT(p)
#define GET_ARRAY_PIN(p) pin_array[p].pin
#define NAME_FORMAT(p) PSTR("%-##p##s")
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
index 4495e7f7e6..aad3603ad2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_ssd_hw_i2c.cpp
@@ -26,8 +26,6 @@
* COM interface for Arduino (AND ATmega) and the SSDxxxx chip (SOLOMON) variant
* I2C protocol
*
- * ToDo: Rename this to u8g_com_avr_ssd_i2c.c
- *
* Universal 8bit Graphics Library
*
* Copyright (c) 2011, olikraus@gmail.com
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
index ec0ddc90fb..0931f7858a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_LPC1768/u8g/u8g_com_HAL_LPC1768_st7920_sw_spi.cpp
@@ -68,23 +68,15 @@
static pin_t SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL;
static uint8_t SPI_speed = 0;
-static uint8_t rs_last_state = 255;
static void u8g_com_LPC1768_st7920_write_byte_sw_spi(uint8_t rs, uint8_t val) {
-
- if (rs != rs_last_state) { // time to send a command/data byte
+ static uint8_t rs_last_state = 255;
+ if (rs != rs_last_state) {
+ // Transfer Data (FA) or Command (F8)
+ swSpiTransfer(rs ? 0x0FA : 0x0F8, SPI_speed, SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, -1, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL);
rs_last_state = rs;
-
- if (rs == 0)
- /* command */
- swSpiTransfer(0x0F8, SPI_speed, SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, -1, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL);
- else
- /* data */
- swSpiTransfer(0x0FA, SPI_speed, SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, -1, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL);
-
- DELAY_US(40); // give the controller some time to process the data: 20 is bad, 30 is OK, 40 is safe
+ DELAY_US(40); // Give the controller time to process the data: 20 is bad, 30 is OK, 40 is safe
}
-
swSpiTransfer(val & 0x0F0, SPI_speed, SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, -1, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL);
swSpiTransfer(val << 4, SPI_speed, SCK_pin_ST7920_HAL, -1, MOSI_pin_ST7920_HAL_HAL);
}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
index 02a758c6a2..84c57a1434 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL.h
@@ -42,8 +42,6 @@
#include "fastio_STM32.h"
#include "watchdog_STM32.h"
-#include "HAL_timers_STM32.h"
-
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Defines
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -101,6 +99,8 @@
#define NUM_SERIAL 1
#endif
+#include "HAL_timers_STM32.h"
+
/**
* TODO: review this to return 1 for pins that are not analog input
*/
@@ -176,7 +176,10 @@ static inline int freeMemory() {
return &top - reinterpret_cast(_sbrk(0));
}
+//
// SPI: Extended functions which take a channel number (hardware SPI only)
+//
+
/** Write single byte to specified SPI channel */
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b);
/** Write buffer to specified SPI channel */
@@ -184,18 +187,19 @@ void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n);
/** Read single byte from specified SPI channel */
uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan);
-
+//
// EEPROM
+//
-/**
- * Wire library should work for i2c eeproms.
- */
+// Wire library should work for i2c EEPROMs
void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value);
uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos);
void eeprom_read_block (void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
+//
// ADC
+//
#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) pinMode(pin, INPUT)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
index 72b80ccce9..e92da9a5c8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/HAL_timers_STM32.h
@@ -137,8 +137,8 @@
extern void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim);
extern void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim);
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void Step_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void Temp_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
index 49671e3454..9a65f9bfa8 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -69,3 +69,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
index 8b43744684..d575e9cf40 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/fastio_STM32.h
@@ -45,6 +45,10 @@ void FastIO_init(); // Must be called before using fast io macros
#define _BV32(b) (1UL << (b))
+#if !defined(PWM)
+ #define PWM OUTPUT
+#endif
+
#if defined(STM32F0xx) || defined(STM32F1xx) || defined(STM32F3xx) || defined(STM32L0xx) || defined(STM32L4xx)
#define _WRITE(IO, V) do { \
if (V) FastIOPortMap[STM_PORT(digitalPin[IO])]->BSRR = _BV32(STM_PIN(digitalPin[IO])) ; \
@@ -72,10 +76,15 @@ void FastIO_init(); // Must be called before using fast io macros
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLUP) /*!< Input with Pull-up activation */
#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLDOWN) /*!< Input with Pull-down activation */
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, PWM)
-#define GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO)
-#define PWM_PIN(p) digitalPinHasPWM(p)
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) PWM_PIN(p)
+#define PWM_PIN(P) HAS_TIMER(P)
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
index 34df9bf591..a6c50f0f7d 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32/persistent_store_impl.cpp
@@ -28,20 +28,20 @@
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
-#if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+#if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
#include
static bool eeprom_data_written = false;
#endif
bool PersistentStore::access_start() {
- #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
eeprom_buffer_fill();
#endif
return true;
}
bool PersistentStore::access_finish() {
- #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
if (eeprom_data_written) {
eeprom_buffer_flush();
eeprom_data_written = false;
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui
uint8_t v = *value;
// Save to either external EEPROM, program flash or Backup SRAM
- #if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM) || ENABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
// EEPROM has only ~100,000 write cycles,
// so only write bytes that have changed!
uint8_t * const p = (uint8_t * const)pos;
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, size_t size, ui
pos++;
value++;
};
- #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM, SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
eeprom_data_written = true;
#endif
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t
do {
// Read from either external EEPROM, program flash or Backup SRAM
const uint8_t c = (
- #if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM) || ENABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
eeprom_read_byte((uint8_t*)pos)
#elif DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM)
eeprom_buffered_read_byte(pos)
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, size_t size, uint16_t
}
size_t PersistentStore::capacity() {
- #if ENABLED(SPI_EEPROM) || ENABLED(I2C_EEPROM)
+ #if EITHER(SPI_EEPROM, I2C_EEPROM)
return E2END + 1;
#elif DISABLED(EEPROM_EMULATED_WITH_SRAM)
return E2END + 1;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
index ce9eb92b14..1534a35756 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.cpp
@@ -33,6 +33,7 @@
#include "HAL.h"
#include
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Externals
@@ -91,7 +92,9 @@
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Public Variables
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-USBSerial SerialUSB;
+#ifdef SERIAL_USB
+ USBSerial SerialUSB;
+#endif
uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
@@ -104,6 +107,12 @@ uint8_t adc_pins[] = {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0
TEMP_0_PIN,
#endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+ TEMP_BED_PIN,
+ #endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+ TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN,
+ #endif
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1
TEMP_1_PIN,
#endif
@@ -116,8 +125,8 @@ uint8_t adc_pins[] = {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4
TEMP_4_PIN,
#endif
- #if HAS_HEATED_BED
- TEMP_BED_PIN,
+ #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5
+ TEMP_5_PIN,
#endif
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
FILWIDTH_PIN,
@@ -128,6 +137,12 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0
TEMP_0,
#endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+ TEMP_BED,
+ #endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+ TEMP_CHAMBER,
+ #endif
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1
TEMP_1,
#endif
@@ -140,8 +155,8 @@ enum TEMP_PINS : char {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4
TEMP_4,
#endif
- #if HAS_HEATED_BED
- TEMP_BED,
+ #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5
+ TEMP_5,
#endif
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
FILWIDTH,
@@ -192,7 +207,6 @@ static void NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup) {
} }
#endif
-
void HAL_init(void) {
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(0x3);
}
@@ -268,6 +282,12 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_0
case TEMP_0_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_0; break;
#endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_BED
+ case TEMP_BED_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_BED; break;
+ #endif
+ #if HAS_HEATED_CHAMBER
+ case TEMP_CHAMBER_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_CHAMBER; break;
+ #endif
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_1
case TEMP_1_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_1; break;
#endif
@@ -280,8 +300,8 @@ void HAL_adc_start_conversion(const uint8_t adc_pin) {
#if HAS_TEMP_ADC_4
case TEMP_4_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_4; break;
#endif
- #if HAS_HEATED_BED
- case TEMP_BED_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_BED; break;
+ #if HAS_TEMP_ADC_5
+ case TEMP_5_PIN: pin_index = TEMP_5; break;
#endif
#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
case FILWIDTH_PIN: pin_index = FILWIDTH; break;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
index de1e0cdaac..66c4cba59e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL.h
@@ -51,46 +51,69 @@
#include "watchdog_STM32F1.h"
#include "HAL_timers_STM32F1.h"
-
+#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Defines
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 3)
- #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 3"
+#ifdef SERIAL_USB
+ #define UsbSerial Serial
+ #define MSerial1 Serial1
+ #define MSerial2 Serial2
+ #define MSerial3 Serial3
+ #define MSerial4 Serial4
+ #define MSerial5 Serial5
+#else
+ extern USBSerial SerialUSB;
+ #define UsbSerial SerialUSB
+ #define MSerial1 Serial
+ #define MSerial2 Serial1
+ #define MSerial3 Serial2
+ #define MSerial4 Serial3
+ #define MSerial5 Serial4
+#endif
+
+#if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT, -1, 5)
+ #error "SERIAL_PORT must be from -1 to 5"
#endif
#if SERIAL_PORT == -1
- extern USBSerial SerialUSB;
- #define MYSERIAL0 SerialUSB
+ #define MYSERIAL0 UsbSerial
#elif SERIAL_PORT == 0
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial
+ #error "Serial port 0 does not exist"
#elif SERIAL_PORT == 1
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial1
+ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial1
#elif SERIAL_PORT == 2
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial2
+ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial2
#elif SERIAL_PORT == 3
- #define MYSERIAL0 Serial3
+ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial3
+#elif SERIAL_PORT == 4
+ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial4
+#elif SERIAL_PORT == 5
+ #define MYSERIAL0 MSerial5
#endif
#ifdef SERIAL_PORT_2
- #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 3)
- #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 3"
+ #if !WITHIN(SERIAL_PORT_2, -1, 5)
+ #error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be from -1 to 5"
#elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == SERIAL_PORT
#error "SERIAL_PORT_2 must be different than SERIAL_PORT"
#endif
#define NUM_SERIAL 2
#if SERIAL_PORT_2 == -1
- extern USBSerial SerialUSB;
- #define MYSERIAL1 SerialUSB
+ #define MYSERIAL1 UsbSerial
#elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 0
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial
+ #error "Serial port 0 does not exist"
#elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 1
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial1
+ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial1
#elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 2
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial2
+ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial2
#elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 3
- #define MYSERIAL1 Serial3
+ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial3
+ #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 4
+ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial4
+ #elif SERIAL_PORT_2 == 5
+ #define MYSERIAL1 MSerial5
#endif
#else
#define NUM_SERIAL 1
@@ -107,6 +130,10 @@ void HAL_init();
#define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) (p)
#endif
+#ifndef digitalPinHasPWM
+ #define digitalPinHasPWM(P) (PIN_MAP[P].timer_device != NULL)
+#endif
+
#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); (void)__iCliRetVal()
#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) (void)__iSeiRetVal()
#define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_primask())
@@ -159,10 +186,10 @@ extern uint16_t HAL_adc_result;
#define __bss_end __bss_end__
/** clear reset reason */
-void HAL_clear_reset_source (void);
+void HAL_clear_reset_source(void);
/** reset reason */
-uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source (void);
+uint8_t HAL_get_reset_source(void);
void _delay_ms(const int delay);
@@ -180,12 +207,21 @@ static int freeMemory() {
return top;
}
*/
+
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wunused-function"
+
static int freeMemory() {
volatile char top;
return &top - reinterpret_cast(_sbrk(0));
}
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+
+//
// SPI: Extended functions which take a channel number (hardware SPI only)
+//
+
/** Write single byte to specified SPI channel */
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b);
/** Write buffer to specified SPI channel */
@@ -193,19 +229,22 @@ void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n);
/** Read single byte from specified SPI channel */
uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan);
-
+//
// EEPROM
+//
/**
- * TODO: Write all this eeprom stuff. Can emulate eeprom in flash as last resort.
- * Wire library should work for i2c eeproms.
+ * TODO: Write all this EEPROM stuff. Can emulate EEPROM in flash as last resort.
+ * Wire library should work for i2c EEPROMs.
*/
void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value);
uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos);
-void eeprom_read_block (void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
-void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
+void eeprom_read_block(void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
+void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
+//
// ADC
+//
#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) pinMode(pin, INPUT_ANALOG);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
index 30674eab88..d7aa3ccd20 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_sdio_STM32F1.cpp
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
*
*/
-#ifdef __STM32F1__
+#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1) && (defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) || defined(STM32_XL_DENSITY))
#include "HAL_sdio_STM32F1.h"
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ bool SDIO_Init(void) {
return true;
}
-bool SDIO_ReadBlock(uint32_t blockAddress, uint8_t *data) {
+bool SDIO_ReadBlock_DMA(uint32_t blockAddress, uint8_t *data) {
if (SDIO_GetCardState() != SDIO_CARD_TRANSFER) return false;
if (blockAddress >= SdCard.LogBlockNbr) return false;
if ((0x03 & (uint32_t)data)) return false; // misaligned data
@@ -100,6 +100,12 @@ bool SDIO_ReadBlock(uint32_t blockAddress, uint8_t *data) {
dma_disable(SDIO_DMA_DEV, SDIO_DMA_CHANNEL);
+ if (SDIO->STA & SDIO_STA_RXDAVL) {
+ while (SDIO->STA & SDIO_STA_RXDAVL) (void) SDIO->FIFO;
+ SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS | SDIO_ICR_DATA_FLAGS);
+ return false;
+ }
+
if (SDIO_GET_FLAG(SDIO_STA_TRX_ERROR_FLAGS)) {
SDIO_CLEAR_FLAG(SDIO_ICR_CMD_FLAGS | SDIO_ICR_DATA_FLAGS);
return false;
@@ -108,6 +114,12 @@ bool SDIO_ReadBlock(uint32_t blockAddress, uint8_t *data) {
return true;
}
+bool SDIO_ReadBlock(uint32_t blockAddress, uint8_t *data) {
+ uint32_t retries = 3;
+ while (retries--) if (SDIO_ReadBlock_DMA(blockAddress, data)) return true;
+ return false;
+}
+
bool SDIO_WriteBlock(uint32_t blockAddress, const uint8_t *data) {
if (SDIO_GetCardState() != SDIO_CARD_TRANSFER) return false;
if (blockAddress >= SdCard.LogBlockNbr) return false;
@@ -264,4 +276,4 @@ bool SDIO_GetCmdResp7(void) {
return true;
}
-#endif // __STM32F1__
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1 && (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY || STM32_XL_DENSITY)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_STM32F1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_STM32F1.h
index 28e0693718..b17d8a44d3 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_STM32F1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/HAL_timers_STM32F1.h
@@ -85,9 +85,8 @@ timer_dev* get_timer_dev(int number);
// TODO change this
-
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void)
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void)
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void)
extern "C" void tempTC_Handler(void);
extern "C" void stepTC_Handler(void);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
index d0515f7c54..82a0789eeb 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/SanityCheck.h
@@ -74,3 +74,7 @@
#if ENABLED(SDIO_SUPPORT) && DISABLED(SDSUPPORT)
#error "SDIO_SUPPORT requires SDSUPPORT. Enable SDSUPPORT to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/binary.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/binary.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 70d5ead723..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/binary.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-#include "bit_constants.h"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_STM32F1.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_STM32F1.h
index e206c6bbd3..3994b3268a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_STM32F1.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/fastio_STM32F1.h
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
#include
#define READ(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->IDR & (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) ? HIGH : LOW)
-#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << (16 * !(bool)V))
+#define WRITE(IO,V) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->BSRR = (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit) << (16 * !((bool)V)))
#define TOGGLE(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR = PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_device->regs->ODR ^ (1U << PIN_MAP[IO].gpio_bit))
#define WRITE_VAR(IO,V) WRITE(IO,V)
@@ -42,11 +42,17 @@
#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING)
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, GPIO_INPUT_PU)
-#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO,LOW)
+#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM) // do{ gpio_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_device, PIN_MAP[pin].gpio_bit, GPIO_AF_OUTPUT_PP); timer_set_mode(PIN_MAP[pin].timer_device, PIN_MAP[pin].timer_channel, TIMER_PWM); }while(0)
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != NULL)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_FLOATING || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_ANALOG || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PU || _GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_INPUT_PD)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) (_GET_MODE(IO) == GPIO_OUTPUT_PP)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO) (PIN_MAP[IO].timer_device != NULL)
+
+#define PWM_PIN(P) HAS_TIMER(P)
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
-#define PWM_PIN(p) true
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) PWM_PIN(p)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
index 133402bb8c..aa03474d2b 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_flash.cpp
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
// This is for EEPROM emulation in flash
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && ENABLED(FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
+#if BOTH(EEPROM_SETTINGS, FLASH_EEPROM_EMULATION)
#include "../shared/persistent_store_api.h"
@@ -79,14 +79,15 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, const size_t si
}
// Now, write any remaining single byte
- if (size & 1) {
+ const uint16_t odd = size & 1;
+ if (odd) {
uint16_t temp = value[size - 1];
status = FLASH_ProgramHalfWord(pageBase + pos + i, temp);
if (status != FLASH_COMPLETE) return true;
}
crc16(crc, value, size);
- pos += ((size + 1) & ~1);
+ pos += size + odd;
return false;
}
@@ -97,7 +98,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uin
if (writing) value[i] = c;
crc16(crc, &c, 1);
}
- pos += ((size + 1) & ~1);
+ pos += ((size + 1) & ~1); // i.e., size+(size&1), round up odd values
return false;
}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
index 05384c3858..2b184cdc4c 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/persistent_store_sdcard.cpp
@@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ bool PersistentStore::access_start() {
bool PersistentStore::access_finish() {
if (!card.isDetected()) return false;
- card.openFile(eeprom_filename, true);
+ card.openFile(eeprom_filename, false);
int16_t bytes_written = card.write(HAL_STM32F1_eeprom_content, HAL_STM32F1_EEPROM_SIZE);
card.closefile();
return (bytes_written == HAL_STM32F1_EEPROM_SIZE);
}
bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc) {
- for (int i = 0; i < size; i++)
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++)
HAL_STM32F1_eeprom_content[pos + i] = value[i];
crc16(crc, value, size);
pos += size;
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ bool PersistentStore::write_data(int &pos, const uint8_t *value, const size_t si
}
bool PersistentStore::read_data(int &pos, uint8_t* value, const size_t size, uint16_t *crc, const bool writing/*=true*/) {
- for (int i = 0; i < size; i++) {
+ for (size_t i = 0; i < size; i++) {
uint8_t c = HAL_STM32F1_eeprom_content[pos + i];
if (writing) value[i] = c;
crc16(crc, &c, 1);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
index 18cd7c10f2..1d2153d208 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F1/u8g_com_stm32duino_fsmc.cpp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
* Communication interface for FSMC
*/
-#if defined(STM32F1) || defined(STM32F1xx)
+#if defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1) && (defined(STM32_HIGH_DENSITY) || defined(STM32_XL_DENSITY))
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
@@ -108,36 +108,43 @@ __attribute__((always_inline)) __STATIC_INLINE void __DSB(void) {
}
#define FSMC_CS_NE1 PD7
-#define FSMC_CS_NE2 PG9
-#define FSMC_CS_NE3 PG10
-#define FSMC_CS_NE4 PG12
-#define FSMC_RS_A0 PF0
-#define FSMC_RS_A1 PF1
-#define FSMC_RS_A2 PF2
-#define FSMC_RS_A3 PF3
-#define FSMC_RS_A4 PF4
-#define FSMC_RS_A5 PF5
-#define FSMC_RS_A6 PF12
-#define FSMC_RS_A7 PF13
-#define FSMC_RS_A8 PF14
-#define FSMC_RS_A9 PF15
-#define FSMC_RS_A10 PG0
-#define FSMC_RS_A11 PG1
-#define FSMC_RS_A12 PG2
-#define FSMC_RS_A13 PG3
-#define FSMC_RS_A14 PG4
-#define FSMC_RS_A15 PG5
-#define FSMC_RS_A16 PD11
-#define FSMC_RS_A17 PD12
-#define FSMC_RS_A18 PD13
-#define FSMC_RS_A19 PE3
-#define FSMC_RS_A20 PE4
-#define FSMC_RS_A21 PE5
-#define FSMC_RS_A22 PE6
-#define FSMC_RS_A23 PE2
-#define FSMC_RS_A24 PG13
-#define FSMC_RS_A25 PG14
+#ifdef STM32_XL_DENSITY
+ #define FSMC_CS_NE2 PG9
+ #define FSMC_CS_NE3 PG10
+ #define FSMC_CS_NE4 PG12
+
+ #define FSMC_RS_A0 PF0
+ #define FSMC_RS_A1 PF1
+ #define FSMC_RS_A2 PF2
+ #define FSMC_RS_A3 PF3
+ #define FSMC_RS_A4 PF4
+ #define FSMC_RS_A5 PF5
+ #define FSMC_RS_A6 PF12
+ #define FSMC_RS_A7 PF13
+ #define FSMC_RS_A8 PF14
+ #define FSMC_RS_A9 PF15
+ #define FSMC_RS_A10 PG0
+ #define FSMC_RS_A11 PG1
+ #define FSMC_RS_A12 PG2
+ #define FSMC_RS_A13 PG3
+ #define FSMC_RS_A14 PG4
+ #define FSMC_RS_A15 PG5
+#endif
+
+#define FSMC_RS_A16 PD11
+#define FSMC_RS_A17 PD12
+#define FSMC_RS_A18 PD13
+#define FSMC_RS_A19 PE3
+#define FSMC_RS_A20 PE4
+#define FSMC_RS_A21 PE5
+#define FSMC_RS_A22 PE6
+#define FSMC_RS_A23 PE2
+
+#ifdef STM32_XL_DENSITY
+ #define FSMC_RS_A24 PG13
+ #define FSMC_RS_A25 PG14
+#endif
static uint8_t fsmcInit = 0;
@@ -156,31 +163,35 @@ void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs) {
switch (cs) {
case FSMC_CS_NE1: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION1; break;
- case FSMC_CS_NE2: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION2; break;
- case FSMC_CS_NE3: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION3; break;
- case FSMC_CS_NE4: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION4; break;
+ #ifdef STM32_XL_DENSITY
+ case FSMC_CS_NE2: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION2; break;
+ case FSMC_CS_NE3: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION3; break;
+ case FSMC_CS_NE4: controllerAddress = (uint32_t)FSMC_NOR_PSRAM_REGION4; break;
+ #endif
default: return;
}
#define _ORADDR(N) controllerAddress |= (_BV32(N) - 2)
switch (rs) {
- case FSMC_RS_A0: _ORADDR( 1); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A1: _ORADDR( 2); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A2: _ORADDR( 3); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A3: _ORADDR( 4); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A4: _ORADDR( 5); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A5: _ORADDR( 6); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A6: _ORADDR( 7); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A7: _ORADDR( 8); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A8: _ORADDR( 9); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A9: _ORADDR(10); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A10: _ORADDR(11); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A11: _ORADDR(12); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A12: _ORADDR(13); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A13: _ORADDR(14); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A14: _ORADDR(15); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A15: _ORADDR(16); break;
+ #ifdef STM32_XL_DENSITY
+ case FSMC_RS_A0: _ORADDR( 1); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A1: _ORADDR( 2); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A2: _ORADDR( 3); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A3: _ORADDR( 4); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A4: _ORADDR( 5); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A5: _ORADDR( 6); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A6: _ORADDR( 7); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A7: _ORADDR( 8); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A8: _ORADDR( 9); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A9: _ORADDR(10); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A10: _ORADDR(11); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A11: _ORADDR(12); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A12: _ORADDR(13); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A13: _ORADDR(14); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A14: _ORADDR(15); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A15: _ORADDR(16); break;
+ #endif
case FSMC_RS_A16: _ORADDR(17); break;
case FSMC_RS_A17: _ORADDR(18); break;
case FSMC_RS_A18: _ORADDR(19); break;
@@ -189,8 +200,10 @@ void LCD_IO_Init(uint8_t cs, uint8_t rs) {
case FSMC_RS_A21: _ORADDR(22); break;
case FSMC_RS_A22: _ORADDR(23); break;
case FSMC_RS_A23: _ORADDR(24); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A24: _ORADDR(25); break;
- case FSMC_RS_A25: _ORADDR(26); break;
+ #ifdef STM32_XL_DENSITY
+ case FSMC_RS_A24: _ORADDR(25); break;
+ case FSMC_RS_A25: _ORADDR(26); break;
+ #endif
default: return;
}
@@ -254,4 +267,4 @@ uint32_t LCD_IO_ReadData(uint16_t RegValue, uint8_t ReadSize) {
#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-#endif // STM32F1 || STM32F1xx
+#endif // ARDUINO_ARCH_STM32F1 && (STM32_HIGH_DENSITY || STM32_XL_DENSITY)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
index 5329ddfbdc..1f3d753448 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/EmulatedEeprom.cpp
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM, SPI_EEPROM)
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Includes
@@ -138,5 +138,5 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n) {
}
-#endif // ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) && DISABLED(I2C_EEPROM) && DISABLED(SPI_EEPROM)
+#endif // EEPROM_SETTINGS && (!I2C_EEPROM && !SPI_EEPROM)
#endif // STM32GENERIC && STM32F4
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
index 8e513a14a1..d009e26af2 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL.h
@@ -195,7 +195,10 @@ static int freeMemory() {
return &top - reinterpret_cast(_sbrk(0));
}
+//
// SPI: Extended functions which take a channel number (hardware SPI only)
+//
+
/** Write single byte to specified SPI channel */
void spiSend(uint32_t chan, byte b);
/** Write buffer to specified SPI channel */
@@ -203,18 +206,22 @@ void spiSend(uint32_t chan, const uint8_t* buf, size_t n);
/** Read single byte from specified SPI channel */
uint8_t spiRec(uint32_t chan);
+//
// EEPROM
+//
/**
- * TODO: Write all this eeprom stuff. Can emulate eeprom in flash as last resort.
- * Wire library should work for i2c eeproms.
+ * TODO: Write all this EEPROM stuff. Can emulate EEPROM in flash as last resort.
+ * Wire library should work for i2c EEPROMs.
*/
void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value);
uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos);
void eeprom_read_block (void *__dst, const void *__src, size_t __n);
void eeprom_update_block (const void *__src, void *__dst, size_t __n);
+//
// ADC
+//
#define HAL_ANALOG_SELECT(pin) pinMode(pin, INPUT)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
index cbf93fba50..a4c2ba6f44 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/HAL_timers_STM32F4.h
@@ -65,13 +65,13 @@
#ifdef STM32GENERIC
extern void TC5_Handler();
extern void TC7_Handler();
- #define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR void TC5_Handler()
- #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR void TC7_Handler()
+ #define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC5_Handler()
+ #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void TC7_Handler()
#else
extern void TC5_Handler(stimer_t *htim);
extern void TC7_Handler(stimer_t *htim);
- #define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR void TC5_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
- #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR void TC7_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
+ #define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC5_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
+ #define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void TC7_Handler(stimer_t *htim)
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
index 7e88dbbd82..31e7ce6248 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/SanityCheck.h
@@ -68,3 +68,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32F4. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
index 5e80ec7fec..5ad6227e25 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F4/fastio_STM32F4.h
@@ -44,15 +44,20 @@
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLUP) /*!< Input with Pull-up activation */
#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLDOWN) /*!< Input with Pull-down activation */
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) pinMode(IO, PWM)
#define TOGGLE(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
-#define GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO)
-#define PWM_PIN(p) true
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) PWM_PIN(p)
+#define PWM_PIN(P) true
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
//
// Pins Definitions
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
index b856edb3e8..34e56a2059 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/HAL_timers_STM32F7.h
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
extern void TC5_Handler();
extern void TC7_Handler();
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR void TC5_Handler()
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR void TC7_Handler()
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() void TC5_Handler()
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() void TC7_Handler()
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Types
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
index 870fa36fd5..2192d6ffcf 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/SanityCheck.h
@@ -70,3 +70,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for STM32F7. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp
index b54e7d0bda..33418bb981 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.cpp
@@ -191,9 +191,9 @@ void TMC26XStepper::start() {
pinMode(dir_pin, OUTPUT);
pinMode(cs_pin, OUTPUT);
//SET_OUTPUT(STEPPER_ENABLE_PIN);
- digitalWrite(step_pin, LOW);
- digitalWrite(dir_pin, LOW);
- digitalWrite(cs_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(step_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(dir_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(cs_pin, HIGH);
STEPPER_SPI.begin();
STEPPER_SPI.beginTransaction(SPISettings(4000000, MSBFIRST, SPI_MODE3));
@@ -261,10 +261,10 @@ char TMC26XStepper::move(void) {
// increment or decrement the step number,
// depending on direction:
if (this->direction == 1)
- digitalWrite(step_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(step_pin, HIGH);
else {
- digitalWrite(dir_pin, HIGH);
- digitalWrite(step_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(dir_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(step_pin, HIGH);
}
// get the timeStamp of when you stepped:
this->last_step_time = time;
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ char TMC26XStepper::move(void) {
// decrement the steps left:
steps_left--;
//disable the step & dir pins
- digitalWrite(step_pin, LOW);
- digitalWrite(dir_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(step_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(dir_pin, LOW);
}
return -1;
}
@@ -864,7 +864,7 @@ inline void TMC26XStepper::send262(uint32_t datagram) {
//}
//select the TMC driver
- digitalWrite(cs_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(cs_pin, LOW);
//ensure that only valid bist are set (0-19)
//datagram &=REGISTER_BIT_PATTERN;
@@ -893,7 +893,7 @@ inline void TMC26XStepper::send262(uint32_t datagram) {
#endif
//deselect the TMC chip
- digitalWrite(cs_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(cs_pin, HIGH);
//restore the previous SPI mode if neccessary
//if the mode is not correct set it to mode 3
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.h
index e9b189e14d..1b44a4d5f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/TMC2660.h
@@ -76,81 +76,79 @@
* \class TMC26XStepper
* \brief Class representing a TMC26X stepper driver
*
- * In order to use one fo those drivers in your Arduino code you have to create an object of that class:
+ * To use one of these drivers in your code create an object of its class:
* \code
- * TMC26XStepper stepper = TMC26XStepper(200,1,2,3,500);
+ * TMC26XStepper tmc_stepper = TMC26XStepper(200,1,2,3,500);
* \endcode
* see TMC26XStepper(int16_t number_of_steps, int16_t cs_pin, int16_t dir_pin, int16_t step_pin, uint16_t rms_current)
*
- * Keep in mind that you need to start the driver with start() in order to get the TMC26X configured.
+ * Keep in mind that you need to start the driver with start() in order to configure the TMC26X.
*
- * The most important function is the move(). It checks if the motor has to do a step or not.
- * It is important that you call move() as often as possible in your Arduino loop() routine. I suggest
- * to use a very fast loop routine and always call it at the beginning or the end.
+ * The most important function is move(). It checks if the motor requires a step. It's important to call move() as
+ * often as possible in loop(). I suggest using a very fast loop routine and always call move() at the beginning or end.
*
- * In order to move you have to provide a movement speed with setSpeed(). The speed is a positive value setting
- * the rotations per minute.
+ * To move you must set a movement speed with setSpeed(). The speed is a positive value, setting the RPM.
*
* To really move the motor you have to call step() to tell the driver to move the motor the given number
- * of steps in the given direction. Positive values move the motor in one direction, negative values in the other direction.
+ * of steps in the given direction. Positive values move the motor in one direction, negative values in the other.
*
- * You can check with isMoving() if the mototr is still moving or stop it apruptely with stop().
+ * You can check with isMoving() if the motor is still moving or stop it abruptly with stop().
*/
class TMC26XStepper {
public:
/*!
- * \brief creates a new represenatation of a stepper motor connected to a TMC26X stepper driver
+ * \brief Create a new representation of a stepper motor connected to a TMC26X stepper driver
*
- * This is the main constructor. If in doubt use this. You must provide all parameters as described below.
+ * Main constructor. If in doubt use this. All parameters must be provided as described below.
*
- * \param number_of_steps the number of steps the motor has per rotation.
- * \param cs_pin The Arduino pin you have connected the Cient Select Pin (!CS) of the TMC26X for SPI
- * \param dir_pin the number of the Arduino pin the Direction input of the TMC26X is connected
- * \param step_pin the number of the Arduino pin the step pin of the TMC26X driver is connected.
- * \param rms_current the maximum current to privide to the motor in mA (!). A value of 200 would send up to 200mA to the motor
- * \param resistor the current sense resistor in milli Ohm, defaults to ,15 Ohm ( or 150 milli Ohm) as in the TMC260 Arduino Shield
+ * \param number_of_steps Number of steps the motor has per rotation.
+ * \param cs_pin Arduino pin connected to the Client Select Pin (!CS) of the TMC26X for SPI.
+ * \param dir_pin Arduino pin connected to the DIR input of the TMC26X.
+ * \param step_pin Arduino pin connected to the STEP pin of the TMC26X.
+ * \param rms_current Maximum current to provide to the motor in mA (!). A value of 200 will send up to 200mA to the motor.
+ * \param resistor Current sense resistor in milli-Ohm, defaults to 0.15 Ohm (or 150 milli-Ohm) as in the TMC260 Arduino Shield.
*
- * Keep in mind that you must also call TMC26XStepper.start() in order to configure the stepper driver for use.
+ * You must also call TMC26XStepper.start() to configure the stepper driver for use.
*
- * By default the Constant Off Time chopper is used, see TMC26XStepper.setConstantOffTimeChopper() for details.
- * This should work on most motors (YMMV). You may want to configure and use the Spread Cycle Chopper, see setSpreadCycleChopper().
+ * By default the Constant Off Time chopper is used. See TMC26XStepper.setConstantOffTimeChopper() for details.
+ * This should work on most motors (YMMV). You may want to configure and use the Spread Cycle Chopper. See setSpreadCycleChopper().
*
- * By default a microstepping of 1/32th is used to provide a smooth motor run, while still giving a good progression per step.
- * You can select a different stepping with setMicrosteps() to aa different value.
+ * By default a microstepping of 1/32 is used to provide a smooth motor run while still giving a good progression per step.
+ * Change stepping by sending setMicrosteps() a different value.
* \sa start(), setMicrosteps()
*/
TMC26XStepper(const int16_t in_steps, int16_t cs_pin, int16_t dir_pin, int16_t step_pin, uint16_t current, uint16_t resistor=100); //resistor=150
/*!
- * \brief configures and starts the TMC26X stepper driver. Before you called this function the stepper driver is in nonfunctional mode.
+ * \brief Configure and start the TMC26X stepper driver. Before this is called the stepper driver is nonfunctional.
*
- * This routine configures the TMC26X stepper driver for the given values via SPI.
- * Most member functions are non functional if the driver has not been started.
- * Therefore it is best to call this in your Arduino setup() function.
+ * Configure the TMC26X stepper driver for the given values via SPI.
+ * Most member functions are non-functional if the driver has not been started,
+ * therefore it is best to call this in setup().
*/
void start();
/*!
- * \brief resets the stepper in unconfigured mode.
+ * \brief Reset the stepper in unconfigured mode.
*
- * This routine enables you to call start again. It does not change anything
- * in the internal stepper configuration or the desired configuration.
- * It just marks the stepper as not yet startet. You do not have to reconfigure
- * the stepper to start it again, but it is not reset to any factory settings
- * this has to be configured back by yourself.
+ * Allows start to be called again. It doesn't change the internal stepper
+ * configuration or the desired configuration. It just marks the stepper as
+ * not-yet-started. The stepper doesn't need to be reconfigured before
+ * starting again, and is not reset to any factory settings.
+ * It must be reset intentionally.
* (Hint: Normally you do not need this function)
*/
void un_start();
/*!
- * \brief Sets the rotation speed in revolutions per minute.
- * \param whatSpeed the desired speed in rotations per minute.
+ * \brief Set the rotation speed in RPM.
+ * \param whatSpeed the desired speed in RPM.
*/
void setSpeed(uint16_t whatSpeed);
/*!
- * \brief reads out the currently selected speed in revolutions per minute.
+ * \brief Report the currently selected speed in RPM.
* \sa setSpeed()
*/
uint16_t getSpeed(void);
@@ -158,89 +156,86 @@ class TMC26XStepper {
/*!
* \brief Set the number of microsteps in 2^i values (rounded) up to 256
*
- * This method set's the number of microsteps per step in 2^i interval.
- * This means you can select 1, 2, 4, 16, 32, 64, 128 or 256 as valid microsteps.
- * If you give any other value it will be rounded to the next smaller number (3 would give a microstepping of 2).
+ * This method sets the number of microsteps per step in 2^i interval.
+ * It accepts 1, 2, 4, 16, 32, 64, 128 or 256 as valid microsteps.
+ * Other values will be rounded down to the next smaller value (e.g., 3 gives a microstepping of 2).
* You can always check the current microstepping with getMicrosteps().
*/
void setMicrosteps(const int16_t in_steps);
/*!
- * \brief returns the effective current number of microsteps selected.
+ * \brief Return the effective current number of microsteps selected.
*
- * This function always returns the effective number of microsteps.
- * This can be a bit different than the micro steps set in setMicrosteps() since it is rounded to 2^i.
+ * Always returns the effective number of microsteps.
+ * This may be different from the micro-steps set in setMicrosteps() since it is rounded to 2^i.
*
* \sa setMicrosteps()
*/
int16_t getMicrosteps(void);
/*!
- * \brief Initiate a movement for the given number of steps. Positive numbers move in one, negative numbers in the other direction.
+ * \brief Initiate a movement with the given number of steps. Positive values move in one direction, negative in the other.
*
* \param number_of_steps The number of steps to move the motor.
* \return 0 if the motor was not moving and moves now. -1 if the motor is moving and the new steps could not be set.
*
- * If the previous movement is not finished yet the function will return -1 and not change the steps to move the motor.
- * If the motor does not move it return 0
+ * If the previous movement is incomplete the function returns -1 and doesn't change the steps to move the motor.
+ * If the motor does not move it returns 0.
*
- * The direction of the movement is indicated by the sign of the steps parameter. It is not determinable if positive values are right
- * or left This depends on the internal construction of the motor and how you connected it to the stepper driver.
+ * The movement direction is determined by the sign of the steps parameter. The motor direction in machine space
+ * cannot be determined, as it depends on the construction of the motor and how it functions in the drive system.
*
- * You can always verify with isMoving() or even use stop() to stop the motor before giving it new step directions.
+ * For safety, verify with isMoving() or even use stop() to stop the motor before giving it new step directions.
* \sa isMoving(), getStepsLeft(), stop()
*/
char step(int16_t number_of_steps);
/*!
- * \brief Central movement method, must be called as often as possible in the lopp function and is very fast.
+ * \brief Central movement method. Must be called as often as possible in the loop function and is very fast.
*
- * This routine checks if the motor still has to move, if the waiting delay has passed to send a new step command to the motor
- * and manages the number of steps yet to move to fulfill the current move command.
+ * Check if the motor still has to move and whether the wait-to-step interval has expired, and manages the
+ * number of steps remaining to fulfill the current move command.
*
- * This function is implemented to be as fast as possible to call it as often as possible in your loop routine.
- * The more regurlarly you call this function the better. In both senses of 'regularly': Calling it as often as
- * possible is not a bad idea and if you even manage that the intervals you call this function are not too irregular helps too.
+ * This function is implemented to be as fast as possible, so call it as often as possible in your loop.
+ * It should be invoked with as frequently and with as much regularity as possible.
*
- * You can call this routine even if you know that the motor is not moving. It introduces just a very small penalty in your code.
- * You must not call isMoving() to determine if you need to call this function, since taht is done internally already and only
- * slows down you code.
+ * This can be called even when the motor is known not to be moving. It will simply return.
*
- * How often you call this function directly influences your top moving speed for the motor. It may be a good idea to call this
- * from a timer overflow interrupt to ensure proper calling.
+ * The frequency with which this function is called determines the top stepping speed of the motor.
+ * It is recommended to call this using a hardware timer to ensure regular invocation.
* \sa step()
*/
char move(void);
/*!
- * \brief checks if the motor still has to move to fulfill the last movement command.
+ * \brief Check whether the last movement command is done.
* \return 0 if the motor stops, -1 if the motor is moving.
*
- * This method can be used to determine if the motor is ready for new movements.
+ * Used to determine if the motor is ready for new movements.
*\sa step(), move()
*/
char isMoving(void);
/*!
* \brief Get the number of steps left in the current movement.
- * \return The number of steps left in the movement. This number is always positive.
+ * \return The number of steps left in the movement. Always positive.
*/
uint16_t getStepsLeft(void);
/*!
- * \brief Stops the motor regardless if it moves or not.
+ * \brief Stop the motor immediately.
* \return -1 if the motor was moving and is really stoped or 0 if it was not moving at all.
*
- * This method directly and apruptely stops the motor and may be used as an emergency stop.
+ * This method directly and abruptly stops the motor and may be used as an emergency stop.
*/
char stop(void);
/*!
- * \brief Sets and configure the classical Constant Off Timer Chopper
- * \param constant_off_time The off time setting controls the minimum chopper frequency. For most applications an off time within the range of 5μs to 20μs will fit. Setting this parameter to zero completely disables all driver transistors and the motor can free-wheel. 0: chopper off, 1:15: off time setting (1 will work with minimum blank time of 24 clocks)
- * \param blank_time Selects the comparator blank time. This time needs to safely cover the switching event and the duration of the ringing on the sense resistor. For most low current drivers, a setting of 1 or 2 is good. For high current applications with large MOSFETs, a setting of 2 or 3 will be required. 0 (min setting) … (3) amx setting
+ * \brief Set and configure the classical Constant Off Timer Chopper
+ * \param constant_off_time The off time setting controls the minimum chopper frequency. For most applications an off time within the range of 5μs to 20μs will fit. Setting this parameter to zero completely disables all driver transistors and the motor can free-wheel. 0: chopper off, 1:15: off time setting (1 will work with minimum blank time of 24 clocks)
+ * \param blank_time Comparator blank time. This duration needs to safely cover the duration of the switching event and the ringing on the sense resistor. For most low current drivers, a setting of 1 or 2 is good. For high current applications with large MOSFETs, a setting of 2 or 3 will be required. 0 (min setting) … (3) amx setting
* \param fast_decay_time_setting Fast decay time setting. Controls the portion of fast decay for each chopper cycle. 0: slow decay only, 1…15: duration of fast decay phase
- * \param sine_wave_offset Sine wave offset. Controls the sine wave offset. A positive offset corrects for zero crossing error. -3…-1: negative offset, 0: no offset,1…12: positive offset
+ * \param sine_wave_offset Sine wave offset. Controls the sine wave offset. A positive offset corrects for zero crossing error. -3…-1: negative offset, 0: no offset,1…12: positive offset
* \param use_curreent_comparator Selects usage of the current comparator for termination of the fast decay cycle. If current comparator is enabled, it terminates the fast decay cycle in case the current reaches a higher negative value than the actual positive value. (0 disable, -1 enable).
*
* The classic constant off time chopper uses a fixed portion of fast decay following each on phase.
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
index 8aaba0c298..1a19e1c3f6 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_STM32F7/fastio_STM32F7.h
@@ -43,15 +43,20 @@
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLUP) /*!< Input with Pull-up activation */
#define SET_INPUT_PULLDOWN(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, INPUT_PULLDOWN) /*!< Input with Pull-down activation */
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, LOW)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) _SET_MODE(IO, PWM)
#define TOGGLE(IO) OUT_WRITE(IO, !READ(IO))
-#define GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_TIMER(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define HAS_TIMER(IO)
-#define PWM_PIN(p) true
-#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(p) PWM_PIN(p)
+#define PWM_PIN(P) true
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
//
// Pins Definitions
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
index b733d1625f..79a854126e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
@@ -72,8 +72,8 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void ftm0_isr(void) //void TC3_Handler()
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void ftm1_isr(void) //void TC4_Handler()
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void ftm0_isr(void) //void TC3_Handler()
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void ftm1_isr(void) //void TC4_Handler()
void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
index e1e2a8e0a6..9ecf5e35f5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/SanityCheck.h
@@ -27,3 +27,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for Teensy 3.1/3.2. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
index 5116979c9a..928cd758e7 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY31_32/fastio_Teensy.h
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
* Why double up on these macros? see http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/Stringification.html
*/
-#define _READ(p) bool(CORE_PIN ## p ## _PINREG & CORE_PIN ## p ## _BITMASK)
+#define _READ(P) bool(CORE_PIN ## P ## _PINREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK)
#define _WRITE(P,V) do{ \
if (V) CORE_PIN ## P ## _PORTSET = CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK; \
@@ -67,8 +67,8 @@
GPIO_BITBAND(CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG , CORE_PIN ## P ## _BIT) = 0; \
}while(0)
-#define _GET_INPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
-#define _GET_OUTPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
+#define _IS_INPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
+#define _IS_OUTPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
@@ -79,12 +79,20 @@
#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO)
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) _GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) _GET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+
+#define PWM_PIN(P) digitalPinHasPWM(P)
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
/**
* Ports, functions, and pins
*/
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
index 03918c28f2..99fc31aff5 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL.h
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
#include "HAL_timers_Teensy.h"
#include
+#include
#define ST7920_DELAY_1 DELAY_NS(600)
#define ST7920_DELAY_2 DELAY_NS(750)
@@ -58,9 +59,6 @@
// Defines
// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#undef MOTHERBOARD
-#define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TEENSY35_36
-
#define IS_32BIT_TEENSY (defined(__MK64FX512__) || defined(__MK66FX1M0__))
#define IS_TEENSY35 defined(__MK64FX512__)
#define IS_TEENSY36 defined(__MK66FX1M0__)
@@ -87,9 +85,9 @@ typedef int8_t pin_t;
#define analogInputToDigitalPin(p) ((p < 12u) ? (p) + 54u : -1)
#endif
-#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_PRIMASK(); __disable_irq()
+#define CRITICAL_SECTION_START uint32_t primask = __get_primask(); __disable_irq()
#define CRITICAL_SECTION_END if (!primask) __enable_irq()
-#define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_PRIMASK())
+#define ISRS_ENABLED() (!__get_primask())
#define ENABLE_ISRS() __enable_irq()
#define DISABLE_ISRS() __disable_irq()
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
index bac4332ac1..fed256452a 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/HAL_timers_Teensy.h
@@ -71,8 +71,8 @@ typedef uint32_t hal_timer_t;
#define ENABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_enable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
#define DISABLE_TEMPERATURE_INTERRUPT() HAL_timer_disable_interrupt(TEMP_TIMER_NUM)
-#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void ftm0_isr(void) //void TC3_Handler()
-#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR extern "C" void ftm1_isr(void) //void TC4_Handler()
+#define HAL_STEP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void ftm0_isr(void) //void TC3_Handler()
+#define HAL_TEMP_TIMER_ISR() extern "C" void ftm1_isr(void) //void TC4_Handler()
void HAL_timer_start(const uint8_t timer_num, const uint32_t frequency);
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
index 630b5abcf8..597a3638da 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/SanityCheck.h
@@ -27,3 +27,7 @@
#if ENABLED(EMERGENCY_PARSER)
#error "EMERGENCY_PARSER is not yet implemented for Teensy 3.5/3.6. Disable EMERGENCY_PARSER to continue."
#endif
+
+#if ENABLED(FAST_PWM_FAN)
+ #error "FAST_PWM_FAN is not yet implemented for this platform."
+#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
index ccbeddd726..b9ddd957c1 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/HAL_TEENSY35_36/fastio_Teensy.h
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
* Why double up on these macros? see http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/cpp/Stringification.html
*/
-#define _READ(p) bool(CORE_PIN ## p ## _PINREG & CORE_PIN ## p ## _BITMASK)
+#define _READ(P) bool(CORE_PIN ## P ## _PINREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK)
#define _WRITE(P,V) do{ \
if (V) CORE_PIN ## P ## _PORTSET = CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK; \
@@ -66,8 +66,8 @@
GPIO_BITBAND(CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG , CORE_PIN ## P ## _BIT) = 0; \
}while(0)
-#define _GET_INPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
-#define _GET_OUTPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
+#define _IS_INPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
+#define _IS_OUTPUT(P) ((CORE_PIN ## P ## _DDRREG & CORE_PIN ## P ## _BITMASK) == 0)
#define READ(IO) _READ(IO)
@@ -78,12 +78,20 @@
#define SET_INPUT(IO) _SET_INPUT(IO)
#define SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO) _SET_INPUT_PULLUP(IO)
#define SET_OUTPUT(IO) _SET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define SET_PWM(IO) SET_OUTPUT(IO)
-#define GET_INPUT(IO) _GET_INPUT(IO)
-#define GET_OUTPUT(IO) _GET_OUTPUT(IO)
+#define IS_INPUT(IO) _IS_INPUT(IO)
+#define IS_OUTPUT(IO) _IS_OUTPUT(IO)
#define OUT_WRITE(IO,V) do{ SET_OUTPUT(IO); WRITE(IO,V); }while(0)
+// digitalRead/Write wrappers
+#define extDigitalRead(IO) digitalRead(IO)
+#define extDigitalWrite(IO,V) digitalWrite(IO,V)
+
+#define PWM_PIN(P) digitalPinHasPWM(P)
+#define USEABLE_HARDWARE_PWM(P) PWM_PIN(P)
+
/**
* Ports, functions, and pins
*/
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
index bcf26020b9..f5042b9fed 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/platforms.h
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
#define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_STM32
#elif defined(ARDUINO_ARCH_ESP32)
#define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_ESP32
+#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__)
+ #define HAL_PLATFORM HAL_LINUX
#else
#error "Unsupported Platform!"
#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
index 43833cff0f..bab7d7471e 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/Delay.h
@@ -158,6 +158,10 @@
}
}
+#elif defined(__PLAT_LINUX__)
+
+ // specified inside platform
+
#else
#error "Unsupported MCU architecture"
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
index f3a4544a77..ecd808fe46 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/HAL_spi_L6470.cpp
@@ -25,31 +25,15 @@
* Copyright (C) 2009 by William Greiman
*/
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Includes
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfig.h"
#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
#include "Delay.h"
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Public Variables
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Public functions
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
#include "../../core/serial.h"
#include "../../libs/L6470/L6470_Marlin.h"
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-// Software L6470 SPI
-// --------------------------------------------------------------------------
-
// Make sure GCC optimizes this file.
// Note that this line triggers a bug in GCC which is fixed by casting.
// See the note below.
@@ -99,7 +83,7 @@ uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_positio
uint8_t data_out = 0;
// first device in chain has data sent last
- digitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW);
+ extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, LOW);
for (uint8_t i = L6470::chain[0]; (i >= 1) && !spi_abort; i--) { // stop sending data if spi_abort is active
DISABLE_ISRS(); // disable interrupts during SPI transfer (can't allow partial command to chips)
@@ -108,7 +92,7 @@ uint8_t L6470_transfer(uint8_t data, int16_t ss_pin, const uint8_t chain_positio
if (i == chain_position) data_out = temp;
}
- digitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH);
+ extDigitalWrite(ss_pin, HIGH);
return data_out;
}
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
index 9d295c4b83..ef2ff8222f 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/I2cEeprom.cpp
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value) {
eeprom_init();
- Wire.beginTransmission(eeprom_device_address);
+ Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(eeprom_device_address));
Wire.write((int)(eeprom_address >> 8)); // MSB
Wire.write((int)(eeprom_address & 0xFF)); // LSB
Wire.write(value);
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ void eeprom_write_byte(uint8_t *pos, unsigned char value) {
void eeprom_update_block(const void *pos, void* eeprom_address, size_t n) {
eeprom_init();
- Wire.beginTransmission(eeprom_device_address);
+ Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(eeprom_device_address));
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address >> 8)); // MSB
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address & 0xFF)); // LSB
Wire.endTransmission();
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ void eeprom_update_block(const void *pos, void* eeprom_address, size_t n) {
flag |= Wire.read() ^ ptr[c];
if (flag) {
- Wire.beginTransmission(eeprom_device_address);
+ Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(eeprom_device_address));
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address >> 8)); // MSB
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address & 0xFF)); // LSB
Wire.write((uint8_t*)pos, n);
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos) {
eeprom_init();
- Wire.beginTransmission(eeprom_device_address);
+ Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(eeprom_device_address));
Wire.write((int)(eeprom_address >> 8)); // MSB
Wire.write((int)(eeprom_address & 0xFF)); // LSB
Wire.endTransmission();
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ uint8_t eeprom_read_byte(uint8_t *pos) {
void eeprom_read_block(void* pos, const void* eeprom_address, size_t n) {
eeprom_init();
- Wire.beginTransmission(eeprom_device_address);
+ Wire.beginTransmission(I2C_ADDRESS(eeprom_device_address));
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address >> 8)); // MSB
Wire.write((int)((unsigned)eeprom_address & 0xFF)); // LSB
Wire.endTransmission();
diff --git a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
index 5d7a6b7b57..e7bd107cbe 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/HAL/shared/persistent_store_api.cpp
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
*/
#include "../../inc/MarlinConfigPre.h"
-#if ENABLED(EEPROM_SETTINGS) || ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
+#if EITHER(EEPROM_SETTINGS, SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
#include "persistent_store_api.h"
PersistentStore persistentStore;
diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp b/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
index 4ec826f6c1..14e61d8460 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
+++ b/Marlin/src/Marlin.cpp
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
#include "Marlin.h"
+#include "core/utility.h"
#include "lcd/ultralcd.h"
#include "module/motion.h"
#include "module/planner.h"
@@ -84,6 +85,10 @@
#include "feature/leds/leds.h"
#endif
+#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
+ #include "feature/bltouch.h"
+#endif
+
#if HAS_SERVOS
#include "module/servo.h"
#endif
@@ -114,8 +119,8 @@
#endif
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- bool G38_move = false,
- G38_endstop_hit = false;
+ uint8_t G38_move; // = 0
+ bool G38_did_trigger; // = false
#endif
#if ENABLED(DELTA)
@@ -128,7 +133,7 @@
#include "feature/bedlevel/bedlevel.h"
#endif
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) && ENABLED(PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT)
+#if BOTH(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE, PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT)
#include "feature/pause.h"
#endif
@@ -152,7 +157,7 @@
#include "feature/fanmux.h"
#endif
-#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE) || ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
+#if DO_SWITCH_EXTRUDER || ANY(SWITCHING_NOZZLE, PARKING_EXTRUDER, MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
#include "module/tool_change.h"
#endif
@@ -179,11 +184,11 @@ bool Running = true;
#endif
// For M109 and M190, this flag may be cleared (by M108) to exit the wait loop
-volatile bool wait_for_heatup = true;
+bool wait_for_heatup = true;
// For M0/M1, this flag may be cleared (by M108) to exit the wait-for-user loop
#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
- volatile bool wait_for_user; // = false;
+ bool wait_for_user; // = false;
#endif
#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
@@ -220,9 +225,9 @@ void setup_powerhold() {
#endif
#if HAS_POWER_SWITCH
#if ENABLED(PS_DEFAULT_OFF)
- PSU_OFF();
+ powersupply_on = true; PSU_OFF();
#else
- PSU_ON();
+ powersupply_on = false; PSU_ON();
#endif
#endif
}
@@ -231,10 +236,8 @@ void setup_powerhold() {
* Stepper Reset (RigidBoard, et.al.)
*/
#if HAS_STEPPER_RESET
- void disableStepperDrivers() {
- OUT_WRITE(STEPPER_RESET_PIN, LOW); // drive it down to hold in reset motor driver chips
- }
- void enableStepperDrivers() { SET_INPUT(STEPPER_RESET_PIN); } // set to input, which allows it to be pulled high by pullups
+ void disableStepperDrivers() { OUT_WRITE(STEPPER_RESET_PIN, LOW); } // Drive down to keep motor driver chips in reset
+ void enableStepperDrivers() { SET_INPUT(STEPPER_RESET_PIN); } // Set to input, allowing pullups to pull the pin high
#endif
#if ENABLED(EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS) && I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS > 0
@@ -330,7 +333,7 @@ void disable_all_steppers() {
ExtUI::onFilamentRunout(ExtUI::getActiveTool());
#endif
- #if ENABLED(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT) || ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
+ #if EITHER(HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT, HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
const char tool = '0'
#if NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS > 1
+ active_extruder
@@ -425,7 +428,9 @@ void disable_all_steppers() {
* - Check for HOME button held down
* - Check if cooling fan needs to be switched on
* - Check if an idle but hot extruder needs filament extruded (EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
+ * - Pulse FET_SAFETY_PIN if it exists
*/
+
void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
#if HAS_FILAMENT_SENSOR
@@ -443,7 +448,7 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
}
// Prevent steppers timing-out in the middle of M600
- #if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE) && ENABLED(PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT)
+ #if BOTH(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE, PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT)
#define MOVE_AWAY_TEST !did_pause_print
#else
#define MOVE_AWAY_TEST true
@@ -468,11 +473,14 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
#if ENABLED(DISABLE_INACTIVE_E)
disable_e_steppers();
#endif
- #if HAS_LCD_MENU && ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- if (ubl.lcd_map_control) {
- ubl.lcd_map_control = false;
- ui.defer_status_screen(false);
- }
+ #if HAS_LCD_MENU
+ ui.status_screen();
+ #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
+ if (ubl.lcd_map_control) {
+ ubl.lcd_map_control = false;
+ ui.defer_status_screen(false);
+ }
+ #endif
#endif
}
}
@@ -641,6 +649,16 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue/*=false*/) {
planner.check_axes_activity();
next_check_axes_ms = ms + 100UL;
}
+
+ #if PIN_EXISTS(FET_SAFETY)
+ static millis_t FET_next;
+ if (ELAPSED(ms, FET_next)) {
+ FET_next = ms + FET_SAFETY_DELAY; // 2uS pulse every FET_SAFETY_DELAY mS
+ OUT_WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, !FET_SAFETY_INVERTED);
+ DELAY_US(2);
+ WRITE(FET_SAFETY_PIN, FET_SAFETY_INVERTED);
+ }
+ #endif
}
/**
@@ -751,11 +769,34 @@ void minkill() {
suicide();
#endif
- while (1) {
- #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- watchdog_reset();
- #endif
- } // Wait for reset
+ #if HAS_KILL
+
+ // Wait for kill to be released
+ while (!READ(KILL_PIN)) {
+ #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+ watchdog_reset();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ // Wait for kill to be pressed
+ while (READ(KILL_PIN)) {
+ #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+ watchdog_reset();
+ #endif
+ }
+
+ void(*resetFunc)(void) = 0; // Declare resetFunc() at address 0
+ resetFunc(); // Jump to address 0
+
+ #else // !HAS_KILL
+
+ for (;;) {
+ #if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
+ watchdog_reset();
+ #endif
+ } // Wait for reset
+
+ #endif // !HAS_KILL
}
/**
@@ -897,8 +938,7 @@ void setup() {
#endif
SERIAL_ECHO_START();
- SERIAL_ECHOPAIR(MSG_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory());
- SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t)*BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE);
+ SERIAL_ECHOLNPAIR(MSG_FREE_MEMORY, freeMemory(), MSG_PLANNER_BUFFER_BYTES, (int)sizeof(block_t) * (BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE));
queue_setup();
@@ -908,9 +948,7 @@ void setup() {
#if HAS_M206_COMMAND
// Initialize current position based on home_offset
- COPY(current_position, home_offset);
- #else
- ZERO(current_position);
+ LOOP_XYZ(a) current_position[a] += home_offset[a];
#endif
// Vital to init stepper/planner equivalent for current_position
@@ -942,7 +980,7 @@ void setup() {
OUT_WRITE(SPINDLE_DIR_PIN, SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR ? 255 : 0); // init rotation to clockwise (M3)
#endif
#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM) && defined(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN) && SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN >= 0
- SET_OUTPUT(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN);
+ SET_PWM(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN);
analogWrite(SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_PIN, SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT ? 255 : 0); // set to lowest speed
#endif
#endif
@@ -967,7 +1005,7 @@ void setup() {
dac_init();
#endif
- #if (ENABLED(Z_PROBE_SLED) || ENABLED(SOLENOID_PROBE)) && HAS_SOLENOID_1
+ #if EITHER(Z_PROBE_SLED, SOLENOID_PROBE) && HAS_SOLENOID_1
OUT_WRITE(SOL1_PIN, LOW); // OFF
#endif
@@ -989,7 +1027,7 @@ void setup() {
#if HAS_CASE_LIGHT
#if DISABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- SET_OUTPUT(CASE_LIGHT_PIN);
+ if (PWM_PIN(CASE_LIGHT_PIN)) SET_PWM(CASE_LIGHT_PIN); else SET_OUTPUT(CASE_LIGHT_PIN);
#endif
update_case_light();
#endif
@@ -1016,7 +1054,7 @@ void setup() {
#endif
#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- bltouch_init();
+ bltouch.init();
#endif
#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
index cac22c9024..1252d7f574 100644
--- a/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
+++ b/Marlin/src/Marlin.h
@@ -142,8 +142,6 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false);
#define enable_Z() do{ Z_enable; Z2_enable; Z3_enable; }while(0)
#define disable_Z() do{ Z_disable; Z2_disable; Z3_disable; CBI(axis_known_position, Z_AXIS); }while(0)
-// end X, Y, Z Stepper enable / disable
-
//
// Extruder Stepper enable / disable
//
@@ -220,7 +218,6 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false);
#define E5_enable NOOP
#define E5_disable NOOP
#endif
-// end individual enables/disables
#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
@@ -312,8 +309,8 @@ void manage_inactivity(const bool ignore_stepper_queue=false);
#endif
#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- extern bool G38_move, // flag to tell the interrupt handler that a G38 command is being run
- G38_endstop_hit; // flag from the interrupt handler to indicate if the endstop went active
+ extern uint8_t G38_move; // Flag to tell the ISR that G38 is in progress, and the type
+ extern bool G38_did_trigger; // Flag from the ISR to indicate the endstop changed
#endif
/**
@@ -333,10 +330,10 @@ extern bool Running;
inline bool IsRunning() { return Running; }
inline bool IsStopped() { return !Running; }
-extern volatile bool wait_for_heatup;
+extern bool wait_for_heatup;
#if HAS_RESUME_CONTINUE
- extern volatile bool wait_for_user;
+ extern bool wait_for_user;
#endif
#if HAS_AUTO_REPORTING || ENABLED(HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE)
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 62145f2d8c..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2094 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100755
index 0930978030..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/default/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2260 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ccc680b663..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2125 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "AJMartel" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_MKS_BASE_14
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3DFabXYZ i3"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 5 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- #define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- #define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Electron
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 29.12
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 3.22
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 65.83
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- #define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 79.9738621, 80.2429911, 399.7264854 , 99.4696994 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 225, 225, 3, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1590, 1590, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1590 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 21 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 61 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 7500
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 3 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 219
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 280
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- #define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y 4
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- #define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER
- #define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER) + MIN_PROBE_EDGE)
- #define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER
- #define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 205
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 255
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_3_LABEL "HIPS"
-#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_HOTEND 220 //HIPS
-#define PREHEAT_3_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_3_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_4_LABEL "PP"
-#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_HOTEND 254 //PP
-#define PREHEAT_4_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_4_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_5_LABEL "PET"
-#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //PET
-#define PREHEAT_5_TEMP_BED 90
-#define PREHEAT_5_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_6_LABEL "FLEX"
-#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_HOTEND 230 //FLEX
-#define PREHEAT_6_TEMP_BED 50
-#define PREHEAT_6_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_7_LABEL "NYLON"
-#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_HOTEND 240 //NYLON
-#define PREHEAT_7_TEMP_BED 80
-#define PREHEAT_7_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 50
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 51
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 52
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6d0a52bb93..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2262 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 9 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 11 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON false // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- #define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 75 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 160 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- #define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- #define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 12
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- #define CHDK_PIN 12
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- #define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- #define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Test"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Test Print"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29\nG26"
-
- /*
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
- */
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md b/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
deleted file mode 100644
index 67959e4ef0..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/3DFabXYZ/Migbot/Readme.md
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-Personalized config files for the "Electron"\"Tevo 3D" i3 6th gen
-https://www.3dprintersbay.com/electron3d-reprap-prusa-i3-kit
-https://reprap.org/wiki/Migbot_Prusa_i3
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bd68ec30d8..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2114 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Aleph Objects Inc, TAZ)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMBO
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "TAZ"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 1
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 7
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 7
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 0 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 250
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 250
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 70 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX 74 // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 16 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
- // Buda 2.0 on 24V
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 6
- #define DEFAULT_Ki .3
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 125
-
- // Buda 2.0 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.01
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 206 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //24V 360W silicone heater from NPH on 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 2.2+)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 20
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 5
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 275
-
- //12v 400W silicone heater from QUDB into 3mm borosilicate (TAZ 1.0+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 650
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 60
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1800
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100.5, 100.5, 400, 850 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 800, 800, 8, 50 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 9000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 500 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 10.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -25 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -29 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -12.35 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 15 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR true
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 298
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 275
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 250
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (8*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 2
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 8b413d1216..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AlephObjects/TAZ4/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2259 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 2 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 130 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 4
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 60
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 4, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- //#define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- //#define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 91a6cc91d2..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2094 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, CL-260)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_RAMPS_14_EFB
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "CL-260"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 3.0
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 800
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 160.6 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR 1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 260
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index b8d6856a65..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AliExpress/CL-260/README.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,15 +0,0 @@
-This is an example configuration for the CL-260 Ultimaker 2 clone.
-Change Z_MAX_POS to 300 for the CL-260MAX.
-
-(The printer is available on AliExpress; be aware that this is not a beginner's
-printer -- it needs tweaking and some parts replaced before being decent.)
-
-The printer comes with a quite old Marlin, the sources are available here:
-http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:1635830/ and I recommend replacing them.
-
-The setting "works" for my printer and the extruder using my calibration value.
-You might want to tweak some settings, e.g enable EEPROM, increase default Z speed, adjust homing speeds,...
-
-Have fun!
---
-tobi
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 46ecf5ac5f..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2096 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {100, 100, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a9f0e1dcf3..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2259 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f9672925c6..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2096 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Modmike, Anet A2 Plus)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A2+"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {100, 100, 400, 95 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-//#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-//#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR true
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 270
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 100
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a9f0e1dcf3..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A2plus/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2259 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index aa0909d5bd..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2248 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Ralf_E, ANET A6 config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A6"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// The Anet A6 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 11
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
- // ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 Standard Extruder defaults:
- // PID-P: +022.20, PID-I: +001.08, PID-D: +114.00, PID-C: 1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114.0
-
- // Tuned by ralf-e. Always re-tune for your machine!
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 16.83
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.02
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 69.29
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // ANET A6
- // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5):
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 4000, 500 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmwae V2.0 defaults: (steps/mm)
-// Xsteps/mm: +100.0, Ysteps/mm: +100.0, Zsteps/mm: +0400.0, eSteps/mm: +0095.0
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {100, 100, 400, 95}
-//#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT {80, 80, 400, 95}
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 5, 25 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Vmax):
-// Vmax x: 400, Vmax y: 400, Vmax z: 4, Vmax e: 25
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {400, 400, 4, 25}
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE {400, 400, 20, 50}
-
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 3000, 3000, 100, 10000 }
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (Amax):
-// Amx x: 9000, Amax Y: 5000, Amax z: 50, Amax e: 10000
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 9000, 5000, 50, 10000 }
-//#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 10000, 10000, 200, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 3000 // E acceleration for retracts
-//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 3000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults:
-// Accel: 1000 A-retract: 1000
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-//#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 2000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-//#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
-//#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 4000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults (jerk):
-// Vxy-jerk: 10, Vz-jerk: +000.30, Ve-jerk: 5
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// ANET A8: FRONT-MOUNTED SENSOR WITH 3D PRINTED MOUNT
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -28 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -45 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// THESE ARE FOR THE OFFICIAL ANET REAR-MOUNTED SENSOR
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -1 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 3 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch mounted right to the nozzle
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 39 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-//ANET A6 with BLTouch/3D-Touch betwen Fan and Belt
-// (mount: https://github.com/ralf-e/ANET_A6_modifications/tree/master/A6_X-Axis)
-//#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -30 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-//#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 15 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-//#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0.75 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-//#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 3)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#if 1 // 0 for less clearance
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
- //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-#else
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
- #define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 3 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
- //#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 3 // Z position after probing is done
-#endif
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-//#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-//#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-//ANET A6:
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-//#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-// ANET A6 Firmware V2.0 defaults:
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 250
-
-// ANET A6, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge :
-#define X_BED_SIZE 222
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 222
-#define X_MIN_POS -3
-#define Y_MIN_POS -5
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis:
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 235
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 230
-//#define X_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 0 front left bed edge :
-//#define X_BED_SIZE 227
-//#define Y_BED_SIZE 224
-//#define X_MIN_POS -8
-//#define Y_MIN_POS -6
-//#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-//#define Z_MAX_POS 230
-
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 4
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - 15)
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 15
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - 15)
-
- // ANET A6
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 190
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 190
-
- // ANET A6 BLTOUCH right (39mm) to the nozzle
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 36
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 190
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 190
-
- // ANET A6 with new X-Axis and modded Y-Axis
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 205
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 205
-
- // ANET A6 with new X-Axis and modded Y-Axis, X0/Y0 front left bed edge
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 194
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION 20
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION 194
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 5 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// ANET A6 with new X-Axis / modded Y-Axis:
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS X_MIN_POS - 8
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS Y_MIN_POS - 6
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS Z_MIN_POS
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
- //Anet A6 with new X-Axis
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 113 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 112 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
- //Anet A6 with new X-Axis and defined X_HOME_POS -7, Y_HOME_POS -6
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT 107 // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- //#define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT 107 // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 50
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 230
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // ANET A6 Default is 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 9c2a22e698..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A6/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2258 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 5 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-//#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fc6e4ee463..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2109 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(Bob Kuhn, Anet config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 115200
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ANET_10
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anet A8"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-// The Anet A8 original extruder is designed for 1.75mm
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 6 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 130
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 15 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
- // ANET A8 Standard Extruder at 210 Degree Celsius and 100% Fan
- //(measured after M106 S255 with M303 E0 S210 C8)
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 21.0
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 1.25
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 86.0
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // ANET A8
- // original Bed + 0.3mm Heat conducting into 4mm borosilicate (PID-Autotune: M303 E-1 S60 C5):
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 295.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 35.65
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 610.21
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 160 // 160 guards against false tripping when the extruder fan kicks on.
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 100 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 400, 400, 8, 50 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 2000, 2000, 100, 10000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 400 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 10.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.3
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 5.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 6000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 220
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 220
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -33
-#define Y_MIN_POS -10
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 240
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- #define PROBE_PT_1_X 20
- #define PROBE_PT_1_Y 160
- #define PROBE_PT_2_X 20
- #define PROBE_PT_2_Y 10
- #define PROBE_PT_3_X 180
- #define PROBE_PT_3_Y 10
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (100*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-//#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-//#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 190
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 60
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 90
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Details on connecting to the Anet V1.0 controller are in the file pins_ANET_10.h
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b6d8e4d8d0..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/Anet/A8/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2259 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 10 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 5 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 180 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-//#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- //#define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-//#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_RESUME_PRIME 0 // (mm) Extra distance to prime nozzle after returning from park.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 351abf6fe0..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnimationExample/_Bootscreen.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,339 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-
-/**
- * Animated boot screen example
- */
-
-#define ANIMATED_BOOTSCREEN
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_FRAME_TIME 100 // (ms)
-
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_BMPWIDTH 128
-#define CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN_TIMEOUT 2500 // (ms)
-
-const unsigned char custom_start_bmp[] PROGMEM = {
- B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B01111111,B00001000,B10000001,B11100000,B00111000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10110000,B00100111,B11111001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00001101,B10000110,B10000000,B10100000,B00100010,B00010000,B00000010,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000100,B10000101,B10000001,B00100000,B01000011,B00110000,B00000010,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00100000,B00101000,B00001011,B00000010,B11001001,B00000011,B01000000,B11000011,B00110011,B10011010,B10111000,B00011000,B10001000,B00100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00110000,B00100100,B00001001,B00000011,B01001011,B00000010,B11000000,B10000011,B00110000,B10010010,B10100100,B00011000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00010000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00110010,B00000110,B10000001,B10000010,B11010011,B10010010,B10100100,B00110000,B00100000,B00001000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10110100,B00000101,B10000001,B00000010,B11010100,B10010010,B10100100,B01110000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00001011,B00000010,B01000000,B10000100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000010,B00010011,B10010010,B10100100,B11111010,B10001010,B10100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000100,B00001101,B00000011,B01100000,B01001000,B00001010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01111000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B10000000,B10110000,B00110000,B00110100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B01100000,B01001000,B00000000,B01001000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B01101000,B00000000,B01011000,B00010001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10110000,B00100100,B00000000,B10010000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00000001,B10100000,B01100000,B01000011,B00110111,B00011100,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000001,B01100000,B01000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10000101,B10010100,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00101100,B00001011,B00000001,B01000000,B11000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10011101,B00010100,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110100,B00001001,B00000001,B01000000,B10000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10100101,B00010100,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100001,B00000000,B01000011,B00100100,B10011100,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000101,B00000011,B01100000,B01011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B11000000,B10110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B10010000,B00110000,B11110000,B10010000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000001,B01100000,B01011000,B00010000,B10000000,B10000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B11010000,B00110000,B10000111,B10011110,B10111001,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10010000,B10010000,B00100000,B11101100,B10010100,B11000101,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01011001,B00100000,B01000000,B10001000,B10010100,B11000101,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01001011,B01100000,B01000000,B10001100,B10010100,B11000101,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00101110,B01000000,B10000000,B11110111,B10010110,B10111001,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110110,B11000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00001001,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000110,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
-};
-
-#if ENABLED(ANIMATED_BOOTSCREEN)
-
- const unsigned char custom_start_bmp1[] PROGMEM = {
- B11111001,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00110100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010000,B00111100,B00000111,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100000,B01101000,B00001011,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B10110000,B11010000,B00010100,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B10010000,B10110000,B00100100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01011001,B00100000,B01101000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01101001,B01100000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100110,B01000000,B11010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00110110,B10000000,B10110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010000,B10000001,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001001,B00000001,B01000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001111,B00000010,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000110,B10000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000101,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001011,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B10000000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11000000,B00110100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01000000,B00101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01100000,B00101000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100000,B00101000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B10010000,B00100100,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11010000,B00110100,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01001000,B00010010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01101100,B00001011,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100100,B00001101,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010110,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001011,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00011010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B01101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11001000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11011000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
- };
-
- const unsigned char custom_start_bmp2[] PROGMEM = {
- B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B01111111,B00001000,B10000001,B11100000,B00111000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10110000,B00100111,B11111001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00001101,B10000110,B10000000,B10100000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000100,B10000101,B10000001,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00100000,B00101000,B00001011,B00000010,B11001001,B00000011,B01000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00110000,B00100100,B00001001,B00000011,B01001011,B00000010,B11000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00010000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00110010,B00000110,B10000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10110100,B00000101,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00001011,B00000010,B01000000,B10000100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000100,B00001101,B00000011,B01100000,B01001000,B00001010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01111000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B10000000,B10110000,B00110000,B00110100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B01100000,B01001000,B00000000,B01001000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B01101000,B00000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10110000,B00100100,B00000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00000001,B10100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000001,B01100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00101100,B00001011,B00000001,B01000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110100,B00001001,B00000001,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000101,B00000011,B01100000,B01011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B11000000,B10110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B10010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000001,B01100000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B11010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10010000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01011001,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01001011,B01100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00101110,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110110,B11000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00001001,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000110,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
- };
-
- const unsigned char custom_start_bmp3[] PROGMEM = {
- B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B01111111,B00001000,B10000001,B11100000,B00111000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10110000,B00100111,B11111001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00001101,B10000110,B10000000,B10100000,B00100010,B00010000,B00000010,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000100,B10000101,B10000001,B00100000,B01000011,B00110000,B00000010,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00100000,B00101000,B00001011,B00000010,B11001001,B00000011,B01000000,B11000011,B00110011,B10011010,B10111000,B00011000,B10001000,B00100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00110000,B00100100,B00001001,B00000011,B01001011,B00000010,B11000000,B10000011,B00110000,B10010010,B10100100,B00011000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00010000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00110010,B00000110,B10000001,B10000010,B11010011,B10010010,B10100100,B00110000,B00100000,B00001000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10110100,B00000101,B10000001,B00000010,B11010100,B10010010,B10100100,B01110000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00001011,B00000010,B01000000,B10000100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000010,B00010011,B10010010,B10100100,B11111010,B10001010,B10100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000100,B00001101,B00000011,B01100000,B01001000,B00001010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01111000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B10000000,B10110000,B00110000,B00110100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B01100000,B01001000,B00000000,B01001000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B01101000,B00000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10110000,B00100100,B00000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00000001,B10100000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000001,B01100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00101100,B00001011,B00000001,B01000000,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110100,B00001001,B00000001,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000101,B00000011,B01100000,B01011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B11000000,B10110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B10010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000001,B01100000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B11010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10010000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01011001,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01001011,B01100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00101110,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110110,B11000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00001001,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000110,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
- };
-
- const unsigned char custom_start_bmp4[] PROGMEM = {
- B00011111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B11001111,B11111111,B11111111,B11111111,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000001,B11111111,B10000000,B01111111,B11111110,B11000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B11000000,B01111111,B00001000,B10000001,B11100000,B00111000,B00011000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B11111111,B10110000,B00100111,B11111001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00001101,B10000110,B10000000,B10100000,B00100010,B00010000,B00000010,B10000000,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000100,B10000101,B10000001,B00100000,B01000011,B00110000,B00000010,B00000000,B00111000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00100000,B00101000,B00001011,B00000010,B11001001,B00000011,B01000000,B11000011,B00110011,B10011010,B10111000,B00011000,B10001000,B00100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00110000,B00100100,B00001001,B00000011,B01001011,B00000010,B11000000,B10000011,B00110000,B10010010,B10100100,B00011000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00010000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00110010,B00000110,B10000001,B10000010,B11010011,B10010010,B10100100,B00110000,B00100000,B00001000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10110100,B00000101,B10000001,B00000010,B11010100,B10010010,B10100100,B01110000,B01110000,B00011100,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00001100,B00001011,B00000010,B01000000,B10000100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000010,B00010011,B10010010,B10100100,B11111010,B10001010,B10100010,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000100,B00001101,B00000011,B01100000,B01001000,B00001010,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01111000,B00010010,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B10000000,B10110000,B00110000,B00110100,B00001100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010000,B00000000,B00101100,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000001,B00000001,B01100000,B01001000,B00000000,B01001000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B01101000,B00000000,B01011000,B00010001,B11110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10110000,B00100100,B00000000,B10010000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B11010000,B00110110,B00000001,B10100000,B01100000,B01000011,B00110111,B00011100,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B01100000,B01001000,B00010010,B00000001,B01100000,B01000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10000101,B10010010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B00101100,B00001011,B00000001,B01000000,B11000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10011101,B00010100,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110100,B00001001,B00000001,B01000000,B10000000,B01000100,B10100100,B10100101,B00010010,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010110,B00000100,B10000001,B00100001,B00000000,B01000011,B00100100,B10011100,B11110011,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00011010,B00000110,B10000001,B10100011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B01000000,B10010010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000101,B00000011,B01100000,B01011110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000100,B10000001,B00100000,B01101100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000010,B11000000,B10110000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000011,B01000000,B10010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000001,B01100000,B01011000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000001,B10100000,B11010000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B11000000,B10010000,B10010000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01011001,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01001011,B01100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B00101110,B01000000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00010000,B00110110,B11000001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011000,B00010000,B10000001,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001000,B00001001,B00000011,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001100,B00001001,B00000010,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000100,B00000110,B00000110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000010,B00000110,B00000100,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000011,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B00000000,B00001000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000001,B10000000,B00010000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B10000000,B00110000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B00100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B01000000,B01100000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00100000,B01000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00110000,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00011001,B10000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,
- B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00001110,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000,B00000000
- };
-
- const unsigned char * const custom_bootscreen_animation[] PROGMEM = {
- custom_start_bmp1, custom_start_bmp2, custom_start_bmp3, custom_start_bmp4, custom_start_bmp
- };
-
-#endif
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1c0faf12ab..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2104 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT 0
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-//#define SERIAL_PORT_2 -1
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_TRIGORILLA_14
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "Anycubic i3"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // (mm) Distance to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 1
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // ANYCUBIC I3 240C and 8 cycles
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 17.80
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 0.84
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 64.84
-
- // Ultimaker
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 22.2
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 1.08
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 114
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 10.00
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi .023
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 305.4
-
- // Anycubic I3 with Ultrabase. 100C and 8 cycles
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 218.59
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 43.04
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 277.56
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 420
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING true // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 80, 80, 400, 96.2 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 500, 500, 6, 25 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1500, 1500, 50, 8000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 2000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 5.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 2.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 2.0 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 75 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 5 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER -2 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER true // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR true
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 210
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 210
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS -10
-#define Y_MIN_POS -11
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 250
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- //#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 200
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 65
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 95
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 255 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 WESTERN
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-#define NUM_SERVOS 1 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 707c2da496..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/AnyCubic/i3/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2259 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- #define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN 7 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN TRIGORILLA_FAN2_PIN
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for
- * 'M106 P T2' : Use the set secondary speed
- * 'M106 P T1' : Restore the previous fan speed
- */
-//#define EXTRA_FAN_SPEED
-
-/**
- * Firmware-based and LCD-controlled retract
- *
- * Add G10 / G11 commands for automatic firmware-based retract / recover.
- * Use M207 and M208 to define parameters for retract / recover.
- *
- * Use M209 to enable or disable auto-retract.
- * With auto-retract enabled, all G1 E moves within the set range
- * will be converted to firmware-based retract/recover moves.
- *
- * Be sure to turn off auto-retract during filament change.
- *
- * Note that M207 / M208 / M209 settings are saved to EEPROM.
- *
- */
-//#define FWRETRACT
-#if ENABLED(FWRETRACT)
- #define FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT // costs ~500 bytes of PROGMEM
- #if ENABLED(FWRETRACT_AUTORETRACT)
- #define MIN_AUTORETRACT 0.1 // When auto-retract is on, convert E moves of this length and over
- #define MAX_AUTORETRACT 10.0 // Upper limit for auto-retract conversion
- #endif
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH 3 // Default retract length (positive mm)
- #define RETRACT_LENGTH_SWAP 13 // Default swap retract length (positive mm), for extruder change
- #define RETRACT_FEEDRATE 45 // Default feedrate for retracting (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_ZRAISE 0 // Default retract Z-raise (mm)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH 0 // Default additional recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_LENGTH_SWAP 0 // Default additional swap recover length (mm, added to retract length when recovering from extruder change)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from retraction (mm/s)
- #define RETRACT_RECOVER_FEEDRATE_SWAP 8 // Default feedrate for recovering from swap retraction (mm/s)
- #if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- //#define RETRACT_SYNC_MIXING // Retract and restore all mixing steppers simultaneously
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Universal tool change settings.
- * Applies to all types of extruders except where explicitly noted.
- */
-#if EXTRUDERS > 1
- // Z raise distance for tool-change, as needed for some extruders
- #define TOOLCHANGE_ZRAISE 2 // (mm)
-
- // Retract and prime filament on tool-change
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_FILAMENT_SWAP)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_LENGTH 12 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_EXTRA_PRIME 2 // (mm)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_RETRACT_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_FIL_SWAP_PRIME_SPEED 3600 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Position to park head during tool change.
- * Doesn't apply to SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD, DUAL_X_CARRIAGE, or PARKING_EXTRUDER
- */
- //#define TOOLCHANGE_PARK
- #if ENABLED(TOOLCHANGE_PARK)
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY { X_MIN_POS + 10, Y_MIN_POS + 10 }
- #define TOOLCHANGE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 6000 // (mm/m)
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Advanced Pause
- * Experimental feature for filament change support and for parking the nozzle when paused.
- * Adds the GCode M600 for initiating filament change.
- * If PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE enabled, adds the GCode M125 to pause printing and park the nozzle.
- *
- * Requires an LCD display.
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE.
- * This feature is required for the default FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT.
- */
-//#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE
-#if ENABLED(ADVANCED_PAUSE_FEATURE)
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_FEEDRATE 60 // (mm/s) Initial retract feedrate.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_RETRACT_LENGTH 2 // (mm) Initial retract.
- // This short retract is done immediately, before parking the nozzle.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_FEEDRATE 10 // (mm/s) Unload filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_UNLOAD_LENGTH 100 // (mm) The length of filament for a complete unload.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- // Set to 0 for manual unloading.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Slow move when starting load.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_SLOW_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Slow length, to allow time to insert material.
- // 0 to disable start loading and skip to fast load only
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_FEEDRATE 6 // (mm/s) Load filament feedrate. This can be pretty fast.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_ACCEL 25 // (mm/s^2) Lower acceleration may allow a faster feedrate.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_FAST_LOAD_LENGTH 0 // (mm) Load length of filament, from extruder gear to nozzle.
- // For Bowden, the full length of the tube and nozzle.
- // For direct drive, the full length of the nozzle.
- //#define ADVANCED_PAUSE_CONTINUOUS_PURGE // Purge continuously up to the purge length until interrupted.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_FEEDRATE 3 // (mm/s) Extrude feedrate (after loading). Should be slower than load feedrate.
- #define ADVANCED_PAUSE_PURGE_LENGTH 50 // (mm) Length to extrude after loading.
- // Set to 0 for manual extrusion.
- // Filament can be extruded repeatedly from the Filament Change menu
- // until extrusion is consistent, and to purge old filament.
-
- // Filament Unload does a Retract, Delay, and Purge first:
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_RETRACT_LENGTH 13 // (mm) Unload initial retract length.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_DELAY 5000 // (ms) Delay for the filament to cool after retract.
- #define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_PURGE_LENGTH 8 // (mm) An unretract is done, then this length is purged.
-
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NOZZLE_TIMEOUT 45 // (seconds) Time limit before the nozzle is turned off for safety.
- #define FILAMENT_CHANGE_ALERT_BEEPS 10 // Number of alert beeps to play when a response is needed.
- #define PAUSE_PARK_NO_STEPPER_TIMEOUT // Enable for XYZ steppers to stay powered on during filament change.
-
- //#define PARK_HEAD_ON_PAUSE // Park the nozzle during pause and filament change.
- //#define HOME_BEFORE_FILAMENT_CHANGE // Ensure homing has been completed prior to parking for filament change
-
- //#define FILAMENT_LOAD_UNLOAD_GCODES // Add M701/M702 Load/Unload G-codes, plus Load/Unload in the LCD Prepare menu.
- //#define FILAMENT_UNLOAD_ALL_EXTRUDERS // Allow M702 to unload all extruders above a minimum target temp (as set by M302)
-#endif
-
-// @section tmc
-
-/**
- * TMC26X Stepper Driver options
- *
- * The TMC26XStepper library is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/trinamic/TMC26XStepper
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(TMC26X)
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(TMC26X)
- #define X_MAX_CURRENT 1000 // (mA)
- #define X_SENSE_RESISTOR 91 // (mOhms)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // Number of microsteps
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(TMC26X)
- #define X2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define X2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(TMC26X)
- #define Y_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(TMC26X)
- #define Y2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Y2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(TMC26X)
- #define Z_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(TMC26X)
- #define Z2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(TMC26X)
- #define Z3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define Z3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(TMC26X)
- #define E0_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E0_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(TMC26X)
- #define E1_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E1_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(TMC26X)
- #define E2_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E2_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(TMC26X)
- #define E3_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E3_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(TMC26X)
- #define E4_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E4_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(TMC26X)
- #define E5_MAX_CURRENT 1000
- #define E5_SENSE_RESISTOR 91
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #endif
-
-#endif // TMC26X
-
-// @section tmc_smart
-
-/**
- * To use TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, TMC5160 stepper drivers in SPI mode
- * connect your SPI pins to the hardware SPI interface on your board and define
- * the required CS pins in your `pins_MYBOARD.h` file. (e.g., RAMPS 1.4 uses AUX3
- * pins `X_CS_PIN 53`, `Y_CS_PIN 49`, etc.).
- * You may also use software SPI if you wish to use general purpose IO pins.
- *
- * To use TMC2208 stepper UART-configurable stepper drivers connect #_SERIAL_TX_PIN
- * to the driver side PDN_UART pin with a 1K resistor.
- * To use the reading capabilities, also connect #_SERIAL_RX_PIN to PDN_UART without
- * a resistor.
- * The drivers can also be used with hardware serial.
- *
- * TMCStepper library is required to use TMC stepper drivers.
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMCStepper
- */
-#if HAS_TRINAMIC
-
- #define HOLD_MULTIPLIER 0.5 // Scales down the holding current from run current
- #define INTERPOLATE true // Interpolate X/Y/Z_MICROSTEPS to 256
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X)
- #define X_CURRENT 800 // (mA) RMS current. Multiply by 1.414 for peak current.
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 16 // 0..256
- #define X_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(X2)
- #define X2_CURRENT 800
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define X2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y)
- #define Y_CURRENT 800
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Y2)
- #define Y2_CURRENT 800
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Y2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z)
- #define Z_CURRENT 800
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z2)
- #define Z2_CURRENT 800
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(Z3)
- #define Z3_CURRENT 800
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define Z3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E0)
- #define E0_CURRENT 800
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E0_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E1)
- #define E1_CURRENT 800
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E1_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E2)
- #define E2_CURRENT 800
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E2_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E3)
- #define E3_CURRENT 800
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E3_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E4)
- #define E4_CURRENT 800
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E4_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_IS_TMC(E5)
- #define E5_CURRENT 800
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 16
- #define E5_RSENSE 0.11
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Override default SPI pins for TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160 drivers here.
- * The default pins can be found in your board's pins file.
- */
- //#define X_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z_CS_PIN -1
- //#define X2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Y2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define Z3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E0_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E1_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E2_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E3_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E4_CS_PIN -1
- //#define E5_CS_PIN -1
-
- /**
- * Use software SPI for TMC2130.
- * Software option for SPI driven drivers (TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130 and TMC5160).
- * The default SW SPI pins are defined the respective pins files,
- * but you can override or define them here.
- */
- //#define TMC_USE_SW_SPI
- //#define TMC_SW_MOSI -1
- //#define TMC_SW_MISO -1
- //#define TMC_SW_SCK -1
-
- /**
- * Software enable
- *
- * Use for drivers that do not use a dedicated enable pin, but rather handle the same
- * function through a communication line such as SPI or UART.
- */
- //#define SOFTWARE_DRIVER_ENABLE
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * Use Trinamic's ultra quiet stepping mode.
- * When disabled, Marlin will use spreadCycle stepping mode.
- */
- #define STEALTHCHOP_XY
- #define STEALTHCHOP_Z
- #define STEALTHCHOP_E
-
- /**
- * Optimize spreadCycle chopper parameters by using predefined parameter sets
- * or with the help of an example included in the library.
- * Provided parameter sets are
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_19V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_24V
- * CHOPPER_DEFAULT_36V
- * CHOPPER_PRUSAMK3_24V // Imported parameters from the official Prusa firmware for MK3 (24V)
- * CHOPPER_MARLIN_119 // Old defaults from Marlin v1.1.9
- *
- * Define you own with
- * { , , hysteresis_start[1..8] }
- */
- #define CHOPPER_TIMING CHOPPER_DEFAULT_12V
-
- /**
- * Monitor Trinamic drivers for error conditions,
- * like overtemperature and short to ground. TMC2208 requires hardware serial.
- * In the case of overtemperature Marlin can decrease the driver current until error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - Set or get motor current in milliamps using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * M911 - Report stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition.
- * M912 - Clear stepper driver overtemperature pre-warn condition flag.
- * M122 - Report driver parameters (Requires TMC_DEBUG)
- */
- //#define MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define CURRENT_STEP_DOWN 50 // [mA]
- #define REPORT_CURRENT_CHANGE
- #define STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2208, TMC5130 and TMC5160 only
- * The driver will switch to spreadCycle when stepper speed is over HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * This mode allows for faster movements at the expense of higher noise levels.
- * STEALTHCHOP_(XY|Z|E) must be enabled to use HYBRID_THRESHOLD.
- * M913 X/Y/Z/E to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define HYBRID_THRESHOLD
-
- #define X_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100 // [mm/s]
- #define X2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Y2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 100
- #define Z_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define Z3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 3
- #define E0_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E1_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E2_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E3_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E4_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
- #define E5_HYBRID_THRESHOLD 30
-
- /**
- * TMC2130, TMC2160, TMC2660, TMC5130, and TMC5160 only
- * Use StallGuard2 to sense an obstacle and trigger an endstop.
- * Connect the stepper driver's DIAG1 pin to the X/Y endstop pin.
- * X, Y, and Z homing will always be done in spreadCycle mode.
- *
- * X/Y/Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY is used for tuning the trigger sensitivity.
- * Higher values make the system LESS sensitive.
- * Lower value make the system MORE sensitive.
- * Too low values can lead to false positives, while too high values will collide the axis without triggering.
- * It is advised to set X/Y/Z_HOME_BUMP_MM to 0.
- * M914 X/Y/Z to live tune the setting
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_HOMING // TMC2130 only
-
- /**
- * Use StallGuard2 to probe the bed with the nozzle.
- *
- * CAUTION: This could cause damage to machines that use a lead screw or threaded rod
- * to move the Z axis. Take extreme care when attempting to enable this feature.
- */
- //#define SENSORLESS_PROBING // TMC2130 only
-
- #if ENABLED(SENSORLESS_HOMING) || ENABLED(SENSORLESS_PROBING)
- #define X_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #define Y_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- //#define Z_STALL_SENSITIVITY 8
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Enable M122 debugging command for TMC stepper drivers.
- * M122 S0/1 will enable continous reporting.
- */
- //#define TMC_DEBUG
-
- /**
- * You can set your own advanced settings by filling in predefined functions.
- * A list of available functions can be found on the library github page
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2130Stepper
- * https://github.com/teemuatlut/TMC2208Stepper
- *
- * Example:
- * #define TMC_ADV() { \
- * stepperX.diag0_temp_prewarn(1); \
- * stepperY.interpolate(0); \
- * }
- */
- #define TMC_ADV() { }
-
-#endif // HAS_TRINAMIC
-
-// @section L6470
-
-/**
- * L6470 Stepper Driver options
- *
- * Arduino-L6470 library (0.7.0 or higher) is required for this stepper driver.
- * https://github.com/ameyer/Arduino-L6470
- *
- * Requires the following to be defined in your pins_YOUR_BOARD file
- * L6470_CHAIN_SCK_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MISO_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_MOSI_PIN
- * L6470_CHAIN_SS_PIN
- * L6470_RESET_CHAIN_PIN (optional)
- */
-#if HAS_DRIVER(L6470)
-
- //#define L6470_CHITCHAT // Display additional status info
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X(L6470)
- #define X_MICROSTEPS 128 // Number of microsteps (VALID: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 128)
- #define X_OVERCURRENT 2000 // (mA) Current where the driver detects an over current (VALID: 375 x (1 - 16) - 6A max - rounds down)
- #define X_STALLCURRENT 1500 // (mA) Current where the driver detects a stall (VALID: 31.25 * (1-128) - 4A max - rounds down)
- #define X_MAX_VOLTAGE 127 // 0-255, Maximum effective voltage seen by stepper
- #define X_CHAIN_POS 0 // Position in SPI chain, 0=Not in chain, 1=Nearest MOSI
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_X2(L6470)
- #define X2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define X2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define X2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define X2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define X2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y(L6470)
- #define Y_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Y2(L6470)
- #define Y2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Y2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Y2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Y2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Y2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z(L6470)
- #define Z_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z2(L6470)
- #define Z2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_Z3(L6470)
- #define Z3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define Z3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define Z3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define Z3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define Z3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E0(L6470)
- #define E0_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E0_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E0_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E0_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E0_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E1(L6470)
- #define E1_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E1_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E1_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E1_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E1_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E2(L6470)
- #define E2_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E2_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E2_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E2_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E2_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E3(L6470)
- #define E3_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E3_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E3_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E3_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E3_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E4(L6470)
- #define E4_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E4_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E4_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E4_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E4_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- #if AXIS_DRIVER_TYPE_E5(L6470)
- #define E5_MICROSTEPS 128
- #define E5_OVERCURRENT 2000
- #define E5_STALLCURRENT 1500
- #define E5_MAX_VOLTAGE 127
- #define E5_CHAIN_POS 0
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Monitor L6470 drivers for error conditions like over temperature and over current.
- * In the case of over temperature Marlin can decrease the drive until the error condition clears.
- * Other detected conditions can be used to stop the current print.
- * Relevant g-codes:
- * M906 - I1/2/3/4/5 Set or get motor drive level using axis codes X, Y, Z, E. Report values if no axis codes given.
- * I not present or I0 or I1 - X, Y, Z or E0
- * I2 - X2, Y2, Z2 or E1
- * I3 - Z3 or E3
- * I4 - E4
- * I5 - E5
- * M916 - Increase drive level until get thermal warning
- * M917 - Find minimum current thresholds
- * M918 - Increase speed until max or error
- * M122 S0/1 - Report driver parameters
- */
- //#define MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS
-
- #if ENABLED(MONITOR_L6470_DRIVER_STATUS)
- #define KVAL_HOLD_STEP_DOWN 1
- //#define L6470_STOP_ON_ERROR
- #endif
-
-#endif // L6470
-
-/**
- * TWI/I2C BUS
- *
- * This feature is an EXPERIMENTAL feature so it shall not be used on production
- * machines. Enabling this will allow you to send and receive I2C data from slave
- * devices on the bus.
- *
- * ; Example #1
- * ; This macro send the string "Marlin" to the slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * ; It uses multiple M260 commands with one B arg
- * M260 A99 ; Target slave address
- * M260 B77 ; M
- * M260 B97 ; a
- * M260 B114 ; r
- * M260 B108 ; l
- * M260 B105 ; i
- * M260 B110 ; n
- * M260 S1 ; Send the current buffer
- *
- * ; Example #2
- * ; Request 6 bytes from slave device with address 0x63 (99)
- * M261 A99 B5
- *
- * ; Example #3
- * ; Example serial output of a M261 request
- * echo:i2c-reply: from:99 bytes:5 data:hello
- */
-
-// @section i2cbus
-
-//#define EXPERIMENTAL_I2CBUS
-#define I2C_SLAVE_ADDRESS 0 // Set a value from 8 to 127 to act as a slave
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Photo G-code
- * Add the M240 G-code to take a photo.
- * The photo can be triggered by a digital pin or a physical movement.
- */
-//#define PHOTO_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(PHOTO_GCODE)
- // A position to move to (and raise Z) before taking the photo
- //#define PHOTO_POSITION { X_MAX_POS - 5, Y_MAX_POS, 0 } // { xpos, ypos, zraise } (M240 X Y Z)
- //#define PHOTO_DELAY_MS 100 // (ms) Duration to pause before moving back (M240 P)
- //#define PHOTO_RETRACT_MM 6.5 // (mm) E retract/recover for the photo move (M240 R S)
-
- // Canon RC-1 or homebrew digital camera trigger
- // Data from: http://www.doc-diy.net/photo/rc-1_hacked/
- //#define PHOTOGRAPH_PIN 23
-
- // Canon Hack Development Kit
- // http://captain-slow.dk/2014/03/09/3d-printing-timelapses/
- //#define CHDK_PIN 4
-
- // Optional second move with delay to trigger the camera shutter
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_POSITION { X_MAX_POS, Y_MAX_POS } // { xpos, ypos } (M240 I J)
-
- // Duration to hold the switch or keep CHDK_PIN high
- //#define PHOTO_SWITCH_MS 50 // (ms) (M240 D)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Spindle & Laser control
- *
- * Add the M3, M4, and M5 commands to turn the spindle/laser on and off, and
- * to set spindle speed, spindle direction, and laser power.
- *
- * SuperPid is a router/spindle speed controller used in the CNC milling community.
- * Marlin can be used to turn the spindle on and off. It can also be used to set
- * the spindle speed from 5,000 to 30,000 RPM.
- *
- * You'll need to select a pin for the ON/OFF function and optionally choose a 0-5V
- * hardware PWM pin for the speed control and a pin for the rotation direction.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/laser_spindle.html for more config details.
- */
-//#define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE)
-
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_ENABLE_INVERT false // set to "true" if the on/off function is reversed
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM true // set to true if your controller supports setting the speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_PWM_INVERT true // set to "true" if the speed/power goes up when you want it to go slower
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERUP_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle/laser to come up to speed/power
- #define SPINDLE_LASER_POWERDOWN_DELAY 5000 // delay in milliseconds to allow the spindle to stop
- #define SPINDLE_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if your spindle controller supports changing spindle direction
- #define SPINDLE_INVERT_DIR false
- #define SPINDLE_STOP_ON_DIR_CHANGE true // set to true if Marlin should stop the spindle before changing rotation direction
-
- /**
- * The M3 & M4 commands use the following equation to convert PWM duty cycle to speed/power
- *
- * SPEED/POWER = PWM duty cycle * SPEED_POWER_SLOPE + SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT
- * where PWM duty cycle varies from 0 to 255
- *
- * set the following for your controller (ALL MUST BE SET)
- */
-
- #define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 118.4
- #define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- #define SPEED_POWER_MIN 5000
- #define SPEED_POWER_MAX 30000 // SuperPID router controller 0 - 30,000 RPM
-
- //#define SPEED_POWER_SLOPE 0.3922
- //#define SPEED_POWER_INTERCEPT 0
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MIN 10
- //#define SPEED_POWER_MAX 100 // 0-100%
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Width Sensor
- *
- * Measures the filament width in real-time and adjusts
- * flow rate to compensate for any irregularities.
- *
- * Also allows the measured filament diameter to set the
- * extrusion rate, so the slicer only has to specify the
- * volume.
- *
- * Only a single extruder is supported at this time.
- *
- * 34 RAMPS_14 : Analog input 5 on the AUX2 connector
- * 81 PRINTRBOARD : Analog input 2 on the Exp1 connector (version B,C,D,E)
- * 301 RAMBO : Analog input 3
- *
- * Note: May require analog pins to be defined for other boards.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR
-
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_WIDTH_SENSOR)
- #define FILAMENT_SENSOR_EXTRUDER_NUM 0 // Index of the extruder that has the filament sensor. :[0,1,2,3,4]
- #define MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM 14 // (cm) The distance from the filament sensor to the melting chamber
-
- #define FILWIDTH_ERROR_MARGIN 1.0 // (mm) If a measurement differs too much from nominal width ignore it
- #define MAX_MEASUREMENT_DELAY 20 // (bytes) Buffer size for stored measurements (1 byte per cm). Must be larger than MEASUREMENT_DELAY_CM.
-
- #define DEFAULT_MEASURED_FILAMENT_DIA DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA // Set measured to nominal initially
-
- // Display filament width on the LCD status line. Status messages will expire after 5 seconds.
- //#define FILAMENT_LCD_DISPLAY
-#endif
-
-/**
- * CNC Coordinate Systems
- *
- * Enables G53 and G54-G59.3 commands to select coordinate systems
- * and G92.1 to reset the workspace to native machine space.
- */
-//#define CNC_COORDINATE_SYSTEMS
-
-/**
- * Auto-report temperatures with M155 S
- */
-#define AUTO_REPORT_TEMPERATURES
-
-/**
- * Include capabilities in M115 output
- */
-#define EXTENDED_CAPABILITIES_REPORT
-
-/**
- * Disable all Volumetric extrusion options
- */
-//#define NO_VOLUMETRICS
-
-#if DISABLED(NO_VOLUMETRICS)
- /**
- * Volumetric extrusion default state
- * Activate to make volumetric extrusion the default method,
- * with DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA as the default diameter.
- *
- * M200 D0 to disable, M200 Dn to set a new diameter.
- */
- //#define VOLUMETRIC_DEFAULT_ON
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Enable this option for a leaner build of Marlin that removes all
- * workspace offsets, simplifying coordinate transformations, leveling, etc.
- *
- * - M206 and M428 are disabled.
- * - G92 will revert to its behavior from Marlin 1.0.
- */
-//#define NO_WORKSPACE_OFFSETS
-
-/**
- * Set the number of proportional font spaces required to fill up a typical character space.
- * This can help to better align the output of commands like `G29 O` Mesh Output.
- *
- * For clients that use a fixed-width font (like OctoPrint), leave this set to 1.0.
- * Otherwise, adjust according to your client and font.
- */
-#define PROPORTIONAL_FONT_RATIO 1.0
-
-/**
- * Spend 28 bytes of SRAM to optimize the GCode parser
- */
-#define FASTER_GCODE_PARSER
-
-/**
- * CNC G-code options
- * Support CNC-style G-code dialects used by laser cutters, drawing machine cams, etc.
- * Note that G0 feedrates should be used with care for 3D printing (if used at all).
- * High feedrates may cause ringing and harm print quality.
- */
-//#define PAREN_COMMENTS // Support for parentheses-delimited comments
-//#define GCODE_MOTION_MODES // Remember the motion mode (G0 G1 G2 G3 G5 G38.X) and apply for X Y Z E F, etc.
-
-// Enable and set a (default) feedrate for all G0 moves
-//#define G0_FEEDRATE 3000 // (mm/m)
-#ifdef G0_FEEDRATE
- //#define VARIABLE_G0_FEEDRATE // The G0 feedrate is set by F in G0 motion mode
-#endif
-
-/**
- * G-code Macros
- *
- * Add G-codes M810-M819 to define and run G-code macros.
- * Macros are not saved to EEPROM.
- */
-//#define GCODE_MACROS
-#if ENABLED(GCODE_MACROS)
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOTS 5 // Up to 10 may be used
- #define GCODE_MACROS_SLOT_SIZE 50 // Maximum length of a single macro
-#endif
-
-/**
- * User-defined menu items that execute custom GCode
- */
-//#define CUSTOM_USER_MENUS
-#if ENABLED(CUSTOM_USER_MENUS)
- //#define CUSTOM_USER_MENU_TITLE "Custom Commands"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_DONE "M117 User Script Done"
- #define USER_SCRIPT_AUDIBLE_FEEDBACK
- //#define USER_SCRIPT_RETURN // Return to status screen after a script
-
- #define USER_DESC_1 "Home & UBL Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_1 "G28\nG29 W"
-
- #define USER_DESC_2 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_1_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_2 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_3 "Preheat for " PREHEAT_2_LABEL
- #define USER_GCODE_3 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nM104 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND)
-
- #define USER_DESC_4 "Heat Bed/Home/Level"
- #define USER_GCODE_4 "M140 S" STRINGIFY(PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED) "\nG28\nG29"
-
- #define USER_DESC_5 "Home & Info"
- #define USER_GCODE_5 "G28\nM503"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Host Action Commands
- *
- * Define host streamer action commands in compliance with the standard.
- *
- * See https://reprap.org/wiki/G-code#Action_commands
- * Common commands ........ poweroff, pause, paused, resume, resumed, cancel
- * G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER .. probe_rewipe, probe_failed
- *
- * Some features add reason codes to extend these commands.
- *
- * Host Prompt Support enables Marlin to use the host for user prompts so
- * filament runout and other processes can be managed from the host side.
- */
-//#define HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS
-#if ENABLED(HOST_ACTION_COMMANDS)
- //#define HOST_PROMPT_SUPPORT
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//====================== I2C Position Encoder Settings ======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * I2C position encoders for closed loop control.
- * Developed by Chris Barr at Aus3D.
- *
- * Wiki: http://wiki.aus3d.com.au/Magnetic_Encoder
- * Github: https://github.com/Aus3D/MagneticEncoder
- *
- * Supplier: http://aus3d.com.au/magnetic-encoder-module
- * Alternative Supplier: http://reliabuild3d.com/
- *
- * Reliabuild encoders have been modified to improve reliability.
- */
-
-//#define I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-#if ENABLED(I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS)
-
- #define I2CPE_ENCODER_CNT 1 // The number of encoders installed; max of 5
- // encoders supported currently.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_X // I2C address of the encoder. 30-200.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_AXIS X_AXIS // Axis the encoder module is installed on. _AXIS.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR // Type of encoder: I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR -or-
- // I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_ROTARY.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_UNIT 2048 // 1024 for magnetic strips with 2mm poles; 2048 for
- // 1mm poles. For linear encoders this is ticks / mm,
- // for rotary encoders this is ticks / revolution.
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_TICKS_REV (16 * 200) // Only needed for rotary encoders; number of stepper
- // steps per full revolution (motor steps/rev * microstepping)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_1_INVERT // Invert the direction of axis travel.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP // Type of error error correction.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_1_EC_THRESH 0.10 // Threshold size for error (in mm) above which the
- // printer will attempt to correct the error; errors
- // smaller than this are ignored to minimize effects of
- // measurement noise / latency (filter).
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Y // Same as above, but for encoder 2.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_AXIS Y_AXIS
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- //#define I2CPE_ENC_2_INVERT
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_MICROSTEP
- #define I2CPE_ENC_2_EC_THRESH 0.10
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_Z // Encoder 3. Add additional configuration options
- #define I2CPE_ENC_3_AXIS Z_AXIS // as above, or use defaults below.
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_ADDR I2CPE_PRESET_ADDR_E // Encoder 4.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_4_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_ADDR 34 // Encoder 5.
- #define I2CPE_ENC_5_AXIS E_AXIS
-
- // Default settings for encoders which are enabled, but without settings configured above.
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TYPE I2CPE_ENC_TYPE_LINEAR
- #define I2CPE_DEF_ENC_TICKS_UNIT 2048
- #define I2CPE_DEF_TICKS_REV (16 * 200)
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_METHOD I2CPE_ECM_NONE
- #define I2CPE_DEF_EC_THRESH 0.1
-
- //#define I2CPE_ERR_THRESH_ABORT 100.0 // Threshold size for error (in mm) error on any given
- // axis after which the printer will abort. Comment out to
- // disable abort behaviour.
-
- #define I2CPE_TIME_TRUSTED 10000 // After an encoder fault, there must be no further fault
- // for this amount of time (in ms) before the encoder
- // is trusted again.
-
- /**
- * Position is checked every time a new command is executed from the buffer but during long moves,
- * this setting determines the minimum update time between checks. A value of 100 works well with
- * error rolling average when attempting to correct only for skips and not for vibration.
- */
- #define I2CPE_MIN_UPD_TIME_MS 4 // (ms) Minimum time between encoder checks.
-
- // Use a rolling average to identify persistant errors that indicate skips, as opposed to vibration and noise.
- #define I2CPE_ERR_ROLLING_AVERAGE
-
-#endif // I2C_POSITION_ENCODERS
-
-/**
- * MAX7219 Debug Matrix
- *
- * Add support for a low-cost 8x8 LED Matrix based on the Max7219 chip as a realtime status display.
- * Requires 3 signal wires. Some useful debug options are included to demonstrate its usage.
- */
-//#define MAX7219_DEBUG
-#if ENABLED(MAX7219_DEBUG)
- #define MAX7219_CLK_PIN 64
- #define MAX7219_DIN_PIN 57
- #define MAX7219_LOAD_PIN 44
-
- //#define MAX7219_GCODE // Add the M7219 G-code to control the LED matrix
- #define MAX7219_INIT_TEST 2 // Do a test pattern at initialization (Set to 2 for spiral)
- #define MAX7219_NUMBER_UNITS 1 // Number of Max7219 units in chain.
- #define MAX7219_ROTATE 0 // Rotate the display clockwise (in multiples of +/- 90°)
- // connector at: right=0 bottom=-90 top=90 left=180
- //#define MAX7219_REVERSE_ORDER // The individual LED matrix units may be in reversed order
-
- /**
- * Sample debug features
- * If you add more debug displays, be careful to avoid conflicts!
- */
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PRINTER_ALIVE // Blink corner LED of 8x8 matrix to show that the firmware is functioning
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_HEAD 3 // Show the planner queue head position on this and the next LED matrix row
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_TAIL 5 // Show the planner queue tail position on this and the next LED matrix row
-
- #define MAX7219_DEBUG_PLANNER_QUEUE 0 // Show the current planner queue depth on this and the next LED matrix row
- // If you experience stuttering, reboots, etc. this option can reveal how
- // tweaks made to the configuration are affecting the printer in real-time.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * NanoDLP Sync support
- *
- * Add support for Synchronized Z moves when using with NanoDLP. G0/G1 axis moves will output "Z_move_comp"
- * string to enable synchronization with DLP projector exposure. This change will allow to use
- * [[WaitForDoneMessage]] instead of populating your gcode with M400 commands
- */
-//#define NANODLP_Z_SYNC
-#if ENABLED(NANODLP_Z_SYNC)
- //#define NANODLP_ALL_AXIS // Enables "Z_move_comp" output on any axis move.
- // Default behaviour is limited to Z axis only.
-#endif
-
-/**
- * WiFi Support (Espressif ESP32 WiFi)
- */
-//#define WIFISUPPORT
-#if ENABLED(WIFISUPPORT)
- #define WIFI_SSID "Wifi SSID"
- #define WIFI_PWD "Wifi Password"
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- * Enable in Configuration.h
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRUSA_MMU2)
-
- // Serial port used for communication with MMU2.
- // For AVR enable the UART port used for the MMU. (e.g., internalSerial)
- // For 32-bit boards check your HAL for available serial ports. (e.g., Serial2)
- #define INTERNAL_SERIAL_PORT 2
- #define MMU2_SERIAL internalSerial
-
- // Use hardware reset for MMU if a pin is defined for it
- //#define MMU2_RST_PIN 23
-
- // Enable if the MMU2 has 12V stepper motors (MMU2 Firmware 1.0.2 and up)
- //#define MMU2_MODE_12V
-
- // G-code to execute when MMU2 F.I.N.D.A. probe detects filament runout
- #define MMU2_FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // Add an LCD menu for MMU2
- //#define MMU2_MENUS
- #if ENABLED(MMU2_MENUS)
- // Settings for filament load / unload from the LCD menu.
- // This is for Prusa MK3-style extruders. Customize for your hardware.
- #define MMU2_FILAMENTCHANGE_EJECT_FEED 80.0
- #define MMU2_LOAD_TO_NOZZLE_SEQUENCE \
- { 7.2, 562 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 36.0, 1393 }, \
- { 14.4, 871 }, \
- { 50.0, 198 }
-
- #define MMU2_RAMMING_SEQUENCE \
- { 1.0, 1000 }, \
- { 1.0, 1500 }, \
- { 2.0, 2000 }, \
- { 1.5, 3000 }, \
- { 2.5, 4000 }, \
- { -15.0, 5000 }, \
- { -14.0, 1200 }, \
- { -6.0, 600 }, \
- { 10.0, 700 }, \
- { -10.0, 400 }, \
- { -50.0, 2000 }
-
- #endif
-
- //#define MMU2_DEBUG // Write debug info to serial output
-
-#endif // PRUSA_MMU2
-
-/**
- * Advanced Print Counter settings
- */
-#if ENABLED(PRINTCOUNTER)
- #define SERVICE_WARNING_BUZZES 3
- // Activate up to 3 service interval watchdogs
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_1 "Service S"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_1 100 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_2 "Service L"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_2 200 // print hours
- //#define SERVICE_NAME_3 "Service 3"
- //#define SERVICE_INTERVAL_3 1 // print hours
-#endif
-
-// @section develop
-
-/**
- * M43 - display pin status, watch pins for changes, watch endstops & toggle LED, Z servo probe test, toggle pins
- */
-//#define PINS_DEBUGGING
-
-// Enable Marlin dev mode which adds some special commands
-//#define MARLIN_DEV_MODE
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3328fed877..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2095 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration.h
- *
- * Basic settings such as:
- *
- * - Type of electronics
- * - Type of temperature sensor
- * - Printer geometry
- * - Endstop configuration
- * - LCD controller
- * - Extra features
- *
- * Advanced settings can be found in Configuration_adv.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_H_VERSION 020000
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Getting Started =============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Here are some standard links for getting your machine calibrated:
- *
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Calibration
- * http://youtu.be/wAL9d7FgInk
- * http://calculator.josefprusa.cz
- * http://reprap.org/wiki/Triffid_Hunter%27s_Calibration_Guide
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:5573
- * https://sites.google.com/site/repraplogphase/calibration-of-your-reprap
- * http://www.thingiverse.com/thing:298812
- */
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= DELTA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a Delta printer start with one of the configuration files in the
-// config/examples/delta directory and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= SCARA Printer ===============================
-//===========================================================================
-// For a SCARA printer start with the configuration files in
-// config/examples/SCARA and customize for your machine.
-//
-
-// @section info
-
-// User-specified version info of this build to display in [Pronterface, etc] terminal window during
-// startup. Implementation of an idea by Prof Braino to inform user that any changes made to this
-// build by the user have been successfully uploaded into firmware.
-#define STRING_CONFIG_H_AUTHOR "(none, default config)" // Who made the changes.
-#define SHOW_BOOTSCREEN
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE1 SHORT_BUILD_VERSION // will be shown during bootup in line 1
-#define STRING_SPLASH_LINE2 WEBSITE_URL // will be shown during bootup in line 2
-
-/**
- * *** VENDORS PLEASE READ ***
- *
- * Marlin allows you to add a custom boot image for Graphical LCDs.
- * With this option Marlin will first show your custom screen followed
- * by the standard Marlin logo with version number and web URL.
- *
- * We encourage you to take advantage of this new feature and we also
- * respectfully request that you retain the unmodified Marlin boot screen.
- */
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Bootscreen.h on startup.
-//#define SHOW_CUSTOM_BOOTSCREEN
-
-// Enable to show the bitmap in Marlin/_Statusscreen.h on the status screen.
-//#define CUSTOM_STATUS_SCREEN_IMAGE
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select the serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Note: The first serial port (-1 or 0) will always be used by the Arduino bootloader.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-#define SERIAL_PORT -1
-
-/**
- * Select a secondary serial port on the board to use for communication with the host.
- * This allows the connection of wireless adapters (for instance) to non-default port pins.
- * Serial port -1 is the USB emulated serial port, if available.
- *
- * :[-1, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7]
- */
-// #define SERIAL_PORT_2 3
-
-/**
- * This setting determines the communication speed of the printer.
- *
- * 250000 works in most cases, but you might try a lower speed if
- * you commonly experience drop-outs during host printing.
- * You may try up to 1000000 to speed up SD file transfer.
- *
- * :[2400, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200, 250000, 500000, 1000000]
- */
-#define BAUDRATE 250000
-
-// Enable the Bluetooth serial interface on AT90USB devices
-//#define BLUETOOTH
-
-// The following define selects which electronics board you have.
-// Please choose the name from boards.h that matches your setup
-#ifndef MOTHERBOARD
- #define MOTHERBOARD BOARD_ARMED
-#endif
-
-// Optional custom name for your RepStrap or other custom machine
-// Displayed in the LCD "Ready" message
-//#define CUSTOM_MACHINE_NAME "3D Printer"
-
-// Define this to set a unique identifier for this printer, (Used by some programs to differentiate between machines)
-// You can use an online service to generate a random UUID. (eg http://www.uuidgenerator.net/version4)
-//#define MACHINE_UUID "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// This defines the number of extruders
-// :[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
-#define EXTRUDERS 1
-
-// Generally expected filament diameter (1.75, 2.85, 3.0, ...). Used for Volumetric, Filament Width Sensor, etc.
-#define DEFAULT_NOMINAL_FILAMENT_DIA 1.75
-
-// For Cyclops or any "multi-extruder" that shares a single nozzle.
-//#define SINGLENOZZLE
-
-/**
- * Průša MK2 Single Nozzle Multi-Material Multiplexer, and variants.
- *
- * This device allows one stepper driver on a control board to drive
- * two to eight stepper motors, one at a time, in a manner suitable
- * for extruders.
- *
- * This option only allows the multiplexer to switch on tool-change.
- * Additional options to configure custom E moves are pending.
- */
-//#define MK2_MULTIPLEXER
-#if ENABLED(MK2_MULTIPLEXER)
- // Override the default DIO selector pins here, if needed.
- // Some pins files may provide defaults for these pins.
- //#define E_MUX0_PIN 40 // Always Required
- //#define E_MUX1_PIN 42 // Needed for 3 to 8 inputs
- //#define E_MUX2_PIN 44 // Needed for 5 to 8 inputs
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Prusa Multi-Material Unit v2
- *
- * Requires NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE to park print head in case MMU unit fails.
- * Requires EXTRUDERS = 5
- *
- * For additional configuration see Configuration_adv.h
- */
-//#define PRUSA_MMU2
-
-// A dual extruder that uses a single stepper motor
-//#define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_EXTRUDER)
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_NR 0
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1[, E2, E3]
- #if EXTRUDERS > 3
- #define SWITCHING_EXTRUDER_E23_SERVO_NR 1
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// A dual-nozzle that uses a servomotor to raise/lower one (or both) of the nozzles
-//#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_NOZZLE)
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_NR 0
- //#define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_E1_SERVO_NR 1 // If two servos are used, the index of the second
- #define SWITCHING_NOZZLE_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 90 } // Angles for E0, E1 (single servo) or lowered/raised (dual servo)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a solenoid docking mechanism. Requires SOL1_PIN and SOL2_PIN.
- */
-//#define PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-/**
- * Two separate X-carriages with extruders that connect to a moving part
- * via a magnetic docking mechanism using movements and no solenoid
- *
- * project : https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:3080893
- * movements : https://youtu.be/0xCEiG9VS3k
- * https://youtu.be/Bqbcs0CU2FE
- */
-//#define MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER
-
-#if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER) || ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_PARKING_X { -78, 184 } // X positions for parking the extruders
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_GRAB_DISTANCE 1 // mm to move beyond the parking point to grab the extruder
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #if ENABLED(PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_INVERT // If enabled, the solenoid is NOT magnetized with applied voltage
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_PINS_ACTIVE LOW // LOW or HIGH pin signal energizes the coil
- #define PARKING_EXTRUDER_SOLENOIDS_DELAY 250 // (ms) Delay for magnetic field. No delay if 0 or not defined.
- //#define MANUAL_SOLENOID_CONTROL // Manual control of docking solenoids with M380 S / M381
-
- #elif ENABLED(MAGNETIC_PARKING_EXTRUDER)
-
- #define MPE_FAST_SPEED 9000 // (mm/m) Speed for travel before last distance point
- #define MPE_SLOW_SPEED 4500 // (mm/m) Speed for last distance travel to park and couple
- #define MPE_TRAVEL_DISTANCE 10 // (mm) Last distance point
- #define MPE_COMPENSATION 0 // Offset Compensation -1 , 0 , 1 (multiplier) only for coupling
-
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Switching Toolhead
- *
- * Support for swappable and dockable toolheads, such as
- * the E3D Tool Changer. Toolheads are locked with a servo.
- */
-//#define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD
-#if ENABLED(SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD)
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_NR 2 // Index of the servo connector
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_SERVO_ANGLES { 0, 180 } // (degrees) Angles for Lock, Unlock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_POS 235 // (mm) Y position of the toolhead dock
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_SECURITY 10 // (mm) Security distance Y axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_Y_CLEAR 60 // (mm) Minimum distance from dock for unobstructed X axis
- #define SWITCHING_TOOLHEAD_X_POS { 215, 0 } // (mm) X positions for parking the extruders
-#endif
-
-/**
- * "Mixing Extruder"
- * - Adds G-codes M163 and M164 to set and "commit" the current mix factors.
- * - Extends the stepping routines to move multiple steppers in proportion to the mix.
- * - Optional support for Repetier Firmware's 'M164 S' supporting virtual tools.
- * - This implementation supports up to two mixing extruders.
- * - Enable DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 for M165 and mixing in G1 (from Pia Taubert's reference implementation).
- */
-//#define MIXING_EXTRUDER
-#if ENABLED(MIXING_EXTRUDER)
- #define MIXING_STEPPERS 2 // Number of steppers in your mixing extruder
- #define MIXING_VIRTUAL_TOOLS 16 // Use the Virtual Tool method with M163 and M164
- //#define DIRECT_MIXING_IN_G1 // Allow ABCDHI mix factors in G1 movement commands
- //#define GRADIENT_MIX // Support for gradient mixing with M166 and LCD
- #if ENABLED(GRADIENT_MIX)
- //#define GRADIENT_VTOOL // Add M166 T to use a V-tool index as a Gradient alias
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// Offset of the extruders (uncomment if using more than one and relying on firmware to position when changing).
-// The offset has to be X=0, Y=0 for the extruder 0 hotend (default extruder).
-// For the other hotends it is their distance from the extruder 0 hotend.
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_X {0.0, 20.00} // (mm) relative X-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Y {0.0, 5.00} // (mm) relative Y-offset for each nozzle
-//#define HOTEND_OFFSET_Z {0.0, 0.00} // (mm) relative Z-offset for each nozzle
-
-// @section machine
-
-/**
- * Select your power supply here. Use 0 if you haven't connected the PS_ON_PIN
- *
- * 0 = No Power Switch
- * 1 = ATX
- * 2 = X-Box 360 203Watts (the blue wire connected to PS_ON and the red wire to VCC)
- *
- * :{ 0:'No power switch', 1:'ATX', 2:'X-Box 360' }
- */
-#define POWER_SUPPLY 0
-
-#if POWER_SUPPLY > 0
- // Enable this option to leave the PSU off at startup.
- // Power to steppers and heaters will need to be turned on with M80.
- //#define PS_DEFAULT_OFF
-
- //#define AUTO_POWER_CONTROL // Enable automatic control of the PS_ON pin
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_POWER_CONTROL)
- #define AUTO_POWER_FANS // Turn on PSU if fans need power
- #define AUTO_POWER_E_FANS
- #define AUTO_POWER_CONTROLLERFAN
- #define POWER_TIMEOUT 30
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * --NORMAL IS 4.7kohm PULLUP!-- 1kohm pullup can be used on hotend sensor, using correct resistor and table
- *
- * Temperature sensors available:
- *
- * -4 : thermocouple with AD8495
- * -3 : thermocouple with MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)
- * -2 : thermocouple with MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)
- * -1 : thermocouple with AD595
- * 0 : not used
- * 1 : 100k thermistor - best choice for EPCOS 100k (4.7k pullup)
- * 2 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (4.7k pullup)
- * 3 : Mendel-parts thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 4 : 10k thermistor !! do not use it for a hotend. It gives bad resolution at high temp. !!
- * 5 : 100K thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2/104NT-4-R025H42G (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (4.7k pullup)
- * 501 : 100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A) Thermistor
- * 6 : 100k EPCOS - Not as accurate as table 1 (created using a fluke thermocouple) (4.7k pullup)
- * 7 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAG-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 71 : 100k Honeywell thermistor 135-104LAF-J01 (4.7k pullup)
- * 8 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup)
- * 9 : 100k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1 (4.7k pullup)
- * 10 : 100k RS thermistor 198-961 (4.7k pullup)
- * 11 : 100k beta 3950 1% thermistor (4.7k pullup)
- * 12 : 100k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (4.7k pullup) (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)
- * 13 : 100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend "Simple ONE " & "Hotend "All In ONE"
- * 15 : 100k thermistor calibration for JGAurora A5 hotend
- * 20 : the PT100 circuit found in the Ultimainboard V2.x
- * 60 : 100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950
- * 61 : 100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup
- * 66 : 4.7M High Temperature thermistor from Dyze Design
- * 70 : the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2
- * 75 : 100k Generic Silicon Heat Pad with NTC 100K MGB18-104F39050L32 thermistor
- *
- * 1k ohm pullup tables - This is atypical, and requires changing out the 4.7k pullup for 1k.
- * (but gives greater accuracy and more stable PID)
- * 51 : 100k thermistor - EPCOS (1k pullup)
- * 52 : 200k thermistor - ATC Semitec 204GT-2 (1k pullup)
- * 55 : 100k thermistor - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head) (1k pullup)
- *
- * 1047 : Pt1000 with 4k7 pullup
- * 1010 : Pt1000 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- * 147 : Pt100 with 4k7 pullup
- * 110 : Pt100 with 1k pullup (non standard)
- *
- * Use these for Testing or Development purposes. NEVER for production machine.
- * 998 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 25°C or the temperature defined below.
- * 999 : Dummy Table that ALWAYS reads 100°C or the temperature defined below.
- *
- * :{ '0': "Not used", '1':"100k / 4.7k - EPCOS", '2':"200k / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '3':"Mendel-parts / 4.7k", '4':"10k !! do not use for a hotend. Bad resolution at high temp. !!", '5':"100K / 4.7k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '501':"100K Zonestar (Tronxy X3A)", '6':"100k / 4.7k EPCOS - Not as accurate as Table 1", '7':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAG-J01", '8':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT", '9':"100k / 4.7k GE Sensing AL03006-58.2K-97-G1", '10':"100k / 4.7k RS 198-961", '11':"100k / 4.7k beta 3950 1%", '12':"100k / 4.7k 0603 SMD Vishay NTCS0603E3104FXT (calibrated for Makibox hot bed)", '13':"100k Hisens 3950 1% up to 300°C for hotend 'Simple ONE ' & hotend 'All In ONE'", '20':"PT100 (Ultimainboard V2.x)", '51':"100k / 1k - EPCOS", '52':"200k / 1k - ATC Semitec 204GT-2", '55':"100k / 1k - ATC Semitec 104GT-2 (Used in ParCan & J-Head)", '60':"100k Maker's Tool Works Kapton Bed Thermistor beta=3950", '61':"100k Formbot / Vivedino 3950 350C thermistor 4.7k pullup", '66':"Dyze Design 4.7M High Temperature thermistor", '70':"the 100K thermistor found in the bq Hephestos 2", '71':"100k / 4.7k Honeywell 135-104LAF-J01", '147':"Pt100 / 4.7k", '1047':"Pt1000 / 4.7k", '110':"Pt100 / 1k (non-standard)", '1010':"Pt1000 / 1k (non standard)", '-4':"Thermocouple + AD8495", '-3':"Thermocouple + MAX31855 (only for sensor 0)", '-2':"Thermocouple + MAX6675 (only for sensor 0)", '-1':"Thermocouple + AD595",'998':"Dummy 1", '999':"Dummy 2" }
- */
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_0 5
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_1 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_2 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_3 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_4 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_5 0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 13
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_CHAMBER 0
-
-// Dummy thermistor constant temperature readings, for use with 998 and 999
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_998_VALUE 25
-#define DUMMY_THERMISTOR_999_VALUE 100
-
-// Use temp sensor 1 as a redundant sensor with sensor 0. If the readings
-// from the two sensors differ too much the print will be aborted.
-//#define TEMP_SENSOR_1_AS_REDUNDANT
-#define MAX_REDUNDANT_TEMP_SENSOR_DIFF 10
-
-// Extruder temperature must be close to target for this long before M109 returns success
-#define TEMP_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// Bed temperature must be close to target for this long before M190 returns success
-#define TEMP_BED_RESIDENCY_TIME 10 // (seconds)
-#define TEMP_BED_HYSTERESIS 3 // (degC) range of +/- temperatures considered "close" to the target one
-#define TEMP_BED_WINDOW 1 // (degC) Window around target to start the residency timer x degC early.
-
-// The minimal temperature defines the temperature below which the heater will not be enabled It is used
-// to check that the wiring to the thermistor is not broken.
-// Otherwise this would lead to the heater being powered on all the time.
-#define HEATER_0_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_1_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_2_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_3_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_4_MINTEMP 5
-#define HEATER_5_MINTEMP 5
-#define BED_MINTEMP 5
-
-// When temperature exceeds max temp, your heater will be switched off.
-// This feature exists to protect your hotend from overheating accidentally, but *NOT* from thermistor short/failure!
-// You should use MINTEMP for thermistor short/failure protection.
-#define HEATER_0_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_1_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_2_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_3_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_4_MAXTEMP 275
-#define HEATER_5_MAXTEMP 275
-#define BED_MAXTEMP 150
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID Settings ================================
-//===========================================================================
-// PID Tuning Guide here: http://reprap.org/wiki/PID_Tuning
-
-// Comment the following line to disable PID and enable bang-bang.
-#define PIDTEMP
-#define BANG_MAX 255 // Limits current to nozzle while in bang-bang mode; 255=full current
-#define PID_MAX BANG_MAX // Limits current to nozzle while PID is active (see PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE below); 255=full current
-#define PID_K1 0.95 // Smoothing factor within any PID loop
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define PID_EDIT_MENU // Add PID editing to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~700 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_AUTOTUNE_MENU // Add PID auto-tuning to the "Advanced Settings" menu. (~250 bytes of PROGMEM)
- //#define PID_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
- //#define PID_OPENLOOP 1 // Puts PID in open loop. M104/M140 sets the output power from 0 to PID_MAX
- //#define SLOW_PWM_HEATERS // PWM with very low frequency (roughly 0.125Hz=8s) and minimum state time of approximately 1s useful for heaters driven by a relay
- //#define PID_PARAMS_PER_HOTEND // Uses separate PID parameters for each extruder (useful for mismatched extruders)
- // Set/get with gcode: M301 E[extruder number, 0-2]
- #define PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE 10 // If the temperature difference between the target temperature and the actual temperature
- // is more than PID_FUNCTIONAL_RANGE then the PID will be shut off and the heater will be set to min/max.
-
- // If you are using a pre-configured hotend then you can use one of the value sets by uncommenting it
-
- // Armed
- #define DEFAULT_Kp 23.41
- #define DEFAULT_Ki 2.57
- #define DEFAULT_Kd 53.37
-
- // MakerGear
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 7.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 0.1
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 12
-
- // Mendel Parts V9 on 12V
- //#define DEFAULT_Kp 63.0
- //#define DEFAULT_Ki 2.25
- //#define DEFAULT_Kd 440
-
-#endif // PIDTEMP
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= PID > Bed Temperature Control ===============
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * PID Bed Heating
- *
- * If this option is enabled set PID constants below.
- * If this option is disabled, bang-bang will be used and BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING will enable hysteresis.
- *
- * The PID frequency will be the same as the extruder PWM.
- * If PID_dT is the default, and correct for the hardware/configuration, that means 7.689Hz,
- * which is fine for driving a square wave into a resistive load and does not significantly
- * impact FET heating. This also works fine on a Fotek SSR-10DA Solid State Relay into a 250W
- * heater. If your configuration is significantly different than this and you don't understand
- * the issues involved, don't use bed PID until someone else verifies that your hardware works.
- */
-//#define PIDTEMPBED
-
-//#define BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING
-
-/**
- * Max Bed Power
- * Applies to all forms of bed control (PID, bang-bang, and bang-bang with hysteresis).
- * When set to any value below 255, enables a form of PWM to the bed that acts like a divider
- * so don't use it unless you are OK with PWM on your bed. (See the comment on enabling PIDTEMPBED)
- */
-#define MAX_BED_POWER 255 // limits duty cycle to bed; 255=full current
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
-
- //#define PID_BED_DEBUG // Sends debug data to the serial port.
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from FOPDT model - kp=.39 Tp=405 Tdead=66, Tc set to 79.2, aggressive factor of .15 (vs .1, 1, 10)
- #define DEFAULT_bedKp 144.87
- #define DEFAULT_bedKi 27.00
- #define DEFAULT_bedKd 194.30
-
-
- //120V 250W silicone heater into 4mm borosilicate (MendelMax 1.5+)
- //from pidautotune
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKp 97.1
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKi 1.41
- //#define DEFAULT_bedKd 1675.16
-
- // FIND YOUR OWN: "M303 E-1 C8 S90" to run autotune on the bed at 90 degreesC for 8 cycles.
-#endif // PIDTEMPBED
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Prevent extrusion if the temperature is below EXTRUDE_MINTEMP.
- * Add M302 to set the minimum extrusion temperature and/or turn
- * cold extrusion prevention on and off.
- *
- * *** IT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED TO LEAVE THIS OPTION ENABLED! ***
- */
-#define PREVENT_COLD_EXTRUSION
-#define EXTRUDE_MINTEMP 170
-
-/**
- * Prevent a single extrusion longer than EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH.
- * Note: For Bowden Extruders make this large enough to allow load/unload.
- */
-#define PREVENT_LENGTHY_EXTRUDE
-#define EXTRUDE_MAXLENGTH 200
-
-//===========================================================================
-//======================== Thermal Runaway Protection =======================
-//===========================================================================
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * If you get "Thermal Runaway" or "Heating failed" errors the
- * details can be tuned in Configuration_adv.h
- */
-
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS // Enable thermal protection for all extruders
-#define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED // Enable thermal protection for the heated bed
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Mechanical Settings =========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Uncomment one of these options to enable CoreXY, CoreXZ, or CoreYZ kinematics
-// either in the usual order or reversed
-//#define COREXY
-//#define COREXZ
-//#define COREYZ
-//#define COREYX
-//#define COREZX
-//#define COREZY
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================== Endstop Settings ===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Specify here all the endstop connectors that are connected to any endstop or probe.
-// Almost all printers will be using one per axis. Probes will use one or more of the
-// extra connectors. Leave undefined any used for non-endstop and non-probe purposes.
-#define USE_XMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_YMIN_PLUG
-#define USE_ZMIN_PLUG
-//#define USE_XMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_YMAX_PLUG
-//#define USE_ZMAX_PLUG
-
-// Enable pullup for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-#define ENDSTOPPULLUPS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLUPS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLUPS to set pullups individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLUP_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Enable pulldown for all endstops to prevent a floating state
-//#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS
-#if DISABLED(ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS)
- // Disable ENDSTOPPULLDOWNS to set pulldowns individually
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMAX
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_XMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_YMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN
- //#define ENDSTOPPULLDOWN_ZMIN_PROBE
-#endif
-
-// Mechanical endstop with COM to ground and NC to Signal uses "false" here (most common setup).
-#define X_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define X_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Y_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MAX_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the endstop.
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the probe.
-
-/**
- * Stepper Drivers
- *
- * These settings allow Marlin to tune stepper driver timing and enable advanced options for
- * stepper drivers that support them. You may also override timing options in Configuration_adv.h.
- *
- * A4988 is assumed for unspecified drivers.
- *
- * Options: A4988, A5984, DRV8825, LV8729, L6470, TB6560, TB6600, TMC2100,
- * TMC2130, TMC2130_STANDALONE, TMC2208, TMC2208_STANDALONE,
- * TMC26X, TMC26X_STANDALONE, TMC2660, TMC2660_STANDALONE,
- * TMC2160, TMC2160_STANDALONE, TMC5130, TMC5130_STANDALONE,
- * TMC5160, TMC5160_STANDALONE
- * :['A4988', 'A5984', 'DRV8825', 'LV8729', 'L6470', 'TB6560', 'TB6600', 'TMC2100', 'TMC2130', 'TMC2130_STANDALONE', 'TMC2160', 'TMC2160_STANDALONE', 'TMC2208', 'TMC2208_STANDALONE', 'TMC26X', 'TMC26X_STANDALONE', 'TMC2660', 'TMC2660_STANDALONE', 'TMC5130', 'TMC5130_STANDALONE', 'TMC5160', 'TMC5160_STANDALONE']
- */
-//#define X_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define X2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Y2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define Z3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E0_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E1_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E2_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E3_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E4_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-//#define E5_DRIVER_TYPE A4988
-
-// Enable this feature if all enabled endstop pins are interrupt-capable.
-// This will remove the need to poll the interrupt pins, saving many CPU cycles.
-//#define ENDSTOP_INTERRUPTS_FEATURE
-
-/**
- * Endstop Noise Threshold
- *
- * Enable if your probe or endstops falsely trigger due to noise.
- *
- * - Higher values may affect repeatability or accuracy of some bed probes.
- * - To fix noise install a 100nF ceramic capacitor inline with the switch.
- * - This feature is not required for common micro-switches mounted on PCBs
- * based on the Makerbot design, which already have the 100nF capacitor.
- *
- * :[2,3,4,5,6,7]
- */
-//#define ENDSTOP_NOISE_THRESHOLD 2
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================== Movement Settings ============================
-//=============================================================================
-// @section motion
-
-/**
- * Default Settings
- *
- * These settings can be reset by M502
- *
- * Note that if EEPROM is enabled, saved values will override these.
- */
-
-/**
- * With this option each E stepper can have its own factors for the
- * following movement settings. If fewer factors are given than the
- * total number of extruders, the last value applies to the rest.
- */
-//#define DISTINCT_E_FACTORS
-
-/**
- * Default Axis Steps Per Unit (steps/mm)
- * Override with M92
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_AXIS_STEPS_PER_UNIT { 100, 100, 400, 156.84 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Feed Rate (mm/s)
- * Override with M203
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_FEEDRATE { 300, 300, 20, 120 }
-
-/**
- * Default Max Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * (Maximum start speed for accelerated moves)
- * Override with M201
- * X, Y, Z, E0 [, E1[, E2[, E3[, E4[, E5]]]]]
- */
-#define DEFAULT_MAX_ACCELERATION { 1000, 1000, 1000, 5000 }
-
-/**
- * Default Acceleration (change/s) change = mm/s
- * Override with M204
- *
- * M204 P Acceleration
- * M204 R Retract Acceleration
- * M204 T Travel Acceleration
- */
-#define DEFAULT_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z and E acceleration for printing moves
-#define DEFAULT_RETRACT_ACCELERATION 1000 // E acceleration for retracts
-#define DEFAULT_TRAVEL_ACCELERATION 1000 // X, Y, Z acceleration for travel (non printing) moves
-
-//
-// Use Junction Deviation instead of traditional Jerk Limiting
-//
-//#define JUNCTION_DEVIATION
-#if ENABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define JUNCTION_DEVIATION_MM 0.02 // (mm) Distance from real junction edge
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Default Jerk (mm/s)
- * Override with M205 X Y Z E
- *
- * "Jerk" specifies the minimum speed change that requires acceleration.
- * When changing speed and direction, if the difference is less than the
- * value set here, it may happen instantaneously.
- */
-#if DISABLED(JUNCTION_DEVIATION)
- #define DEFAULT_XJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_YJERK 8.0
- #define DEFAULT_ZJERK 0.4
-#endif
-
-#define DEFAULT_EJERK 1.5 // May be used by Linear Advance
-
-/**
- * S-Curve Acceleration
- *
- * This option eliminates vibration during printing by fitting a Bézier
- * curve to move acceleration, producing much smoother direction changes.
- *
- * See https://github.com/synthetos/TinyG/wiki/Jerk-Controlled-Motion-Explained
- */
-//#define S_CURVE_ACCELERATION
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================= Z Probe Options =============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section probes
-
-//
-// See http://marlinfw.org/docs/configuration/probes.html
-//
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to the Z Min endstop pin.
- */
-#define Z_MIN_PROBE_USES_Z_MIN_ENDSTOP_PIN
-
-/**
- * Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
- *
- * Enable this option for a probe connected to any pin except Z-Min.
- * (By default Marlin assumes the Z-Max endstop pin.)
- * To use a custom Z Probe pin, set Z_MIN_PROBE_PIN below.
- *
- * - The simplest option is to use a free endstop connector.
- * - Use 5V for powered (usually inductive) sensors.
- *
- * - RAMPS 1.3/1.4 boards may use the 5V, GND, and Aux4->D32 pin:
- * - For simple switches connect...
- * - normally-closed switches to GND and D32.
- * - normally-open switches to 5V and D32.
- *
- * WARNING: Setting the wrong pin may have unexpected and potentially
- * disastrous consequences. Use with caution and do your homework.
- *
- */
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_ENDSTOP
-
-/**
- * Probe Type
- *
- * Allen Key Probes, Servo Probes, Z-Sled Probes, FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE, etc.
- * Activate one of these to use Auto Bed Leveling below.
- */
-
-/**
- * The "Manual Probe" provides a means to do "Auto" Bed Leveling without a probe.
- * Use G29 repeatedly, adjusting the Z height at each point with movement commands
- * or (with LCD_BED_LEVELING) the LCD controller.
- */
-//#define PROBE_MANUALLY
-//#define MANUAL_PROBE_START_Z 0.2
-
-/**
- * A Fix-Mounted Probe either doesn't deploy or needs manual deployment.
- * (e.g., an inductive probe or a nozzle-based probe-switch.)
- */
-//#define FIX_MOUNTED_PROBE
-
-/**
- * Z Servo Probe, such as an endstop switch on a rotating arm.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_SERVO_NR 0 // Defaults to SERVO 0 connector.
-//#define Z_SERVO_ANGLES {70,0} // Z Servo Deploy and Stow angles
-
-/**
- * The BLTouch probe uses a Hall effect sensor and emulates a servo.
- */
-//#define BLTOUCH
-#if ENABLED(BLTOUCH)
- //#define BLTOUCH_DELAY 375 // (ms) Enable and increase if needed
-#endif
-
-// A probe that is deployed and stowed with a solenoid pin (SOL1_PIN)
-//#define SOLENOID_PROBE
-
-// A sled-mounted probe like those designed by Charles Bell.
-//#define Z_PROBE_SLED
-//#define SLED_DOCKING_OFFSET 5 // The extra distance the X axis must travel to pickup the sled. 0 should be fine but you can push it further if you'd like.
-
-// A probe deployed by moving the x-axis, such as the Wilson II's rack-and-pinion probe designed by Marty Rice.
-//#define RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE
-#if ENABLED(RACK_AND_PINION_PROBE)
- #define Z_PROBE_DEPLOY_X X_MIN_POS
- #define Z_PROBE_RETRACT_X X_MAX_POS
-#endif
-
-//
-// For Z_PROBE_ALLEN_KEY see the Delta example configurations.
-//
-
-/**
- * Z Probe to nozzle (X,Y) offset, relative to (0, 0).
- * X and Y offsets must be integers.
- *
- * In the following example the X and Y offsets are both positive:
- * #define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- * #define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10
- *
- * +-- BACK ---+
- * | |
- * L | (+) P | R <-- probe (20,20)
- * E | | I
- * F | (-) N (+) | G <-- nozzle (10,10)
- * T | | H
- * | (-) | T
- * | |
- * O-- FRONT --+
- * (0,0)
- */
-#define X_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // X offset: -left +right [of the nozzle]
-#define Y_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 10 // Y offset: -front +behind [the nozzle]
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER 0 // Z offset: -below +above [the nozzle]
-
-// Certain types of probes need to stay away from edges
-#define MIN_PROBE_EDGE 10
-
-// X and Y axis travel speed (mm/m) between probes
-#define XY_PROBE_SPEED 8000
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the first approach when double-probing (MULTIPLE_PROBING == 2)
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z
-
-// Feedrate (mm/m) for the "accurate" probe of each point
-#define Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW (Z_PROBE_SPEED_FAST / 2)
-
-// The number of probes to perform at each point.
-// Set to 2 for a fast/slow probe, using the second probe result.
-// Set to 3 or more for slow probes, averaging the results.
-//#define MULTIPLE_PROBING 2
-
-/**
- * Z probes require clearance when deploying, stowing, and moving between
- * probe points to avoid hitting the bed and other hardware.
- * Servo-mounted probes require extra space for the arm to rotate.
- * Inductive probes need space to keep from triggering early.
- *
- * Use these settings to specify the distance (mm) to raise the probe (or
- * lower the bed). The values set here apply over and above any (negative)
- * probe Z Offset set with Z_PROBE_OFFSET_FROM_EXTRUDER, M851, or the LCD.
- * Only integer values >= 1 are valid here.
- *
- * Example: `M851 Z-5` with a CLEARANCE of 4 => 9mm from bed to nozzle.
- * But: `M851 Z+1` with a CLEARANCE of 2 => 2mm from bed to nozzle.
- */
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_DEPLOY_PROBE 10 // Z Clearance for Deploy/Stow
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_BETWEEN_PROBES 5 // Z Clearance between probe points
-#define Z_CLEARANCE_MULTI_PROBE 5 // Z Clearance between multiple probes
-//#define Z_AFTER_PROBING 5 // Z position after probing is done
-
-#define Z_PROBE_LOW_POINT -2 // Farthest distance below the trigger-point to go before stopping
-
-// For M851 give a range for adjusting the Z probe offset
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MIN -20
-#define Z_PROBE_OFFSET_RANGE_MAX 20
-
-// Enable the M48 repeatability test to test probe accuracy
-//#define Z_MIN_PROBE_REPEATABILITY_TEST
-
-// Before deploy/stow pause for user confirmation
-//#define PAUSE_BEFORE_DEPLOY_STOW
-
-/**
- * Enable one or more of the following if probing seems unreliable.
- * Heaters and/or fans can be disabled during probing to minimize electrical
- * noise. A delay can also be added to allow noise and vibration to settle.
- * These options are most useful for the BLTouch probe, but may also improve
- * readings with inductive probes and piezo sensors.
- */
-//#define PROBING_HEATERS_OFF // Turn heaters off when probing
-#if ENABLED(PROBING_HEATERS_OFF)
- //#define WAIT_FOR_BED_HEATER // Wait for bed to heat back up between probes (to improve accuracy)
-#endif
-//#define PROBING_FANS_OFF // Turn fans off when probing
-//#define PROBING_STEPPERS_OFF // Turn steppers off (unless needed to hold position) when probing
-//#define DELAY_BEFORE_PROBING 200 // (ms) To prevent vibrations from triggering piezo sensors
-
-// For Inverting Stepper Enable Pins (Active Low) use 0, Non Inverting (Active High) use 1
-// :{ 0:'Low', 1:'High' }
-#define X_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Y_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define Z_ENABLE_ON 0
-#define E_ENABLE_ON 0 // For all extruders
-
-// Disables axis stepper immediately when it's not being used.
-// WARNING: When motors turn off there is a chance of losing position accuracy!
-#define DISABLE_X false
-#define DISABLE_Y false
-#define DISABLE_Z false
-
-// Warn on display about possibly reduced accuracy
-//#define DISABLE_REDUCED_ACCURACY_WARNING
-
-// @section extruder
-
-#define DISABLE_E false // For all extruders
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_EXTRUDER // Keep only the active extruder enabled
-
-// @section machine
-
-// Invert the stepper direction. Change (or reverse the motor connector) if an axis goes the wrong way.
-#define INVERT_X_DIR false
-#define INVERT_Y_DIR true
-#define INVERT_Z_DIR false
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// For direct drive extruder v9 set to true, for geared extruder set to false.
-#define INVERT_E0_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E1_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E2_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E3_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E4_DIR false
-#define INVERT_E5_DIR false
-
-// @section homing
-
-//#define NO_MOTION_BEFORE_HOMING // Inhibit movement until all axes have been homed
-
-//#define UNKNOWN_Z_NO_RAISE // Don't raise Z (lower the bed) if Z is "unknown." For beds that fall when Z is powered off.
-
-//#define Z_HOMING_HEIGHT 4 // (mm) Minimal Z height before homing (G28) for Z clearance above the bed, clamps, ...
- // Be sure you have this distance over your Z_MAX_POS in case.
-
-// Direction of endstops when homing; 1=MAX, -1=MIN
-// :[-1,1]
-#define X_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Y_HOME_DIR -1
-#define Z_HOME_DIR -1
-
-// @section machine
-
-// The size of the print bed
-#define X_BED_SIZE 200
-#define Y_BED_SIZE 200
-
-// Travel limits (mm) after homing, corresponding to endstop positions.
-#define X_MIN_POS 0
-#define Y_MIN_POS 0
-#define Z_MIN_POS 0
-#define X_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE
-#define Y_MAX_POS Y_BED_SIZE
-#define Z_MAX_POS 200
-
-/**
- * Software Endstops
- *
- * - Prevent moves outside the set machine bounds.
- * - Individual axes can be disabled, if desired.
- * - X and Y only apply to Cartesian robots.
- * - Use 'M211' to set software endstops on/off or report current state
- */
-
-// Min software endstops constrain movement within minimum coordinate bounds
-#define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-// Max software endstops constrain movement within maximum coordinate bounds
-#define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS
-#if ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_X
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Y
- #define MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOP_Z
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(MIN_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS) || ENABLED(MAX_SOFTWARE_ENDSTOPS)
- //#define SOFT_ENDSTOPS_MENU_ITEM // Enable/Disable software endstops from the LCD
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Filament Runout Sensors
- * Mechanical or opto endstops are used to check for the presence of filament.
- *
- * RAMPS-based boards use SERVO3_PIN for the first runout sensor.
- * For other boards you may need to define FIL_RUNOUT_PIN, FIL_RUNOUT2_PIN, etc.
- * By default the firmware assumes HIGH=FILAMENT PRESENT.
- */
-//#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR
-#if ENABLED(FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SENSOR)
- #define NUM_RUNOUT_SENSORS 1 // Number of sensors, up to one per extruder. Define a FIL_RUNOUT#_PIN for each.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the logic of the sensor.
- #define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLUP // Use internal pullup for filament runout pins.
- //#define FIL_RUNOUT_PULLDOWN // Use internal pulldown for filament runout pins.
-
- // Set one or more commands to execute on filament runout.
- // (After 'M412 H' Marlin will ask the host to handle the process.)
- #define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_SCRIPT "M600"
-
- // After a runout is detected, continue printing this length of filament
- // before executing the runout script. Useful for a sensor at the end of
- // a feed tube. Requires 4 bytes SRAM per sensor, plus 4 bytes overhead.
- //#define FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM 25
-
- #ifdef FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // Enable this option to use an encoder disc that toggles the runout pin
- // as the filament moves. (Be sure to set FILAMENT_RUNOUT_DISTANCE_MM
- // large enough to avoid false positives.)
- //#define FILAMENT_MOTION_SENSOR
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================== Bed Leveling ==============================
-//===========================================================================
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Choose one of the options below to enable G29 Bed Leveling. The parameters
- * and behavior of G29 will change depending on your selection.
- *
- * If using a Probe for Z Homing, enable Z_SAFE_HOMING also!
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
- * Probe 3 arbitrary points on the bed (that aren't collinear)
- * You specify the XY coordinates of all 3 points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a single tilted plane. Best for a flat bed.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
- * Probe several points in a grid.
- * You specify the rectangle and the density of sample points.
- * The result is a mesh, best for large or uneven beds.
- *
- * - AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL (Unified Bed Leveling)
- * A comprehensive bed leveling system combining the features and benefits
- * of other systems. UBL also includes integrated Mesh Generation, Mesh
- * Validation and Mesh Editing systems.
- *
- * - MESH_BED_LEVELING
- * Probe a grid manually
- * The result is a mesh, suitable for large or uneven beds. (See BILINEAR.)
- * For machines without a probe, Mesh Bed Leveling provides a method to perform
- * leveling in steps so you can manually adjust the Z height at each grid-point.
- * With an LCD controller the process is guided step-by-step.
- */
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR
-//#define AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL
-//#define MESH_BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Normally G28 leaves leveling disabled on completion. Enable
- * this option to have G28 restore the prior leveling state.
- */
-//#define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G28
-
-/**
- * Enable detailed logging of G28, G29, M48, etc.
- * Turn on with the command 'M111 S32'.
- * NOTE: Requires a lot of PROGMEM!
- */
-//#define DEBUG_LEVELING_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Gradually reduce leveling correction until a set height is reached,
- // at which point movement will be level to the machine's XY plane.
- // The height can be set with M420 Z
- #define ENABLE_LEVELING_FADE_HEIGHT
-
- // For Cartesian machines, instead of dividing moves on mesh boundaries,
- // split up moves into short segments like a Delta. This follows the
- // contours of the bed more closely than edge-to-edge straight moves.
- #define SEGMENT_LEVELED_MOVES
- #define LEVELED_SEGMENT_LENGTH 5.0 // (mm) Length of all segments (except the last one)
-
- /**
- * Enable the G26 Mesh Validation Pattern tool.
- */
- //#define G26_MESH_VALIDATION
- #if ENABLED(G26_MESH_VALIDATION)
- #define MESH_TEST_NOZZLE_SIZE 0.4 // (mm) Diameter of primary nozzle.
- #define MESH_TEST_LAYER_HEIGHT 0.2 // (mm) Default layer height for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_HOTEND_TEMP 205.0 // (°C) Default nozzle temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #define MESH_TEST_BED_TEMP 60.0 // (°C) Default bed temperature for the G26 Mesh Validation Tool.
- #endif
-
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_LINEAR) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Set the number of grid points per dimension.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- // Set the boundaries for probing (where the probe can reach).
- //#define LEFT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define RIGHT_PROBE_BED_POSITION (X_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
- //#define FRONT_PROBE_BED_POSITION MIN_PROBE_EDGE
- //#define BACK_PROBE_BED_POSITION (Y_BED_SIZE - (MIN_PROBE_EDGE))
-
- // Probe along the Y axis, advancing X after each column
- //#define PROBE_Y_FIRST
-
- #if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_BILINEAR)
-
- // Beyond the probed grid, continue the implied tilt?
- // Default is to maintain the height of the nearest edge.
- //#define EXTRAPOLATE_BEYOND_GRID
-
- //
- // Experimental Subdivision of the grid by Catmull-Rom method.
- // Synthesizes intermediate points to produce a more detailed mesh.
- //
- //#define ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION
- #if ENABLED(ABL_BILINEAR_SUBDIVISION)
- // Number of subdivisions between probe points
- #define BILINEAR_SUBDIVISIONS 3
- #endif
-
- #endif
-
-#elif ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //========================= Unified Bed Leveling ============================
- //===========================================================================
-
- //#define MESH_EDIT_GFX_OVERLAY // Display a graphics overlay while editing the mesh
-
- #define MESH_INSET 1 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 10 // Don't use more than 15 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- #define UBL_MESH_EDIT_MOVES_Z // Sophisticated users prefer no movement of nozzle
- #define UBL_SAVE_ACTIVE_ON_M500 // Save the currently active mesh in the current slot on M500
-
- //#define UBL_Z_RAISE_WHEN_OFF_MESH 2.5 // When the nozzle is off the mesh, this value is used
- // as the Z-Height correction value.
-
-#elif ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING)
-
- //===========================================================================
- //=================================== Mesh ==================================
- //===========================================================================
-
- #define MESH_INSET 10 // Set Mesh bounds as an inset region of the bed
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_X 3 // Don't use more than 7 points per axis, implementation limited.
- #define GRID_MAX_POINTS_Y GRID_MAX_POINTS_X
-
- //#define MESH_G28_REST_ORIGIN // After homing all axes ('G28' or 'G28 XYZ') rest Z at Z_MIN_POS
-
-#endif // BED_LEVELING
-
-/**
- * Points to probe for all 3-point Leveling procedures.
- * Override if the automatically selected points are inadequate.
- */
-#if ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_3POINT) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_1_Y 180
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_X 15
- //#define PROBE_PT_2_Y 20
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_X 170
- //#define PROBE_PT_3_Y 20
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Add a bed leveling sub-menu for ABL or MBL.
- * Include a guided procedure if manual probing is enabled.
- */
-//#define LCD_BED_LEVELING
-
-#if ENABLED(LCD_BED_LEVELING)
- #define MESH_EDIT_Z_STEP 0.025 // (mm) Step size while manually probing Z axis.
- #define LCD_PROBE_Z_RANGE 4 // (mm) Z Range centered on Z_MIN_POS for LCD Z adjustment
- //#define MESH_EDIT_MENU // Add a menu to edit mesh points
-#endif
-
-// Add a menu item to move between bed corners for manual bed adjustment
-//#define LEVEL_BED_CORNERS
-
-#if ENABLED(LEVEL_BED_CORNERS)
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_INSET 30 // (mm) An inset for corner leveling
- #define LEVEL_CORNERS_Z_HOP 4.0 // (mm) Move nozzle up before moving between corners
- //#define LEVEL_CENTER_TOO // Move to the center after the last corner
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Commands to execute at the end of G29 probing.
- * Useful to retract or move the Z probe out of the way.
- */
-//#define Z_PROBE_END_SCRIPT "G1 Z10 F12000\nG1 X15 Y330\nG1 Z0.5\nG1 Z10"
-
-
-// @section homing
-
-// The center of the bed is at (X=0, Y=0)
-//#define BED_CENTER_AT_0_0
-
-// Manually set the home position. Leave these undefined for automatic settings.
-// For DELTA this is the top-center of the Cartesian print volume.
-//#define MANUAL_X_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Y_HOME_POS 0
-//#define MANUAL_Z_HOME_POS 0
-
-// Use "Z Safe Homing" to avoid homing with a Z probe outside the bed area.
-//
-// With this feature enabled:
-//
-// - Allow Z homing only after X and Y homing AND stepper drivers still enabled.
-// - If stepper drivers time out, it will need X and Y homing again before Z homing.
-// - Move the Z probe (or nozzle) to a defined XY point before Z Homing when homing all axes (G28).
-// - Prevent Z homing when the Z probe is outside bed area.
-//
-//#define Z_SAFE_HOMING
-
-#if ENABLED(Z_SAFE_HOMING)
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_X_POINT ((X_BED_SIZE) / 2) // X point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
- #define Z_SAFE_HOMING_Y_POINT ((Y_BED_SIZE) / 2) // Y point for Z homing when homing all axes (G28).
-#endif
-
-// Homing speeds (mm/m)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_XY (50*60)
-#define HOMING_FEEDRATE_Z (4*60)
-
-// Validate that endstops are triggered on homing moves
-#define VALIDATE_HOMING_ENDSTOPS
-
-// @section calibrate
-
-/**
- * Bed Skew Compensation
- *
- * This feature corrects for misalignment in the XYZ axes.
- *
- * Take the following steps to get the bed skew in the XY plane:
- * 1. Print a test square (e.g., https://www.thingiverse.com/thing:2563185)
- * 2. For XY_DIAG_AC measure the diagonal A to C
- * 3. For XY_DIAG_BD measure the diagonal B to D
- * 4. For XY_SIDE_AD measure the edge A to D
- *
- * Marlin automatically computes skew factors from these measurements.
- * Skew factors may also be computed and set manually:
- *
- * - Compute AB : SQRT(2*AC*AC+2*BD*BD-4*AD*AD)/2
- * - XY_SKEW_FACTOR : TAN(PI/2-ACOS((AC*AC-AB*AB-AD*AD)/(2*AB*AD)))
- *
- * If desired, follow the same procedure for XZ and YZ.
- * Use these diagrams for reference:
- *
- * Y Z Z
- * ^ B-------C ^ B-------C ^ B-------C
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | / / | / / | / /
- * | A-------D | A-------D | A-------D
- * +-------------->X +-------------->X +-------------->Y
- * XY_SKEW_FACTOR XZ_SKEW_FACTOR YZ_SKEW_FACTOR
- */
-//#define SKEW_CORRECTION
-
-#if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION)
- // Input all length measurements here:
- #define XY_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XY_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define XY_SIDE_AD 200
-
- // Or, set the default skew factors directly here
- // to override the above measurements:
- #define XY_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
-
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z
- #if ENABLED(SKEW_CORRECTION_FOR_Z)
- #define XZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define XZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_AC 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_DIAG_BD 282.8427124746
- #define YZ_SIDE_AD 200
- #define XZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #define YZ_SKEW_FACTOR 0.0
- #endif
-
- // Enable this option for M852 to set skew at runtime
- //#define SKEW_CORRECTION_GCODE
-#endif
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= Additional Features ===========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// EEPROM
-//
-// The microcontroller can store settings in the EEPROM, e.g. max velocity...
-// M500 - stores parameters in EEPROM
-// M501 - reads parameters from EEPROM (if you need reset them after you changed them temporarily).
-// M502 - reverts to the default "factory settings". You still need to store them in EEPROM afterwards if you want to.
-//
-//#define EEPROM_SETTINGS // Enable for M500 and M501 commands
-//#define DISABLE_M503 // Saves ~2700 bytes of PROGMEM. Disable for release!
-#define EEPROM_CHITCHAT // Give feedback on EEPROM commands. Disable to save PROGMEM.
-
-//
-// Host Keepalive
-//
-// When enabled Marlin will send a busy status message to the host
-// every couple of seconds when it can't accept commands.
-//
-#define HOST_KEEPALIVE_FEATURE // Disable this if your host doesn't like keepalive messages
-#define DEFAULT_KEEPALIVE_INTERVAL 2 // Number of seconds between "busy" messages. Set with M113.
-#define BUSY_WHILE_HEATING // Some hosts require "busy" messages even during heating
-
-//
-// M100 Free Memory Watcher
-//
-//#define M100_FREE_MEMORY_WATCHER // Add M100 (Free Memory Watcher) to debug memory usage
-
-//
-// G20/G21 Inch mode support
-//
-//#define INCH_MODE_SUPPORT
-
-//
-// M149 Set temperature units support
-//
-//#define TEMPERATURE_UNITS_SUPPORT
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Preheat Constants
-#define PREHEAT_1_LABEL "PLA"
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_HOTEND 180
-#define PREHEAT_1_TEMP_BED 70
-#define PREHEAT_1_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-#define PREHEAT_2_LABEL "ABS"
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_HOTEND 240
-#define PREHEAT_2_TEMP_BED 110
-#define PREHEAT_2_FAN_SPEED 0 // Value from 0 to 255
-
-/**
- * Nozzle Park
- *
- * Park the nozzle at the given XYZ position on idle or G27.
- *
- * The "P" parameter controls the action applied to the Z axis:
- *
- * P0 (Default) If Z is below park Z raise the nozzle.
- * P1 Raise the nozzle always to Z-park height.
- * P2 Raise the nozzle by Z-park amount, limited to Z_MAX_POS.
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_PARK_FEATURE)
- // Specify a park position as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_POINT { (X_MIN_POS + 10), (Y_MAX_POS - 10), 20 }
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_XY_FEEDRATE 100 // X and Y axes feedrate in mm/s (also used for delta printers Z axis)
- #define NOZZLE_PARK_Z_FEEDRATE 5 // Z axis feedrate in mm/s (not used for delta printers)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Clean Nozzle Feature -- EXPERIMENTAL
- *
- * Adds the G12 command to perform a nozzle cleaning process.
- *
- * Parameters:
- * P Pattern
- * S Strokes / Repetitions
- * T Triangles (P1 only)
- *
- * Patterns:
- * P0 Straight line (default). This process requires a sponge type material
- * at a fixed bed location. "S" specifies strokes (i.e. back-forth motions)
- * between the start / end points.
- *
- * P1 Zig-zag pattern between (X0, Y0) and (X1, Y1), "T" specifies the
- * number of zig-zag triangles to do. "S" defines the number of strokes.
- * Zig-zags are done in whichever is the narrower dimension.
- * For example, "G12 P1 S1 T3" will execute:
- *
- * --
- * | (X0, Y1) | /\ /\ /\ | (X1, Y1)
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * A | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | | / \ / \ / \ |
- * | (X0, Y0) | / \/ \/ \ | (X1, Y0)
- * -- +--------------------------------+
- * |________|_________|_________|
- * T1 T2 T3
- *
- * P2 Circular pattern with middle at NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE.
- * "R" specifies the radius. "S" specifies the stroke count.
- * Before starting, the nozzle moves to NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT.
- *
- * Caveats: The ending Z should be the same as starting Z.
- * Attention: EXPERIMENTAL. G-code arguments may change.
- *
- */
-//#define NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE
-
-#if ENABLED(NOZZLE_CLEAN_FEATURE)
- // Default number of pattern repetitions
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_STROKES 12
-
- // Default number of triangles
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_TRIANGLES 3
-
- // Specify positions as { X, Y, Z }
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT { 30, 30, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_END_POINT {100, 60, (Z_MIN_POS + 1)}
-
- // Circular pattern radius
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_RADIUS 6.5
- // Circular pattern circle fragments number
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_FN 10
- // Middle point of circle
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_CIRCLE_MIDDLE NOZZLE_CLEAN_START_POINT
-
- // Moves the nozzle to the initial position
- #define NOZZLE_CLEAN_GOBACK
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Print Job Timer
- *
- * Automatically start and stop the print job timer on M104/M109/M190.
- *
- * M104 (hotend, no wait) - high temp = none, low temp = stop timer
- * M109 (hotend, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = stop timer
- * M190 (bed, wait) - high temp = start timer, low temp = none
- *
- * The timer can also be controlled with the following commands:
- *
- * M75 - Start the print job timer
- * M76 - Pause the print job timer
- * M77 - Stop the print job timer
- */
-#define PRINTJOB_TIMER_AUTOSTART
-
-/**
- * Print Counter
- *
- * Track statistical data such as:
- *
- * - Total print jobs
- * - Total successful print jobs
- * - Total failed print jobs
- * - Total time printing
- *
- * View the current statistics with M78.
- */
-//#define PRINTCOUNTER
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================= LCD and SD support ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * LCD LANGUAGE
- *
- * Select the language to display on the LCD. These languages are available:
- *
- * en, an, bg, ca, cz, da, de, el, el-gr, es, eu, fi, fr, gl, hr, it,
- * jp-kana, ko_KR, nl, pl, pt, pt-br, ru, sk, tr, uk, zh_CN, zh_TW, test
- *
- * :{ 'en':'English', 'an':'Aragonese', 'bg':'Bulgarian', 'ca':'Catalan', 'cz':'Czech', 'da':'Danish', 'de':'German', 'el':'Greek', 'el-gr':'Greek (Greece)', 'es':'Spanish', 'eu':'Basque-Euskera', 'fi':'Finnish', 'fr':'French', 'gl':'Galician', 'hr':'Croatian', 'it':'Italian', 'jp-kana':'Japanese', 'ko_KR':'Korean (South Korea)', 'nl':'Dutch', 'pl':'Polish', 'pt':'Portuguese', 'pt-br':'Portuguese (Brazilian)', 'ru':'Russian', 'sk':'Slovak', 'tr':'Turkish', 'uk':'Ukrainian', 'zh_CN':'Chinese (Simplified)', 'zh_TW':'Chinese (Traditional)', 'test':'TEST' }
- */
-#define LCD_LANGUAGE en
-
-/**
- * LCD Character Set
- *
- * Note: This option is NOT applicable to Graphical Displays.
- *
- * All character-based LCDs provide ASCII plus one of these
- * language extensions:
- *
- * - JAPANESE ... the most common
- * - WESTERN ... with more accented characters
- * - CYRILLIC ... for the Russian language
- *
- * To determine the language extension installed on your controller:
- *
- * - Compile and upload with LCD_LANGUAGE set to 'test'
- * - Click the controller to view the LCD menu
- * - The LCD will display Japanese, Western, or Cyrillic text
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/development/lcd_language.html
- *
- * :['JAPANESE', 'WESTERN', 'CYRILLIC']
- */
-#define DISPLAY_CHARSET_HD44780 JAPANESE
-
-/**
- * Info Screen Style (0:Classic, 1:Prusa)
- *
- * :[0:'Classic', 1:'Prusa']
- */
-#define LCD_INFO_SCREEN_STYLE 0
-
-/**
- * SD CARD
- *
- * SD Card support is disabled by default. If your controller has an SD slot,
- * you must uncomment the following option or it won't work.
- *
- */
-//#define SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: SPI SPEED
- *
- * Enable one of the following items for a slower SPI transfer speed.
- * This may be required to resolve "volume init" errors.
- */
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_HALF_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_QUARTER_SPEED
-//#define SPI_SPEED SPI_EIGHTH_SPEED
-
-/**
- * SD CARD: ENABLE CRC
- *
- * Use CRC checks and retries on the SD communication.
- */
-//#define SD_CHECK_AND_RETRY
-
-/**
- * LCD Menu Items
- *
- * Disable all menus and only display the Status Screen, or
- * just remove some extraneous menu items to recover space.
- */
-//#define NO_LCD_MENUS
-//#define SLIM_LCD_MENUS
-
-//
-// ENCODER SETTINGS
-//
-// This option overrides the default number of encoder pulses needed to
-// produce one step. Should be increased for high-resolution encoders.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_PULSES_PER_STEP 4
-
-//
-// Use this option to override the number of step signals required to
-// move between next/prev menu items.
-//
-//#define ENCODER_STEPS_PER_MENU_ITEM 1
-
-/**
- * Encoder Direction Options
- *
- * Test your encoder's behavior first with both options disabled.
- *
- * Reversed Value Edit and Menu Nav? Enable REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Menu Navigation only? Enable REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION.
- * Reversed Value Editing only? Enable BOTH options.
- */
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction everywhere.
-//
-// Set this option if CLOCKWISE causes values to DECREASE
-//
-//#define REVERSE_ENCODER_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// This option reverses the encoder direction for navigating LCD menus.
-//
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves DOWN this makes it go UP.
-// If CLOCKWISE normally moves UP this makes it go DOWN.
-//
-//#define REVERSE_MENU_DIRECTION
-
-//
-// Individual Axis Homing
-//
-// Add individual axis homing items (Home X, Home Y, and Home Z) to the LCD menu.
-//
-//#define INDIVIDUAL_AXIS_HOMING_MENU
-
-//
-// SPEAKER/BUZZER
-//
-// If you have a speaker that can produce tones, enable it here.
-// By default Marlin assumes you have a buzzer with a fixed frequency.
-//
-//#define SPEAKER
-
-//
-// The duration and frequency for the UI feedback sound.
-// Set these to 0 to disable audio feedback in the LCD menus.
-//
-// Note: Test audio output with the G-Code:
-// M300 S P
-//
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_DURATION_MS 2
-//#define LCD_FEEDBACK_FREQUENCY_HZ 5000
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//======================== (Character-based LCDs) =========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount Smart Controller.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Smart_Controller
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a white PCB.
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Original RADDS LCD Display+Encoder+SDCardReader
-// http://doku.radds.org/dokumentation/lcd-display/
-//
-//#define RADDS_DISPLAY
-
-//
-// ULTIMAKER Controller.
-//
-//#define ULTIMAKERCONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ULTIPANEL as seen on Thingiverse.
-//
-//#define ULTIPANEL
-
-//
-// PanelOne from T3P3 (via RAMPS 1.4 AUX2/AUX3)
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/PanelOne
-//
-//#define PANEL_ONE
-
-//
-// GADGETS3D G3D LCD/SD Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RAMPS_1.3/1.4_GADGETS3D_Shield_with_Panel
-//
-// Note: Usually sold with a blue PCB.
-//
-//#define G3D_PANEL
-
-//
-// RigidBot Panel V1.0
-// http://www.inventapart.com/
-//
-//#define RIGIDBOT_PANEL
-
-//
-// Makeboard 3D Printer Parts 3D Printer Mini Display 1602 Mini Controller
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Micromake-Makeboard-3D-Printer-Parts-3D-Printer-Mini-Display-1602-Mini-Controller-Compatible-with-Ramps-1/32765887917.html
-//
-//#define MAKEBOARD_MINI_2_LINE_DISPLAY_1602
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy 20x4 Controller
-//
-//#define ZONESTAR_LCD // Requires ADC_KEYPAD_PIN to be assigned to an analog pin.
- // This LCD is known to be susceptible to electrical interference
- // which scrambles the display. Pressing any button clears it up.
- // This is a LCD2004 display with 5 analog buttons.
-
-//
-// Generic 16x2, 16x4, 20x2, or 20x4 character-based LCD.
-//
-//#define ULTRA_LCD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================== LCD / Controller Selection =========================
-//===================== (I2C and Shift-Register LCDs) =====================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: I2C
-//
-// Note: These controllers require the installation of Arduino's LiquidCrystal_I2C
-// library. For more info: https://github.com/kiyoshigawa/LiquidCrystal_I2C
-//
-
-//
-// Elefu RA Board Control Panel
-// http://www.elefu.com/index.php?route=product/product&product_id=53
-//
-//#define RA_CONTROL_PANEL
-
-//
-// Sainsmart (YwRobot) LCD Displays
-//
-// These require F.Malpartida's LiquidCrystal_I2C library
-// https://bitbucket.org/fmalpartida/new-liquidcrystal/wiki/Home
-//
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_1602
-//#define LCD_SAINSMART_I2C_2004
-
-//
-// Generic LCM1602 LCD adapter
-//
-//#define LCM1602
-
-//
-// PANELOLU2 LCD with status LEDs,
-// separate encoder and click inputs.
-//
-// Note: This controller requires Arduino's LiquidTWI2 library v1.2.3 or later.
-// For more info: https://github.com/lincomatic/LiquidTWI2
-//
-// Note: The PANELOLU2 encoder click input can either be directly connected to
-// a pin (if BTN_ENC defined to != -1) or read through I2C (when BTN_ENC == -1).
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_PANELOLU2
-
-//
-// Panucatt VIKI LCD with status LEDs,
-// integrated click & L/R/U/D buttons, separate encoder inputs.
-//
-//#define LCD_I2C_VIKI
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Shift register panels
-//
-
-//
-// 2-wire Non-latching LCD SR from https://goo.gl/aJJ4sH
-// LCD configuration: http://reprap.org/wiki/SAV_3D_LCD
-//
-//#define SAV_3DLCD
-
-//
-// 3-wire SR LCD with strobe using 74HC4094
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishLCD
-// Uses the code directly from Sailfish
-//
-//#define FF_INTERFACEBOARD
-
-//=============================================================================
-//======================= LCD / Controller Selection =======================
-//========================= (Graphical LCDs) ========================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Graphical 128x64 (DOGM)
-//
-// IMPORTANT: The U8glib library is required for Graphical Display!
-// https://github.com/olikraus/U8glib_Arduino
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapDiscount FULL GRAPHIC Smart Controller
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/RepRapDiscount_Full_Graphic_Smart_Controller
-//
-//#define REPRAP_DISCOUNT_FULL_GRAPHIC_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// ReprapWorld Graphical LCD
-// https://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id/1218
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-//
-// Activate one of these if you have a Panucatt Devices
-// Viki 2.0 or mini Viki with Graphic LCD
-// http://panucatt.com
-//
-//#define VIKI2
-//#define miniVIKI
-
-//
-// MakerLab Mini Panel with graphic
-// controller and SD support - http://reprap.org/wiki/Mini_panel
-//
-//#define MINIPANEL
-
-//
-// MaKr3d Makr-Panel with graphic controller and SD support.
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MaKr3d_MaKrPanel
-//
-//#define MAKRPANEL
-
-//
-// Adafruit ST7565 Full Graphic Controller.
-// https://github.com/eboston/Adafruit-ST7565-Full-Graphic-Controller/
-//
-//#define ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// BQ LCD Smart Controller shipped by
-// default with the BQ Hephestos 2 and Witbox 2.
-//
-//#define BQ_LCD_SMART_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Cartesio UI
-// http://mauk.cc/webshop/cartesio-shop/electronics/user-interface
-//
-//#define CARTESIO_UI
-
-//
-// LCD for Melzi Card with Graphical LCD
-//
-//#define LCD_FOR_MELZI
-
-//
-// SSD1306 OLED full graphics generic display
-//
-//#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
-
-//
-// SAV OLEd LCD module support using either SSD1306 or SH1106 based LCD modules
-//
-//#define SAV_3DGLCD
-#if ENABLED(SAV_3DGLCD)
- //#define U8GLIB_SSD1306
- #define U8GLIB_SH1106
-#endif
-
-//
-// Original Ulticontroller from Ultimaker 2 printer with SSD1309 I2C display and encoder
-// https://github.com/Ultimaker/Ultimaker2/tree/master/1249_Ulticontroller_Board_(x1)
-//
-//#define ULTI_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// TinyBoy2 128x64 OLED / Encoder Panel
-//
-//#define OLED_PANEL_TINYBOY2
-
-//
-// MKS MINI12864 with graphic controller and SD support
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_MINI_12864
-//
-//#define MKS_MINI_12864
-
-//
-// Factory display for Creality CR-10
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/item/Universal-LCD-12864-3D-Printer-Display-Screen-With-Encoder-For-CR-10-CR-7-Model/32833148327.html
-//
-// This is RAMPS-compatible using a single 10-pin connector.
-// (For CR-10 owners who want to replace the Melzi Creality board but retain the display)
-//
-//#define CR10_STOCKDISPLAY
-
-//
-// ANET and Tronxy Graphical Controller
-//
-// Anet 128x64 full graphics lcd with rotary encoder as used on Anet A6
-// A clone of the RepRapDiscount full graphics display but with
-// different pins/wiring (see pins_ANET_10.h).
-//
-//#define ANET_FULL_GRAPHICS_LCD
-
-//
-// MKS OLED 1.3" 128 × 64 FULL GRAPHICS CONTROLLER
-// http://reprap.org/wiki/MKS_12864OLED
-//
-// Tiny, but very sharp OLED display
-//
-//#define MKS_12864OLED // Uses the SH1106 controller (default)
-//#define MKS_12864OLED_SSD1306 // Uses the SSD1306 controller
-
-//
-// AZSMZ 12864 LCD with SD
-// https://www.aliexpress.com/store/product/3D-printer-smart-controller-SMART-RAMPS-OR-RAMPS-1-4-LCD-12864-LCD-control-panel-green/2179173_32213636460.html
-//
-//#define AZSMZ_12864
-
-//
-// Silvergate GLCD controller
-// http://github.com/android444/Silvergate
-//
-//#define SILVER_GATE_GLCD_CONTROLLER
-
-//
-// Extensible UI
-//
-// Enable third-party or vendor customized user interfaces that aren't
-// packaged with Marlin. Source code for the user interface will need to
-// be placed in "src/lcd/extensible_ui/lib"
-//
-//#define EXTENSIBLE_UI
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Graphical TFTs ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// MKS Robin 320x240 color display
-//
-//#define MKS_ROBIN_TFT
-
-//=============================================================================
-//============================ Other Controllers ============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Standalone / Serial
-//
-
-//
-// LCD for Malyan M200 printers.
-//
-//#define MALYAN_LCD
-
-//
-// CONTROLLER TYPE: Keypad / Add-on
-//
-
-//
-// RepRapWorld REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD v1.1
-// http://reprapworld.com/?products_details&products_id=202&cPath=1591_1626
-//
-// REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP sets how much should the robot move when a key
-// is pressed, a value of 10.0 means 10mm per click.
-//
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD
-//#define REPRAPWORLD_KEYPAD_MOVE_STEP 10.0
-
-//=============================================================================
-//=============================== Extra Features ==============================
-//=============================================================================
-
-// @section extras
-
-// Increase the FAN PWM frequency. Removes the PWM noise but increases heating in the FET/Arduino
-//#define FAST_PWM_FAN
-
-// Use software PWM to drive the fan, as for the heaters. This uses a very low frequency
-// which is not as annoying as with the hardware PWM. On the other hand, if this frequency
-// is too low, you should also increment SOFT_PWM_SCALE.
-//#define FAN_SOFT_PWM
-
-// Incrementing this by 1 will double the software PWM frequency,
-// affecting heaters, and the fan if FAN_SOFT_PWM is enabled.
-// However, control resolution will be halved for each increment;
-// at zero value, there are 128 effective control positions.
-#define SOFT_PWM_SCALE 0
-
-// If SOFT_PWM_SCALE is set to a value higher than 0, dithering can
-// be used to mitigate the associated resolution loss. If enabled,
-// some of the PWM cycles are stretched so on average the desired
-// duty cycle is attained.
-//#define SOFT_PWM_DITHER
-
-// Temperature status LEDs that display the hotend and bed temperature.
-// If all hotends, bed temperature, and target temperature are under 54C
-// then the BLUE led is on. Otherwise the RED led is on. (1C hysteresis)
-//#define TEMP_STAT_LEDS
-
-// SkeinForge sends the wrong arc g-codes when using Arc Point as fillet procedure
-//#define SF_ARC_FIX
-
-// Support for the BariCUDA Paste Extruder
-//#define BARICUDA
-
-// Support for BlinkM/CyzRgb
-//#define BLINKM
-
-// Support for PCA9632 PWM LED driver
-//#define PCA9632
-
-// Support for PCA9533 PWM LED driver
-// https://github.com/mikeshub/SailfishRGB_LED
-//#define PCA9533
-
-/**
- * RGB LED / LED Strip Control
- *
- * Enable support for an RGB LED connected to 5V digital pins, or
- * an RGB Strip connected to MOSFETs controlled by digital pins.
- *
- * Adds the M150 command to set the LED (or LED strip) color.
- * If pins are PWM capable (e.g., 4, 5, 6, 11) then a range of
- * luminance values can be set from 0 to 255.
- * For Neopixel LED an overall brightness parameter is also available.
- *
- * *** CAUTION ***
- * LED Strips require a MOSFET Chip between PWM lines and LEDs,
- * as the Arduino cannot handle the current the LEDs will require.
- * Failure to follow this precaution can destroy your Arduino!
- * NOTE: A separate 5V power supply is required! The Neopixel LED needs
- * more current than the Arduino 5V linear regulator can produce.
- * *** CAUTION ***
- *
- * LED Type. Enable only one of the following two options.
- *
- */
-//#define RGB_LED
-//#define RGBW_LED
-
-#if ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED)
- #define RGB_LED_R_PIN 34
- #define RGB_LED_G_PIN 43
- #define RGB_LED_B_PIN 35
- #define RGB_LED_W_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-// Support for Adafruit Neopixel LED driver
-//#define NEOPIXEL_LED
-#if ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define NEOPIXEL_TYPE NEO_GRBW // NEO_GRBW / NEO_GRB - four/three channel driver type (defined in Adafruit_NeoPixel.h)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIN 4 // LED driving pin on motherboard 4 => D4 (EXP2-5 on Printrboard) / 30 => PC7 (EXP3-13 on Rumba)
- #define NEOPIXEL_PIXELS 30 // Number of LEDs in the strip
- #define NEOPIXEL_IS_SEQUENTIAL // Sequential display for temperature change - LED by LED. Disable to change all LEDs at once.
- #define NEOPIXEL_BRIGHTNESS 127 // Initial brightness (0-255)
- //#define NEOPIXEL_STARTUP_TEST // Cycle through colors at startup
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Printer Event LEDs
- *
- * During printing, the LEDs will reflect the printer status:
- *
- * - Gradually change from blue to violet as the heated bed gets to target temp
- * - Gradually change from violet to red as the hotend gets to temperature
- * - Change to white to illuminate work surface
- * - Change to green once print has finished
- * - Turn off after the print has finished and the user has pushed a button
- */
-#if ENABLED(BLINKM) || ENABLED(RGB_LED) || ENABLED(RGBW_LED) || ENABLED(PCA9632) || ENABLED(PCA9533)|| ENABLED(NEOPIXEL_LED)
- #define PRINTER_EVENT_LEDS
-#endif
-
-/**
- * R/C SERVO support
- * Sponsored by TrinityLabs, Reworked by codexmas
- */
-
-/**
- * Number of servos
- *
- * For some servo-related options NUM_SERVOS will be set automatically.
- * Set this manually if there are extra servos needing manual control.
- * Leave undefined or set to 0 to entirely disable the servo subsystem.
- */
-//#define NUM_SERVOS 3 // Servo index starts with 0 for M280 command
-
-// Delay (in milliseconds) before the next move will start, to give the servo time to reach its target angle.
-// 300ms is a good value but you can try less delay.
-// If the servo can't reach the requested position, increase it.
-#define SERVO_DELAY { 300 }
-
-// Only power servos during movement, otherwise leave off to prevent jitter
-//#define DEACTIVATE_SERVOS_AFTER_MOVE
-
-// Allow servo angle to be edited and saved to EEPROM
-//#define EDITABLE_SERVO_ANGLES
diff --git a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h b/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c8f6d97ff7..0000000000
--- a/Marlin/src/config/examples/ArmEd/Configuration_adv.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,2264 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * Marlin 3D Printer Firmware
- * Copyright (C) 2019 MarlinFirmware [https://github.com/MarlinFirmware/Marlin]
- *
- * Based on Sprinter and grbl.
- * Copyright (C) 2011 Camiel Gubbels / Erik van der Zalm
- *
- * This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program. If not, see .
- *
- */
-#pragma once
-
-/**
- * Configuration_adv.h
- *
- * Advanced settings.
- * Only change these if you know exactly what you're doing.
- * Some of these settings can damage your printer if improperly set!
- *
- * Basic settings can be found in Configuration.h
- *
- */
-#define CONFIGURATION_ADV_H_VERSION 020000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Thermal Settings ============================
-//===========================================================================
-
-#define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#define HEATER_0_INVERTING true
-#define HEATER_1_INVERTING true
-
-//
-// Hephestos 2 24V heated bed upgrade kit.
-// https://store.bq.com/en/heated-bed-kit-hephestos2
-//
-//#define HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT
-#if ENABLED(HEPHESTOS2_HEATED_BED_KIT)
- #undef TEMP_SENSOR_BED
- #define TEMP_SENSOR_BED 70
- #define HEATER_BED_INVERTING true
-#endif
-
-#if DISABLED(PIDTEMPBED)
- #define BED_CHECK_INTERVAL 5000 // ms between checks in bang-bang control
- #if ENABLED(BED_LIMIT_SWITCHING)
- #define BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Only disable heating if T>target+BED_HYSTERESIS and enable heating if T>target-BED_HYSTERESIS
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection provides additional protection to your printer from damage
- * and fire. Marlin always includes safe min and max temperature ranges which
- * protect against a broken or disconnected thermistor wire.
- *
- * The issue: If a thermistor falls out, it will report the much lower
- * temperature of the air in the room, and the the firmware will keep
- * the heater on.
- *
- * The solution: Once the temperature reaches the target, start observing.
- * If the temperature stays too far below the target (hysteresis) for too
- * long (period), the firmware will halt the machine as a safety precaution.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Thermal Runaway", increase
- * THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS and/or THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_HOTENDS)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_PERIOD 40 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_HYSTERESIS 4 // Degrees Celsius
-
- //#define ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING // Slow part cooling fan if temperature drops
- #if ENABLED(ADAPTIVE_FAN_SLOWING) && ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- //#define NO_FAN_SLOWING_IN_PID_TUNING // Don't slow fan speed during M303
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Whenever an M104, M109, or M303 increases the target temperature, the
- * firmware will wait for the WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD to expire. If the temperature
- * hasn't increased by WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE degrees, the machine is halted and
- * requires a hard reset. This test restarts with any M104/M109/M303, but only
- * if the current temperature is far enough below the target for a reliable
- * test.
- *
- * If you get false positives for "Heating failed", increase WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD
- * and/or decrease WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE. WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE should not be set
- * below 2.
- */
- #define WATCH_TEMP_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Thermal Protection parameters for the bed are just as above for hotends.
- */
-#if ENABLED(THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED)
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_PERIOD 20 // Seconds
- #define THERMAL_PROTECTION_BED_HYSTERESIS 2 // Degrees Celsius
-
- /**
- * As described above, except for the bed (M140/M190/M303).
- */
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_PERIOD 60 // Seconds
- #define WATCH_BED_TEMP_INCREASE 2 // Degrees Celsius
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(PIDTEMP)
- // this adds an experimental additional term to the heating power, proportional to the extrusion speed.
- // if Kc is chosen well, the additional required power due to increased melting should be compensated.
- //#define PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING
- #if ENABLED(PID_EXTRUSION_SCALING)
- #define DEFAULT_Kc (100) //heating power=Kc*(e_speed)
- #define LPQ_MAX_LEN 50
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic Temperature:
- * The hotend target temperature is calculated by all the buffered lines of gcode.
- * The maximum buffered steps/sec of the extruder motor is called "se".
- * Start autotemp mode with M109 S B F
- * The target temperature is set to mintemp+factor*se[steps/sec] and is limited by
- * mintemp and maxtemp. Turn this off by executing M109 without F*
- * Also, if the temperature is set to a value below mintemp, it will not be changed by autotemp.
- * On an Ultimaker, some initial testing worked with M109 S215 B260 F1 in the start.gcode
- */
-#define AUTOTEMP
-#if ENABLED(AUTOTEMP)
- #define AUTOTEMP_OLDWEIGHT 0.98
-#endif
-
-// Show extra position information in M114
-//#define M114_DETAIL
-
-// Show Temperature ADC value
-// Enable for M105 to include ADC values read from temperature sensors.
-//#define SHOW_TEMP_ADC_VALUES
-
-/**
- * High Temperature Thermistor Support
- *
- * Thermistors able to support high temperature tend to have a hard time getting
- * good readings at room and lower temperatures. This means HEATER_X_RAW_LO_TEMP
- * will probably be caught when the heating element first turns on during the
- * preheating process, which will trigger a min_temp_error as a safety measure
- * and force stop everything.
- * To circumvent this limitation, we allow for a preheat time (during which,
- * min_temp_error won't be triggered) and add a min_temp buffer to handle
- * aberrant readings.
- *
- * If you want to enable this feature for your hotend thermistor(s)
- * uncomment and set values > 0 in the constants below
- */
-
-// The number of consecutive low temperature errors that can occur
-// before a min_temp_error is triggered. (Shouldn't be more than 10.)
-//#define MAX_CONSECUTIVE_LOW_TEMPERATURE_ERROR_ALLOWED 0
-
-// The number of milliseconds a hotend will preheat before starting to check
-// the temperature. This value should NOT be set to the time it takes the
-// hot end to reach the target temperature, but the time it takes to reach
-// the minimum temperature your thermistor can read. The lower the better/safer.
-// This shouldn't need to be more than 30 seconds (30000)
-//#define MILLISECONDS_PREHEAT_TIME 0
-
-// @section extruder
-
-// Extruder runout prevention.
-// If the machine is idle and the temperature over MINTEMP
-// then extrude some filament every couple of SECONDS.
-//#define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT
-#if ENABLED(EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_PREVENT)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_MINTEMP 190
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SECONDS 30
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_SPEED 1500 // (mm/m)
- #define EXTRUDER_RUNOUT_EXTRUDE 5 // (mm)
-#endif
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Calibration for AD595 / AD8495 sensor to adjust temperature measurements.
-// The final temperature is calculated as (measuredTemp * GAIN) + OFFSET.
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD595_GAIN 1.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_OFFSET 0.0
-#define TEMP_SENSOR_AD8495_GAIN 1.0
-
-/**
- * Controller Fan
- * To cool down the stepper drivers and MOSFETs.
- *
- * The fan will turn on automatically whenever any stepper is enabled
- * and turn off after a set period after all steppers are turned off.
- */
-//#define USE_CONTROLLER_FAN
-#if ENABLED(USE_CONTROLLER_FAN)
- //#define CONTROLLER_FAN_PIN -1 // Set a custom pin for the controller fan
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SECS 60 // Duration in seconds for the fan to run after all motors are disabled
- #define CONTROLLERFAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-#endif
-
-// When first starting the main fan, run it at full speed for the
-// given number of milliseconds. This gets the fan spinning reliably
-// before setting a PWM value. (Does not work with software PWM for fan on Sanguinololu)
-//#define FAN_KICKSTART_TIME 100
-
-/**
- * PWM Fan Scaling
- *
- * Define the min/max speeds for PWM fans (as set with M106).
- *
- * With these options the M106 0-255 value range is scaled to a subset
- * to ensure that the fan has enough power to spin, or to run lower
- * current fans with higher current. (e.g., 5V/12V fans with 12V/24V)
- * Value 0 always turns off the fan.
- *
- * Define one or both of these to override the default 0-255 range.
- */
-//#define FAN_MIN_PWM 50
-//#define FAN_MAX_PWM 128
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Extruder cooling fans
- *
- * Extruder auto fans automatically turn on when their extruders'
- * temperatures go above EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE.
- *
- * Your board's pins file specifies the recommended pins. Override those here
- * or set to -1 to disable completely.
- *
- * Multiple extruders can be assigned to the same pin in which case
- * the fan will turn on when any selected extruder is above the threshold.
- */
-#define E0_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E1_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E2_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E3_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E4_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define E5_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define CHAMBER_AUTO_FAN_PIN -1
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_TEMPERATURE 50
-#define EXTRUDER_AUTO_FAN_SPEED 255 // 255 == full speed
-
-/**
- * Part-Cooling Fan Multiplexer
- *
- * This feature allows you to digitally multiplex the fan output.
- * The multiplexer is automatically switched at tool-change.
- * Set FANMUX[012]_PINs below for up to 2, 4, or 8 multiplexed fans.
- */
-#define FANMUX0_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX1_PIN -1
-#define FANMUX2_PIN -1
-
-/**
- * M355 Case Light on-off / brightness
- */
-//#define CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE
-#if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_ENABLE)
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_PIN 4 // Override the default pin if needed
- #define INVERT_CASE_LIGHT false // Set true if Case Light is ON when pin is LOW
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_ON true // Set default power-up state on
- #define CASE_LIGHT_DEFAULT_BRIGHTNESS 105 // Set default power-up brightness (0-255, requires PWM pin)
- //#define MENU_ITEM_CASE_LIGHT // Add a Case Light option to the LCD main menu
- //#define CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL // Use Neopixel LED as case light, requires NEOPIXEL_LED.
- #if ENABLED(CASE_LIGHT_USE_NEOPIXEL)
- #define CASE_LIGHT_NEOPIXEL_COLOR { 255, 255, 255, 255 } // { Red, Green, Blue, White }
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//===========================================================================
-//============================ Mechanical Settings ==========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section homing
-
-// If you want endstops to stay on (by default) even when not homing
-// enable this option. Override at any time with M120, M121.
-//#define ENDSTOPS_ALWAYS_ON_DEFAULT
-
-// @section extras
-
-//#define Z_LATE_ENABLE // Enable Z the last moment. Needed if your Z driver overheats.
-
-// Employ an external closed loop controller. Override pins here if needed.
-//#define EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER
-#if ENABLED(EXTERNAL_CLOSED_LOOP_CONTROLLER)
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_ENABLE_PIN -1
- //#define CLOSED_LOOP_MOVE_COMPLETE_PIN -1
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual Steppers / Dual Endstops
- *
- * This section will allow you to use extra E drivers to drive a second motor for X, Y, or Z axes.
- *
- * For example, set X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS setting to use a second motor. If the motors need to
- * spin in opposite directions set INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR. If the second motor needs its own endstop
- * set X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS. This can adjust for "racking." Use X2_USE_ENDSTOP to set the endstop plug
- * that should be used for the second endstop. Extra endstops will appear in the output of 'M119'.
- *
- * Use X_DUAL_ENDSTOP_ADJUSTMENT to adjust for mechanical imperfection. After homing both motors
- * this offset is applied to the X2 motor. To find the offset home the X axis, and measure the error
- * in X2. Dual endstop offsets can be set at runtime with 'M666 X Y Z'.
- */
-
-//#define X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(X_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_X2_VS_X_DIR true // Set 'true' if X motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define X2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define X_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- #define INVERT_Y2_VS_Y_DIR true // Set 'true' if Y motors should rotate in opposite directions
- //#define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Y2_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Y_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z_DUAL_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-//#define Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS
-#if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_STEPPER_DRIVERS)
- //#define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS
- #if ENABLED(Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS)
- #define Z2_USE_ENDSTOP _XMAX_
- #define Z3_USE_ENDSTOP _YMAX_
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT2 0
- #define Z_TRIPLE_ENDSTOPS_ADJUSTMENT3 0
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Dual X Carriage
- *
- * This setup has two X carriages that can move independently, each with its own hotend.
- * The carriages can be used to print an object with two colors or materials, or in
- * "duplication mode" it can print two identical or X-mirrored objects simultaneously.
- * The inactive carriage is parked automatically to prevent oozing.
- * X1 is the left carriage, X2 the right. They park and home at opposite ends of the X axis.
- * By default the X2 stepper is assigned to the first unused E plug on the board.
- */
-//#define DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-#if ENABLED(DUAL_X_CARRIAGE)
- #define X1_MIN_POS X_MIN_POS // set minimum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X1_MAX_POS X_BED_SIZE // set maximum to ensure first x-carriage doesn't hit the parked second X-carriage
- #define X2_MIN_POS 80 // set minimum to ensure second x-carriage doesn't hit the parked first X-carriage
- #define X2_MAX_POS 353 // set maximum to the distance between toolheads when both heads are homed
- #define X2_HOME_DIR 1 // the second X-carriage always homes to the maximum endstop position
- #define X2_HOME_POS X2_MAX_POS // default home position is the maximum carriage position
- // However: In this mode the HOTEND_OFFSET_X value for the second extruder provides a software
- // override for X2_HOME_POS. This also allow recalibration of the distance between the two endstops
- // without modifying the firmware (through the "M218 T1 X???" command).
- // Remember: you should set the second extruder x-offset to 0 in your slicer.
-
- // There are a few selectable movement modes for dual x-carriages using M605 S
- // Mode 0 (DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE): Full control. The slicer has full control over both x-carriages and can achieve optimal travel results
- // as long as it supports dual x-carriages. (M605 S0)
- // Mode 1 (DXC_AUTO_PARK_MODE) : Auto-park mode. The firmware will automatically park and unpark the x-carriages on tool changes so
- // that additional slicer support is not required. (M605 S1)
- // Mode 2 (DXC_DUPLICATION_MODE) : Duplication mode. The firmware will transparently make the second x-carriage and extruder copy all
- // actions of the first x-carriage. This allows the printer to print 2 arbitrary items at
- // once. (2nd extruder x offset and temp offset are set using: M605 S2 [Xnnn] [Rmmm])
-
- // This is the default power-up mode which can be later using M605.
- #define DEFAULT_DUAL_X_CARRIAGE_MODE DXC_FULL_CONTROL_MODE
-
- // Default x offset in duplication mode (typically set to half print bed width)
- #define DEFAULT_DUPLICATION_X_OFFSET 100
-
-#endif // DUAL_X_CARRIAGE
-
-// Activate a solenoid on the active extruder with M380. Disable all with M381.
-// Define SOL0_PIN, SOL1_PIN, etc., for each extruder that has a solenoid.
-//#define EXT_SOLENOID
-
-// @section homing
-
-// Homing hits each endstop, retracts by these distances, then does a slower bump.
-#define X_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Y_HOME_BUMP_MM 5
-#define Z_HOME_BUMP_MM 2
-#define HOMING_BUMP_DIVISOR { 2, 2, 4 } // Re-Bump Speed Divisor (Divides the Homing Feedrate)
-//#define QUICK_HOME // If homing includes X and Y, do a diagonal move initially
-
-// When G28 is called, this option will make Y home before X
-//#define HOME_Y_BEFORE_X
-
-// Enable this if X or Y can't home without homing the other axis first.
-//#define CODEPENDENT_XY_HOMING
-
-/**
- * Z Steppers Auto-Alignment
- * Add the G34 command to align multiple Z steppers using a bed probe.
- */
-//#define Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN
-#if ENABLED(Z_STEPPER_AUTO_ALIGN)
- // Define probe X and Y positions for Z1, Z2 [, Z3]
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_X { 10, 150, 290 }
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_Y { 290, 10, 290 }
- // Set number of iterations to align
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ITERATIONS 3
- // Enable to restore leveling setup after operation
- #define RESTORE_LEVELING_AFTER_G34
- // Use the amplification factor to de-/increase correction step.
- // In case the stepper (spindle) position is further out than the test point
- // Use a value > 1. NOTE: This may cause instability
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_AMP 1.0
- // Stop criterion. If the accuracy is better than this stop iterating early
- #define Z_STEPPER_ALIGN_ACC 0.02
-#endif
-
-// @section machine
-
-#define AXIS_RELATIVE_MODES {false, false, false, false}
-
-// Allow duplication mode with a basic dual-nozzle extruder
-//#define DUAL_NOZZLE_DUPLICATION_MODE
-
-// By default pololu step drivers require an active high signal. However, some high power drivers require an active low signal as step.
-#define INVERT_X_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Y_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_Z_STEP_PIN false
-#define INVERT_E_STEP_PIN false
-
-// Default stepper release if idle. Set to 0 to deactivate.
-// Steppers will shut down DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME seconds after the last move when DISABLE_INACTIVE_? is true.
-// Time can be set by M18 and M84.
-#define DEFAULT_STEPPER_DEACTIVE_TIME 120
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_X true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Y true
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_Z true // set to false if the nozzle will fall down on your printed part when print has finished.
-#define DISABLE_INACTIVE_E true
-
-#define DEFAULT_MINIMUMFEEDRATE 0.0 // minimum feedrate
-#define DEFAULT_MINTRAVELFEEDRATE 0.0
-
-//#define HOME_AFTER_DEACTIVATE // Require rehoming after steppers are deactivated
-
-// @section lcd
-
-#if ENABLED(ULTIPANEL)
- #define MANUAL_FEEDRATE {50*60, 50*60, 4*60, 60} // Feedrates for manual moves along X, Y, Z, E from panel
- #define MANUAL_E_MOVES_RELATIVE // Show LCD extruder moves as relative rather than absolute positions
- #define ULTIPANEL_FEEDMULTIPLY // Comment to disable setting feedrate multiplier via encoder
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-// minimum time in microseconds that a movement needs to take if the buffer is emptied.
-#define DEFAULT_MINSEGMENTTIME 20000
-
-// If defined the movements slow down when the look ahead buffer is only half full
-#define SLOWDOWN
-
-// Frequency limit
-// See nophead's blog for more info
-// Not working O
-//#define XY_FREQUENCY_LIMIT 15
-
-// Minimum planner junction speed. Sets the default minimum speed the planner plans for at the end
-// of the buffer and all stops. This should not be much greater than zero and should only be changed
-// if unwanted behavior is observed on a user's machine when running at very slow speeds.
-#define MINIMUM_PLANNER_SPEED 0.05 // (mm/s)
-
-//
-// Backlash Compensation
-// Adds extra movement to axes on direction-changes to account for backlash.
-//
-//#define BACKLASH_COMPENSATION
-#if ENABLED(BACKLASH_COMPENSATION)
- // Define values for backlash distance and correction.
- // If BACKLASH_GCODE is enabled these values are the defaults.
- #define BACKLASH_DISTANCE_MM { 0, 0, 0 } // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_CORRECTION 0.0 // 0.0 = no correction; 1.0 = full correction
-
- // Set BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM to spread backlash correction over multiple segments
- // to reduce print artifacts. (Enabling this is costly in memory and computation!)
- //#define BACKLASH_SMOOTHING_MM 3 // (mm)
-
- // Add runtime configuration and tuning of backlash values (M425)
- //#define BACKLASH_GCODE
-
- #if ENABLED(BACKLASH_GCODE)
- // Measure the Z backlash when probing (G29) and set with "M425 Z"
- #define MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING
-
- #if ENABLED(MEASURE_BACKLASH_WHEN_PROBING)
- // When measuring, the probe will move up to BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT
- // mm away from point of contact in BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION
- // increments while checking for the contact to be broken.
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_LIMIT 0.5 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.005 // (mm)
- #define BACKLASH_MEASUREMENT_FEEDRATE Z_PROBE_SPEED_SLOW // (mm/m)
- #endif
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Automatic backlash, position and hotend offset calibration
- *
- * Enable G425 to run automatic calibration using an electrically-
- * conductive cube, bolt, or washer mounted on the bed.
- *
- * G425 uses the probe to touch the top and sides of the calibration object
- * on the bed and measures and/or correct positional offsets, axis backlash
- * and hotend offsets.
- *
- * Note: HOTEND_OFFSET and CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER must be set to within
- * ±5mm of true values for G425 to succeed.
- */
-//#define CALIBRATION_GCODE
-#if ENABLED(CALIBRATION_GCODE)
-
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASUREMENT_RESOLUTION 0.01 // mm
-
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_SLOW 60 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_FAST 1200 // mm/m
- #define CALIBRATION_FEEDRATE_TRAVEL 3000 // mm/m
-
- // The following parameters refer to the conical section of the nozzle tip.
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_TIP_HEIGHT 1.0 // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_NOZZLE_OUTER_DIAMETER 2.0 // mm
-
- // Uncomment to enable reporting (required for "G425 V", but consumes PROGMEM).
- //#define CALIBRATION_REPORTING
-
- // The true location and dimension the cube/bolt/washer on the bed.
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_CENTER { 264.0, -22.0, -2.0} // mm
- #define CALIBRATION_OBJECT_DIMENSIONS { 10.0, 10.0, 10.0} // mm
-
- // Comment out any sides which are unreachable by the probe. For best
- // auto-calibration results, all sides must be reachable.
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_RIGHT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_FRONT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_LEFT
- #define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_BACK
-
- // Probing at the exact top center only works if the center is flat. If
- // probing on a screwhead or hollow washer, probe near the edges.
- //#define CALIBRATION_MEASURE_AT_TOP_EDGES
-
- // Define pin which is read during calibration
- #ifndef CALIBRATION_PIN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN -1 // Override in pins.h or set to -1 to use your Z endstop
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_INVERTING false // set to true to invert the pin
- //#define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLDOWN
- #define CALIBRATION_PIN_PULLUP
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Adaptive Step Smoothing increases the resolution of multi-axis moves, particularly at step frequencies
- * below 1kHz (for AVR) or 10kHz (for ARM), where aliasing between axes in multi-axis moves causes audible
- * vibration and surface artifacts. The algorithm adapts to provide the best possible step smoothing at the
- * lowest stepping frequencies.
- */
-//#define ADAPTIVE_STEP_SMOOTHING
-
-/**
- * Custom Microstepping
- * Override as-needed for your setup. Up to 3 MS pins are supported.
- */
-//#define MICROSTEP1 LOW,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP2 HIGH,LOW,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP4 LOW,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP8 HIGH,HIGH,LOW
-//#define MICROSTEP16 LOW,LOW,HIGH
-//#define MICROSTEP32 HIGH,LOW,HIGH
-
-// Microstep setting (Only functional when stepper driver microstep pins are connected to MCU.
-#define MICROSTEP_MODES { 16, 16, 16, 16, 16, 16 } // [1,2,4,8,16]
-
-/**
- * @section stepper motor current
- *
- * Some boards have a means of setting the stepper motor current via firmware.
- *
- * The power on motor currents are set by:
- * PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by MINIRAMBO & ULTIMAIN_2
- * known compatible chips: A4982
- * DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT - used by BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO & SCOOVO_X9H
- * known compatible chips: AD5206
- * DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT - used by PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- * known compatible chips: MCP4728
- * DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS - used by 5DPRINT, AZTEEG_X3_PRO, AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI, MIGHTYBOARD_REVE
- * known compatible chips: MCP4451, MCP4018
- *
- * Motor currents can also be set by M907 - M910 and by the LCD.
- * M907 - applies to all.
- * M908 - BQ_ZUM_MEGA_3D, RAMBO, PRINTRBOARD_REVF, RIGIDBOARD_V2 & SCOOVO_X9H
- * M909, M910 & LCD - only PRINTRBOARD_REVF & RIGIDBOARD_V2
- */
-//#define PWM_MOTOR_CURRENT { 1300, 1300, 1250 } // Values in milliamps
-//#define DIGIPOT_MOTOR_CURRENT { 135,135,135,135,135 } // Values 0-255 (RAMBO 135 = ~0.75A, 185 = ~1A)
-//#define DAC_MOTOR_CURRENT_DEFAULT { 70, 80, 90, 80 } // Default drive percent - X, Y, Z, E axis
-
-// Use an I2C based DIGIPOT (e.g., Azteeg X3 Pro)
-//#define DIGIPOT_I2C
-#if ENABLED(DIGIPOT_I2C) && !defined(DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A)
- /**
- * Common slave addresses:
- *
- * A (A shifted) B (B shifted) IC
- * Smoothie 0x2C (0x58) 0x2D (0x5A) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X3_PRO 0x2C (0x58) 0x2E (0x5C) MCP4451
- * AZTEEG_X5_MINI_WIFI 0x58 0x5C MCP4451
- * MIGHTYBOARD_REVE 0x2F (0x5E) MCP4018
- */
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_A 0x2C // unshifted slave address for first DIGIPOT
- #define DIGIPOT_I2C_ADDRESS_B 0x2D // unshifted slave address for second DIGIPOT
-#endif
-
-//#define DIGIPOT_MCP4018 // Requires library from https://github.com/stawel/SlowSoftI2CMaster
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS 8 // 5DPRINT: 4 AZTEEG_X3_PRO: 8 MKS SBASE: 5
-// Actual motor currents in Amps. The number of entries must match DIGIPOT_I2C_NUM_CHANNELS.
-// These correspond to the physical drivers, so be mindful if the order is changed.
-#define DIGIPOT_I2C_MOTOR_CURRENTS { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 } // AZTEEG_X3_PRO
-
-//===========================================================================
-//=============================Additional Features===========================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section lcd
-
-// Change values more rapidly when the encoder is rotated faster
-#define ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER
-#if ENABLED(ENCODER_RATE_MULTIPLIER)
- #define ENCODER_10X_STEPS_PER_SEC 30 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 10x speed
- #define ENCODER_100X_STEPS_PER_SEC 80 // (steps/s) Encoder rate for 100x speed
-#endif
-
-// Play a beep when the feedrate is changed from the Status Screen
-//#define BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE
-#if ENABLED(BEEP_ON_FEEDRATE_CHANGE)
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_DURATION 10
- #define FEEDRATE_CHANGE_BEEP_FREQUENCY 440
-#endif
-
-// Include a page of printer information in the LCD Main Menu
-//#define LCD_INFO_MENU
-
-// Scroll a longer status message into view
-//#define STATUS_MESSAGE_SCROLLING
-
-// On the Info Screen, display XY with one decimal place when possible
-//#define LCD_DECIMAL_SMALL_XY
-
-// The timeout (in ms) to return to the status screen from sub-menus
-//#define LCD_TIMEOUT_TO_STATUS 15000
-
-// Add an 'M73' G-code to set the current percentage
-//#define LCD_SET_PROGRESS_MANUALLY
-
-#if HAS_CHARACTER_LCD && HAS_PRINT_PROGRESS
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR // Show a progress bar on HD44780 LCDs for SD printing
- #if ENABLED(LCD_PROGRESS_BAR)
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_BAR_TIME 2000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the bar
- #define PROGRESS_BAR_MSG_TIME 3000 // (ms) Amount of time to show the status message
- #define PROGRESS_MSG_EXPIRE 0 // (ms) Amount of time to retain the status message (0=forever)
- //#define PROGRESS_MSG_ONCE // Show the message for MSG_TIME then clear it
- //#define LCD_PROGRESS_BAR_TEST // Add a menu item to test the progress bar
- #endif
-#endif
-
-/**
- * LED Control Menu
- * Enable this feature to add LED Control to the LCD menu
- */
-//#define LED_CONTROL_MENU
-#if ENABLED(LED_CONTROL_MENU)
- #define LED_COLOR_PRESETS // Enable the Preset Color menu option
- #if ENABLED(LED_COLOR_PRESETS)
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_RED 255 // User defined RED value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_GREEN 128 // User defined GREEN value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BLUE 0 // User defined BLUE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_WHITE 255 // User defined WHITE value
- #define LED_USER_PRESET_BRIGHTNESS 255 // User defined intensity
- //#define LED_USER_PRESET_STARTUP // Have the printer display the user preset color on startup
- #endif
-#endif // LED_CONTROL_MENU
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
-
- // Some RAMPS and other boards don't detect when an SD card is inserted. You can work
- // around this by connecting a push button or single throw switch to the pin defined
- // as SD_DETECT_PIN in your board's pins definitions.
- // This setting should be disabled unless you are using a push button, pulling the pin to ground.
- // Note: This is always disabled for ULTIPANEL (except ELB_FULL_GRAPHIC_CONTROLLER).
- #define SD_DETECT_INVERTED
-
- #define SD_FINISHED_STEPPERRELEASE true // Disable steppers when SD Print is finished
- #define SD_FINISHED_RELEASECOMMAND "M84 X Y Z E" // You might want to keep the Z enabled so your bed stays in place.
-
- // Reverse SD sort to show "more recent" files first, according to the card's FAT.
- // Since the FAT gets out of order with usage, SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA is recommended.
- #define SDCARD_RATHERRECENTFIRST
-
- // Add an option in the menu to run all auto#.g files
- //#define MENU_ADDAUTOSTART
-
- /**
- * Continue after Power-Loss (Creality3D)
- *
- * Store the current state to the SD Card at the start of each layer
- * during SD printing. If the recovery file is found at boot time, present
- * an option on the LCD screen to continue the print from the last-known
- * point in the file.
- */
- //#define POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY
- #if ENABLED(POWER_LOSS_RECOVERY)
- //#define POWER_LOSS_PIN 44 // Pin to detect power loss
- //#define POWER_LOSS_STATE HIGH // State of pin indicating power loss
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Sort SD file listings in alphabetical order.
- *
- * With this option enabled, items on SD cards will be sorted
- * by name for easier navigation.
- *
- * By default...
- *
- * - Use the slowest -but safest- method for sorting.
- * - Folders are sorted to the top.
- * - The sort key is statically allocated.
- * - No added G-code (M34) support.
- * - 40 item sorting limit. (Items after the first 40 are unsorted.)
- *
- * SD sorting uses static allocation (as set by SDSORT_LIMIT), allowing the
- * compiler to calculate the worst-case usage and throw an error if the SRAM
- * limit is exceeded.
- *
- * - SDSORT_USES_RAM provides faster sorting via a static directory buffer.
- * - SDSORT_USES_STACK does the same, but uses a local stack-based buffer.
- * - SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES will retain the sorted file listing in RAM. (Expensive!)
- * - SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM only uses RAM when the SD menu is visible. (Use with caution!)
- */
- //#define SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA
-
- // SD Card Sorting options
- #if ENABLED(SDCARD_SORT_ALPHA)
- #define SDSORT_LIMIT 40 // Maximum number of sorted items (10-256). Costs 27 bytes each.
- #define FOLDER_SORTING -1 // -1=above 0=none 1=below
- #define SDSORT_GCODE false // Allow turning sorting on/off with LCD and M34 g-code.
- #define SDSORT_USES_RAM false // Pre-allocate a static array for faster pre-sorting.
- #define SDSORT_USES_STACK false // Prefer the stack for pre-sorting to give back some SRAM. (Negated by next 2 options.)
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES false // Keep sorted items in RAM longer for speedy performance. Most expensive option.
- #define SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM false // Use dynamic allocation (within SD menus). Least expensive option. Set SDSORT_LIMIT before use!
- #define SDSORT_CACHE_VFATS 2 // Maximum number of 13-byte VFAT entries to use for sorting.
- // Note: Only affects SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES with SDSORT_CACHE_NAMES but not SDSORT_DYNAMIC_RAM.
- #endif
-
- // This allows hosts to request long names for files and folders with M33
- //#define LONG_FILENAME_HOST_SUPPORT
-
- // Enable this option to scroll long filenames in the SD card menu
- //#define SCROLL_LONG_FILENAMES
-
- /**
- * This option allows you to abort SD printing when any endstop is triggered.
- * This feature must be enabled with "M540 S1" or from the LCD menu.
- * To have any effect, endstops must be enabled during SD printing.
- */
- //#define ABORT_ON_ENDSTOP_HIT_FEATURE_ENABLED
-
- /**
- * This option makes it easier to print the same SD Card file again.
- * On print completion the LCD Menu will open with the file selected.
- * You can just click to start the print, or navigate elsewhere.
- */
- //#define SD_REPRINT_LAST_SELECTED_FILE
-
- /**
- * Auto-report SdCard status with M27 S
- */
- //#define AUTO_REPORT_SD_STATUS
-
- /**
- * Support for USB thumb drives using an Arduino USB Host Shield or
- * equivalent MAX3421E breakout board. The USB thumb drive will appear
- * to Marlin as an SD card.
- *
- * The MAX3421E must be assigned the same pins as the SD card reader, with
- * the following pin mapping:
- *
- * SCLK, MOSI, MISO --> SCLK, MOSI, MISO
- * INT --> SD_DETECT_PIN
- * SS --> SDSS
- */
- //#define USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT
- #if ENABLED(USB_FLASH_DRIVE_SUPPORT)
- #define USB_CS_PIN SDSS
- #define USB_INTR_PIN SD_DETECT_PIN
- #endif
-
- /**
- * When using a bootloader that supports SD-Firmware-Flashing,
- * add a menu item to activate SD-FW-Update on the next reboot.
- *
- * Requires ATMEGA2560 (Arduino Mega)
- *
- * Tested with this bootloader:
- * https://github.com/FleetProbe/MicroBridge-Arduino-ATMega2560
- */
- //#define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE
- #if ENABLED(SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE)
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_EEPROM_ADDR 0x1FF
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_ACTIVE_VALUE 0xF0
- #define SD_FIRMWARE_UPDATE_INACTIVE_VALUE 0xFF
- #endif
-
- // Add an optimized binary file transfer mode, initiated with 'M28 B1'
- //#define FAST_FILE_TRANSFER
-
-#endif // SDSUPPORT
-
-/**
- * Additional options for Graphical Displays
- *
- * Use the optimizations here to improve printing performance,
- * which can be adversely affected by graphical display drawing,
- * especially when doing several short moves, and when printing
- * on DELTA and SCARA machines.
- *
- * Some of these options may result in the display lagging behind
- * controller events, as there is a trade-off between reliable
- * printing performance versus fast display updates.
- */
-#if HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
- // Show SD percentage next to the progress bar
- //#define DOGM_SD_PERCENT
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on the Info Screen
- #define XYZ_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // Enable to save many cycles by drawing a hollow frame on Menu Screens
- #define MENU_HOLLOW_FRAME
-
- // A bigger font is available for edit items. Costs 3120 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_BIG_EDIT_FONT
-
- // A smaller font may be used on the Info Screen. Costs 2300 bytes of PROGMEM.
- // Western only. Not available for Cyrillic, Kana, Turkish, Greek, or Chinese.
- //#define USE_SMALL_INFOFONT
-
- // Enable this option and reduce the value to optimize screen updates.
- // The normal delay is 10µs. Use the lowest value that still gives a reliable display.
- //#define DOGM_SPI_DELAY_US 5
-
- // Swap the CW/CCW indicators in the graphics overlay
- //#define OVERLAY_GFX_REVERSE
-
- /**
- * ST7920-based LCDs can emulate a 16 x 4 character display using
- * the ST7920 character-generator for very fast screen updates.
- * Enable LIGHTWEIGHT_UI to use this special display mode.
- *
- * Since LIGHTWEIGHT_UI has limited space, the position and status
- * message occupy the same line. Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to the
- * length of time to display the status message before clearing.
- *
- * Set STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS to zero to never clear the status.
- * This will prevent position updates from being displayed.
- */
- #if ENABLED(U8GLIB_ST7920)
- //#define LIGHTWEIGHT_UI
- #if ENABLED(LIGHTWEIGHT_UI)
- #define STATUS_EXPIRE_SECONDS 20
- #endif
- #endif
-
- /**
- * Status (Info) Screen customizations
- * These options may affect code size and screen render time.
- * Custom status screens can forcibly override these settings.
- */
- //#define STATUS_COMBINE_HEATERS // Use combined heater images instead of separate ones
- //#define STATUS_HOTEND_NUMBERLESS // Use plain hotend icons instead of numbered ones (with 2+ hotends)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_INVERTED // Show solid nozzle bitmaps when heating (Requires STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM)
- #define STATUS_HOTEND_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate hotend heating
- #define STATUS_BED_ANIM // Use a second bitmap to indicate bed heating
- //#define STATUS_ALT_BED_BITMAP // Use the alternative bed bitmap
- //#define STATUS_ALT_FAN_BITMAP // Use the alternative fan bitmap
- //#define STATUS_FAN_FRAMES 3 // :[0,1,2,3,4] Number of fan animation frames
- //#define STATUS_HEAT_PERCENT // Show heating in a progress bar
-
-#endif // HAS_GRAPHICAL_LCD
-
-// @section safety
-
-// The hardware watchdog should reset the microcontroller disabling all outputs,
-// in case the firmware gets stuck and doesn't do temperature regulation.
-#define USE_WATCHDOG
-
-#if ENABLED(USE_WATCHDOG)
- // If you have a watchdog reboot in an ArduinoMega2560 then the device will hang forever, as a watchdog reset will leave the watchdog on.
- // The "WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL" goes around this by not using the hardware reset.
- // However, THIS FEATURE IS UNSAFE!, as it will only work if interrupts are disabled. And the code could hang in an interrupt routine with interrupts disabled.
- //#define WATCHDOG_RESET_MANUAL
-#endif
-
-// @section lcd
-
-/**
- * Babystepping enables movement of the axes by tiny increments without changing
- * the current position values. This feature is used primarily to adjust the Z
- * axis in the first layer of a print in real-time.
- *
- * Warning: Does not respect endstops!
- */
-//#define BABYSTEPPING
-#if ENABLED(BABYSTEPPING)
- //#define BABYSTEP_XY // Also enable X/Y Babystepping. Not supported on DELTA!
- #define BABYSTEP_INVERT_Z false // Change if Z babysteps should go the other way
- #define BABYSTEP_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Babysteps are very small. Increase for faster motion.
-
- //#define DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING // Double-click on the Status Screen for Z Babystepping.
- #if ENABLED(DOUBLECLICK_FOR_Z_BABYSTEPPING)
- #define DOUBLECLICK_MAX_INTERVAL 1250 // Maximum interval between clicks, in milliseconds.
- // Note: Extra time may be added to mitigate controller latency.
- #endif
-
- //#define MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE // Jump to the move Z menu on doubleclick when printer is idle.
- #if ENABLED(MOVE_Z_WHEN_IDLE)
- #define MOVE_Z_IDLE_MULTIPLICATOR 1 // Multiply 1mm by this factor for the move step size.
- #endif
-
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET // Combine M851 Z and Babystepping
- #if ENABLED(BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_OFFSET)
- //#define BABYSTEP_HOTEND_Z_OFFSET // For multiple hotends, babystep relative Z offsets
- //#define BABYSTEP_ZPROBE_GFX_OVERLAY // Enable graphical overlay on Z-offset editor
- #endif
-#endif
-
-// @section extruder
-
-/**
- * Linear Pressure Control v1.5
- *
- * Assumption: advance [steps] = k * (delta velocity [steps/s])
- * K=0 means advance disabled.
- *
- * NOTE: K values for LIN_ADVANCE 1.5 differ from earlier versions!
- *
- * Set K around 0.22 for 3mm PLA Direct Drive with ~6.5cm between the drive gear and heatbreak.
- * Larger K values will be needed for flexible filament and greater distances.
- * If this algorithm produces a higher speed offset than the extruder can handle (compared to E jerk)
- * print acceleration will be reduced during the affected moves to keep within the limit.
- *
- * See http://marlinfw.org/docs/features/lin_advance.html for full instructions.
- * Mention @Sebastianv650 on GitHub to alert the author of any issues.
- */
-//#define LIN_ADVANCE
-#if ENABLED(LIN_ADVANCE)
- #define LIN_ADVANCE_K 0.22 // Unit: mm compression per 1mm/s extruder speed
- //#define LA_DEBUG // If enabled, this will generate debug information output over USB.
-#endif
-
-// @section leveling
-
-#if ENABLED(MESH_BED_LEVELING) || ENABLED(AUTO_BED_LEVELING_UBL)
- // Override the mesh area if the automatic (max) area is too large
- //#define MESH_MIN_X MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MIN_Y MESH_INSET
- //#define MESH_MAX_X X_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
- //#define MESH_MAX_Y Y_BED_SIZE - (MESH_INSET)
-#endif
-
-/**
- * Repeatedly attempt G29 leveling until it succeeds.
- * Stop after G29_MAX_RETRIES attempts.
- */
-//#define G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER
-#if ENABLED(G29_RETRY_AND_RECOVER)
- #define G29_MAX_RETRIES 3
- #define G29_HALT_ON_FAILURE
- /**
- * Specify the GCODE commands that will be executed when leveling succeeds,
- * between attempts, and after the maximum number of retries have been tried.
- */
- #define G29_SUCCESS_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling done."
- #define G29_RECOVER_COMMANDS "M117 Probe failed. Rewiping.\nG28\nG12 P0 S12 T0"
- #define G29_FAILURE_COMMANDS "M117 Bed leveling failed.\nG0 Z10\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nM300 P25 S880\nM300 P50 S0\nG4 S1"
-
-#endif
-
-// @section extras
-
-//
-// G2/G3 Arc Support
-//
-#define ARC_SUPPORT // Disable this feature to save ~3226 bytes
-#if ENABLED(ARC_SUPPORT)
- #define MM_PER_ARC_SEGMENT 1 // Length of each arc segment
- #define N_ARC_CORRECTION 25 // Number of intertpolated segments between corrections
- //#define ARC_P_CIRCLES // Enable the 'P' parameter to specify complete circles
- //#define CNC_WORKSPACE_PLANES // Allow G2/G3 to operate in XY, ZX, or YZ planes
-#endif
-
-// Support for G5 with XYZE destination and IJPQ offsets. Requires ~2666 bytes.
-//#define BEZIER_CURVE_SUPPORT
-
-// G38.2 and G38.3 Probe Target
-// Set MULTIPLE_PROBING if you want G38 to double touch
-//#define G38_PROBE_TARGET
-#if ENABLED(G38_PROBE_TARGET)
- #define G38_MINIMUM_MOVE 0.0275 // minimum distance in mm that will produce a move (determined using the print statement in check_move)
-#endif
-
-// Moves (or segments) with fewer steps than this will be joined with the next move
-#define MIN_STEPS_PER_SEGMENT 6
-
-/**
- * Minimum delay after setting the stepper DIR (in ns)
- * 0 : No delay (Expect at least 10µS since one Stepper ISR must transpire)
- * 20 : Minimum for TMC2xxx drivers
- * 200 : Minimum for A4988 drivers
- * 400 : Minimum for A5984 drivers
- * 500 : Minimum for LV8729 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 650 : Minimum for DRV8825 drivers
- * 1500 : Minimum for TB6600 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- * 15000 : Minimum for TB6560 drivers (guess, no info in datasheet)
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_DIR_DELAY 650
-
-/**
- * Minimum stepper driver pulse width (in µs)
- * 0 : Smallest possible width the MCU can produce, compatible with TMC2xxx drivers
- * 1 : Minimum for A4988, A5984, and LV8729 stepper drivers
- * 2 : Minimum for DRV8825 stepper drivers
- * 3 : Minimum for TB6600 stepper drivers
- * 30 : Minimum for TB6560 stepper drivers
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE 2
-
-/**
- * Maximum stepping rate (in Hz) the stepper driver allows
- * If undefined, defaults to 1MHz / (2 * MINIMUM_STEPPER_PULSE)
- * 500000 : Maximum for A4988 stepper driver
- * 400000 : Maximum for TMC2xxx stepper drivers
- * 250000 : Maximum for DRV8825 stepper driver
- * 150000 : Maximum for TB6600 stepper driver
- * 130000 : Maximum for LV8729 stepper driver
- * 15000 : Maximum for TB6560 stepper driver
- *
- * Override the default value based on the driver type set in Configuration.h.
- */
-//#define MAXIMUM_STEPPER_RATE 250000
-
-// @section temperature
-
-// Control heater 0 and heater 1 in parallel.
-//#define HEATERS_PARALLEL
-
-//===========================================================================
-//================================= Buffers =================================
-//===========================================================================
-
-// @section hidden
-
-// The number of linear motions that can be in the plan at any give time.
-// THE BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE NEEDS TO BE A POWER OF 2 (e.g. 8, 16, 32) because shifts and ors are used to do the ring-buffering.
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // SD,LCD,Buttons take more memory, block buffer needs to be smaller
-#else
- #define BLOCK_BUFFER_SIZE 16 // maximize block buffer
-#endif
-
-// @section serial
-
-// The ASCII buffer for serial input
-#define MAX_CMD_SIZE 96
-#define BUFSIZE 4
-
-// Transmission to Host Buffer Size
-// To save 386 bytes of PROGMEM (and TX_BUFFER_SIZE+3 bytes of RAM) set to 0.
-// To buffer a simple "ok" you need 4 bytes.
-// For ADVANCED_OK (M105) you need 32 bytes.
-// For debug-echo: 128 bytes for the optimal speed.
-// Other output doesn't need to be that speedy.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256]
-#define TX_BUFFER_SIZE 0
-
-// Host Receive Buffer Size
-// Without XON/XOFF flow control (see SERIAL_XON_XOFF below) 32 bytes should be enough.
-// To use flow control, set this buffer size to at least 1024 bytes.
-// :[0, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128, 256, 512, 1024, 2048]
-//#define RX_BUFFER_SIZE 1024
-
-#if RX_BUFFER_SIZE >= 1024
- // Enable to have the controller send XON/XOFF control characters to
- // the host to signal the RX buffer is becoming full.
- //#define SERIAL_XON_XOFF
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLED(SDSUPPORT)
- // Enable this option to collect and display the maximum
- // RX queue usage after transferring a file to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_MAX_RX_QUEUED
-
- // Enable this option to collect and display the number
- // of dropped bytes after a file transfer to SD.
- //#define SERIAL_STATS_DROPPED_RX
-#endif
-
-// Enable an emergency-command parser to intercept certain commands as they
-// enter the serial receive buffer, so they cannot be blocked.
-// Currently handles M108, M112, M410
-// Does not work on boards using AT90USB (USBCON) processors!
-//#define EMERGENCY_PARSER
-
-// Bad Serial-connections can miss a received command by sending an 'ok'
-// Therefore some clients abort after 30 seconds in a timeout.
-// Some other clients start sending commands while receiving a 'wait'.
-// This "wait" is only sent when the buffer is empty. 1 second is a good value here.
-//#define NO_TIMEOUTS 1000 // Milliseconds
-
-// Some clients will have this feature soon. This could make the NO_TIMEOUTS unnecessary.
-//#define ADVANCED_OK
-
-// Printrun may have trouble receiving long strings all at once.
-// This option inserts short delays between lines of serial output.
-#define SERIAL_OVERRUN_PROTECTION
-
-// @section extras
-
-/**
- * Extra Fan Speed
- * Adds a secondary fan speed for each print-cooling fan.
- * 'M106 P T3-255' : Set a secondary speed for